standard safety practices manual
TRANSCRIPT
Standard SafetyPractices Manual
BP Canada Energy CompanyDecember, 2007 version 1.1
This Manual is an Uncontrolled Copy To View Most Recent Version of Contents Refer to the gHSSEr Website - http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp Document Owners: gHSSEr Forum
C-7037 XGS
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
i
Standard SafetyPractices ManualBP Canada Energy CompanyDecember, 2007 version 1.1
This Manual is an Uncontrolled Copy To View Most Recent Version of Contents Refer to the gHSSEr Website - http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp Document Owners: gHSSEr Forum
C-7037 XGS
Standard Safety Practices Manual
i
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3ii
BP CANADA GAS PERFORMANCE UNIT SAFETY PRACTICES MANUALAccident prevention and efficient operations go hand in hand; therefore, incorporating safe work practices in our day-to-day operation is essential to minimize accidents, injuries and job interruptions.This manual provides safe guidelines for all employees to use in addressing the potential risks associated with each task when developing safe work methods. Guidelines specified are in accordance with governing regulations, standards, BP Canada requirements, and recommended good working practices. It will be necessary to incorporate these practices into the specific situations that will arise in each operation.The manual covers many, but by no means all, of the jobs and situations encountered in our operations. Should situations arise which are not adequately covered in the manual, please bring it to the attention of your immediate supervisor.The definition of a BP representative in this manual is taken to include employees, contractors, consultants, and service representatives who have the authority and are duly quali-fied to direct work on a the behalf of BP. A BP designate is an individual who has authority to direct a defined scope of work specified by the BP Representative. Safety is everyone’s responsibility.
WORKSITES
The following must be available at all BP Canada worksites:
• StandardSafetyPracticesManual• StandardEnvironmentalPracticesManual• LocalEmergencyResponsePlan• MaterialSafetyDataSheets• Site-SpecificProcedures
ii
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3iii
DEVIATIONS
TheStandardSafetyPracticesManualistobeusedasaliving and working document, and as such must include provisionstohandlewarranteddeviations.TheManualcontains practices in accordance with governing regulations, standards, BP Canada Gas Performance Unit requirements and recommended or good working practices. Government Regulations and BP Canada Gas Performance Unit require-ments are distinguishable throughout the document by the useofthewordsShall,WillandMust,etc.Recommendedor good working practices are recognized by the use of the wordsShould,MayandCould,etc.The following outlines how to handle deviations in our day-to-day operations to ensure the safe work methods are practiced.
DEVIATIONS FROM:
A. Recommended or Good Working Practices (Should,May,Could) AuthorizedbyLocalManagement(i.e.minimum,employee-in-charge+supervisor)
B. Government Regulations or BP Canada Requirements
(Shall,Will,Must) AuthorizedbySafetyDepartment(Performance
Unit)andtheapplicableGovernmentAgencies.Frequent deviations in either case should be submitted to thegHSSErForumforreviewandadoptionifwarranted.Procedures for submitting a suggested revision are outlined in the subsequent pages.Note: When government regulations call for additional re-quirementsinexcessofBPCanadaSSPM,thegovernmentregulation will be followed.
iii
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5iv
REVISION PROCEDURE
To suggest a RevisionTheStandardSafetyPracticesManualisintendedtobea“living” document, and suggestions for revisions by operat-ing personnel will be welcomed. To initiate a revision, please follow these procedures:1. ForwardrequesttotheHSSEAdvisorresponsiblefor
yourDepartment/Area.2. HSSEAdvisortoforwardtogHSSErForumaswar-
ranted.ThegHSSErForumwillconveneperiodicallytoreviewallsuggested revisions.StandardSafetyPracticesManual
iv
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5v
StandardSafetyPracticesManualTABLE OF CONTENTS
Standards and Safe Work Practices IndexGolden Rules of safety
CONFINEDSPACEENTRYPRACTICE 1ENERGYISOLATIONPRACTICE(LockOut-TagOut) 16GROUNDDISTURBANCEPRACTICE 37LIFTINGANDRIGGINGPRACTICE 43MANAGEMENTOFCHANGEPRACTICE 64PERMITTOWORKANDHAZARDASSESSMENTPRACTICE 87VEHICLESTANDARDANDROADSAFETYPRACTICE 112WORKINGATHEIGHTSPRACTICE 136Safe Work Standards/PracticesASBESTOS 147ATMOSPHERICMONITORING 147CANADIANNUCLEARSAFETYCOMMISSION(CNSC)REGULATEDISOTOPES 151DRAININGANDDEPRESSURING 153ELECTRICAL 154ELECTRICALSTORMS 161EQUIPMENTSHUTDOWNSYSTEMS,TEMPORARYBY-PASS 162EYEWASHSTATIONS&DELUGESHOWERS 163FIREPROTECTIONEQUIPMENT 167FIRERESISTANTWORKWEARPRACTICE 170FIRSTAIDEQUIPMENTANDMEDIC 182GASANDLIQUIDSAMPLING 183GUARDS 184HANDPROTECTIONPRACTICE 185
v
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
vi
GUIDELINESFORFIELDVISITS 191HOUSEKEEPING 193HOTANDODDBOLTINGPRACTICE 195HYDRATES,IDENTIFICATIONANDREMOVAL 211HYDROGENSULFIDE(H2S)SAFETY 213INCIDENT/ACCIDENTREPORTING 216LADDERSANDSCAFFOLDING–PORTABLE 217LADDERS,STAIRSANDPLATFORMS-FIXED220LINETHAWINGPRACTICE 225MANUALLIFTINGANDHANDLINGHEAVYORAWKWARDLOADS 229METERPROVING 232MOBILESTEAMERS 234MOVINGHEAVYEQUIPMENTONBPWORKSITES 236NOISEEXPOSURE&HEARINGCONSERVATION 239PERSONALPROTECTIVEEQUIPMENT 242JEWERLY 245PIGGINGOFPIPELINESANDFLOWLINES 248POSITIVEAIRSHUT-OFFREQUIREMENTS(PASO) 249PRACTICEFORWORKINGINACOMBUSTIBLEGASENVIRONMENT 251PRESSURESAFETYVALVES 262PRESSUREANDLEAKTESTING 264PURGING 267RADIOACTIVEORNATURALLYOCCURRINGRADIOACTIVEMATERIALS(NORM) 269RAILCARLOADING 273RESPIRATORYPROTECTION 275HSSEMEETINGS 280
Standard Safety Practices Manual
vi
Standard Safety Practices Manual
6
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
vii
SAFETYSTANDBY 283SANDBLASTING/ABRASIVEBLASTING 286SECURITY 288SERVICERIGSAFETY 291SIGNSANDBARRICADES 297SIMULTANEOUSOPERATINGPROCEDURE 298STRESSRELIEVING 306SWABBING 307TANKGAUGING 310TANKTRUCKLOADING/UNLOADING 311TOOLS 315TRAINING 316WELDINGPRACTICES–GENERAL 319WELLSERVICINGWORKPLAN 324WELLTESTING 327WIRELINEOPERATIONS 331WELLWORK-HANDOVERBETWEENOPERATIONSANDWELLSTEAMS 333WORKINGALONEPRACTICE 334
Standard Safety Practices Manual
vii
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
viii
REFERENCES
• AlbertaOccupationalHealthandSafetyActandRegulationshttp://employment.alberta.ca/cps/rde/xchg/hre/hs.xsl/307.html
• BritishColumbiaOccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationshttp://www2.worksafebc.com/Publica-tions/OHSRegulation/Search.asp
• CodesofPracticehttp://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp
• OntarioOccupationalHealthandSafetyActandRegulationshttp://www.e-laws.gov.on.ca
• GoldenRulesofSafety/Practices(gHSSErDocu ments)http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp
• InternalandExternalHSSELinkshttp://canadahsse.bpweb.bp.com/home/links.html
• LegalandOtherMatrixhttp://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/EMS/Legal%20Requirements/
• ProcessSafetyManagementhttp://psmcanada.bpweb.bp.com
Standard Safety Practices Manual
viii
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
1
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This practice applies to BP Canada Gas PerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contracted employees, contractors, and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and sites.
1.2 This practice provides guidelines for the development of site specific procedures to prevent injury to personnel by ensuring that an assessment of all known hazards, pre-job planning, and communications are done prior to and during work in confined spaces.
1.3 Thepurposeofthispracticeistoensurethatall reasonable precautions will be taken to protect the safety of personnel who are or may be required to work in confined spaces.
2.0 Scope of Definitions
2.1 Confined Space:A confined space means an enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not primarily designed or intended for human occupancy, except for the purposes of performing work, having restricted access or egress and which, due to its design, construction, location, atmosphere, the materials or substances in it, or other conditions, is or may become hazardous to a worker entering it, or does not have an easy means of escape for, or rescue of, a worker entering it. Examples:
2.1.1 Tanks, vessels, towers, heaters, silos, aerial coolers, bins, hoppers, tank cars, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility tunnels or pipes, scale pits, sumps, vessel skirts, mud pits and cement and chemical storage tanks.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
1
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
2
2.1.2 An excavation is considered a confined space under certain circumstances, for example if there is limited access or egress or the quality of the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed.
2.1.3 Adikedareacouldbeconsideredaconfinedspace if it is more than 1.5m deep and the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed.
2.1.4 Towerorvesselskirts,undertrailerswithskirts, false ceilings, because of restricted ac-cess and egress must be considered as confined space.
2.1.5 Others, such as pipe racks, utility doors, compressor fan housings and hoardings.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
3
DETERMINATIONOFCONFINEDSPACE
2.2 Entryintoaconfinedspaceisdeemedtohaveoccurred as soon as the plane of the entry point has been broken by a part of the body.
2.3 AllBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnitCGPUsitesmust:
• Identifyanddocumentallconfinedspaces • Labelallentrypoints.Class1ConfinedSpaces
labeled“ConfinedSpace”,Class2&3ConfinedSpaceslabeled“ConfinedSpace–PermitRe-quired”
• Identifyandcontrolallhazardspriortoentryutilizing site specific procedures
NO NO NO YES YES YES
Does the space now have or has it previously had contents that could be harmful?
Is the space enclosed enough to contain a hazardous atmosphere or other physical h d?
Is access/egress so restricted that emergency exit or rescue requires extra manpower or equipment?
NOT A CONFINED
SPACE
THIS IS A CONFINED SPACE
Class 1 – No Hazard A Confined Space in which there does not exist and is not likely to exist: A hazardous gas,
vapour, dust or fumes An oxygen content
less than 19.5 % or more than 23% by volume.
Class III – Hazard Exists A Confined Space in which there now exists or is likely to exist: A hazardous gas,
vapour, dust or fumes
An oxygen content less than 19.5 % or more than 23% and which cannot be ventilated to
Class 1I – Potential Hazard A Confined Space in which there has existed or was likely to exist: A hazardous gas, vapour,
dust or fumes An oxygen content less
than 19.5 % or more than 23% and, which has been purged, ventilated and steps taken to provide and maintain a safe
Class 1 – No Hazard ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Communication with
back-up Atmospheric Testing
(if applicable) All PPE identified
and worn Rescue plan in place Rescue Equipment
readily available
Class 1I – Potential Hazard
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Confined Space Permit Lockout/Tagout
Procedure followed Isolation Procedure
followed Continuous Atmospheric
Testing mandatory Confined space purged &
ventilated Rescue Plan in Place –
Rescue Equipment set up,
Class III – Hazard Exists ENTRY REQUIMENTS ALL
REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN CLASS II PLUS THE FOLLOWING:
Breathing Apparatus mandatory for all personnel entering
START
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
4
3.0 Scope of Responsibility
3.1 Eachworkerisresponsibletorecognizethehazardsof a confined space and take corrective measures to work within those areas ensuring that site specific procedures and this practice are followed.
3.2 Theon-siteBPrepresentativeinchargeordesignatemust ensure that:
• Anemergencyresponseplanisinplacespecificto the work being performed
• Anadequateinventoryofprotectiveequip-mentisavailableattheworklocation;e.g.PPE,suppliedair,gasdetection,harnesses/lifelines,ventilation equipment
• Allworkersrequiredtowearrespiratoryprotec-tion are medically fit to wear the associated equipmentand/orperformtherequiredduties
• AConfinedSpacepermitisissuedlayingoutthe conditions upon which the work is to be performed and that this is communicated to all workers at the site
• Theconfinedspaceworklocationisproperlyprepared for the work to take place; e.g. area is ventilatedandisolatedfromexternalpiping/equipment
• Additionalriskassessmentbeyondthescopeofthe safe work permit is completed if deemed necessary based on the scope of the job (see Job Hazard Analysis form and Prejob Risk Assess-mentform).Documentswillidentifyandcom-municate to all workers the possible hazards of working in the confined space and what controls are in place to make the job safe to proceed
• AllworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOand Time Out for Safety and understand their obligation to exercise these tools
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
5
3.3 TheAreaManagerhasensuredthat: • Allconfinedspacesaredefined,documentedand
labeled in the area sites • Workerswhoareinvolvedinconfinedspace
work are adequately trained and competent
3.4Theimmediatesupervisorordesignateoverseeingthe confined space work is responsible for:
• Reviewingtheneedforaconfinedspaceentry,ensuring all other options have been ruled out
• Assistincompletingtherescueplan • Ensuringthateveryoneinvolvedintheconfined
space understands the hazards involved in the job scope
• Maintainingthesafeconditionsonwhichthepermit is based
• Suspendingthepermitifthepermitconditionscannot be maintained
• Makingcertainthattheconfinedspaceisevacu-ated if the permit is suspended
• Ensuringanewworkpermitisissuedatthestartof each shift
• Ensuringatmospherictestingandcontinuousmonitoring is done by qualified gas tester and ensuringhe/sheco-signsthepermits
• Detailedvesseldiagramsmustbereviewedduring the pre-job risk assessment including the followingitemswhereapplicable:entry/exitpoints, ventilation points, blinding points, and Nitrogen vent points
• FilingConfinedSpacePermitatthefieldsitefor13monthsuponcompletion
• Ensuringallworkersareadequatelytrainedandqualified for the job at hand
• Approvingthemeansofisolatingtheconfinedspace
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6
Standard Safety Practices Manual
7
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
6
• Approvingthemeansofventilatingtheconfinedspace
• Ensuringtestsandmeasurementsaretakentodetermine the presence of, or change in, the concentration of harmful substances or oxygen deficiencies
• Ensuringanemergencyandrescueplanisinplace, documented and communicated
• EnsuringinformationontheavailabilityandproperuseofPPEiscommunicated
• Definingthemaximumnumberofworkerswhowill be allowed access for the purpose of execut-ing work within the confined space at any one time
• Ensuringthatworkersenteringtheconfinedspace are familiar with the layout of the confined space
3.5 Thepersonacceptingthepermit(LeadWorkerincontrolofthework)isresponsiblefor:
• NotifyingSupervisorordesignateintheeventofjob delays or changing conditions. The work site must be re-inspected and tested by the permit issuer before the job can be allowed to resume
• Ensuringthepreparationandprecautionsareacceptable, understood, and agreed to, before en-dorsing and accepting a Confined Space Permit
• Ensuringallsafetyequipmentisingoodworkingcondition
• EstablishinganescapeplanagreedtobytheSupervisorordesignateandLeadWorker
• Definingappropriatetoolstobeusedforthejob • Ensuringthatanypersonenteringtheconfined
spaceisawareofhis/herresponsibilitiesunderthis code, is qualified to use all the personal protective equipment required, and is aware of
Standard Safety Practices Manual
6
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
7
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
7
the conditions of the confined space entry, e.g. hazards, communications, escape plan
• Renewingpermits,obtainingnewpermitwhenrequired and returning permit to issuer when permit expires or job is complete
3.6 Theperson(s)enteringtheconfinedspaceisrespon-sible for:
• Understandingandfollowingtheconditionsdetailed in the permit
• ReportingchangingconditionstotheSupervisoror designate and confined space safety standby
• Reportingconditionsandpracticesthatwillnotallow him or her to follow the conditions of the permit
• Usingappropriatetoolsforthejobandensuringthey are in good condition
• Reportingdefectiveordamagedtools • UsingrespiratoryprotectionandotherPPE
(personalprotectiveequipment)properly(ifbreathing air is used, a full body harness must be worn)
• Atoollistmustbecheckedoffbeforeandafterentry and exit of the confined space to ensure nothing is left behind
3.7DefinitionoftheConfinedSpaceSafetyStandby: • A“safetystandby”personisanemployeeor
designate used as an observer and back-up, whenever the above work applications are being carried out. This person is not part of the work crew, and is only concerned with the safety of the workers. Safety standby personnel will be identi-fied by some type of measure as identified in the pre-job risk assessment.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
8
Standard Safety Practices Manual
9
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
8
3.8 TheConfinedSpaceSafetyStandbyisrespon-sible for:
• Observingworktask • Monitoringatmosphericconditions • Ensuringongoingcommunicationswiththoseis
confined space • Executionofemergencyrescueplanandactiva-
tion of rescue team • Maintainingentrylogandtoollogtoensureall
personnel and tools are accounted for • Ensuringunsupervisedentrypointsareflagged
offindicating“DONOTENTER”ormadeinaccessible by other means
• Ensuringthatallworkersinvolvedinthetaskhave the proper training certification in place
• Otherdutiesasspecifiedinthepre-jobsafetymeeting
• ForfurtherguidancepleasecheckthesafetystandbysectionoftheSSPM
NOTE: Safety Standby personnel can not leave their as-signed post unless personal safety is jeopardized, relieved by a competent person, or confined space is evacuated.
4.0 Scope of Training and Qualification
4.1 Trainingismandatory,toensuresafety,thatallpersonnel associated with the confined space entry are trained and competent, commensurate with the duties assigned in the confined space activity.
4.2 Facilitiesarerequiredtoestablishindividualtrainingrequirements to meet the needs of the activity.
• PreparingConfinedSpaceEntryPermits–pre-entry training is required
Standard Safety Practices Manual
8
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
9
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
9
• ConfinedSpaceEntryClass2or3-pre-entrytraining and Confined Space entry is required
• SafetyWatchclass2or3-pre-entryandCon-fined Space entry training is required
• ConfinedSpaceRescue–confinedspacerescuetraining is required
• Musthavefirstaidtraining
5.0 Scope of Pre-entry Procedures
5.1 PreEntryCleaning 5.1.1 All confined spaces should be made clean
prior to entry, according to the nature of the product and residue, using the most practical method. Workers may only enter a confined space to clean after all other reasonable means havebeenexhausted.Mechanicalmeansarethe preferred method of cleaning, and should be used prior to any personnel entering the confined space.
5.1.2 If steam is used as a cleaning medium, cleaning contractors must ensure appropri-ate respiratory and other protective gear, and ensure the confined space is cooled to ambient temperature and adequate oxygen levels are present upon completion of cleaning.
5.1.3 Pyrophoricandotherproductscapableofspontaneous combustion require special handling methods. Please refer to site-specific proceduresandMSDS’sforhandlingthesematerials.
5.1.4 Sludge,fluidsandallspentcleaningmaterialsshould be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and CGPU site specific waste handling procedures.
5.1.5INERTING-Ifaninertgasisusedtoprotectagainstanexplosiveorflammableatmosphere
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
10
Standard Safety Practices Manual
11
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
10
the personal responsible for the confined space must:
• GainapprovalfromtheOperatingCentreMan-ager
• NotifyBCWCBinwriting7dayspriortotheentry(BCapplications)
• Ensureallrequirementsforworkinginaninertatmosphere are followed
5.2 Pre-EntryIsolationandLockout 5.2.1 Electricalequipmentcontrollingorconnected
in any way to the confined space or peripheral equipment shall be tagged and locked, as per BPCanadaEnergyIsolationpracticegHSSErMS800.
5.2.2 Linesthatcouldallowfluidstoenterthecon-fined space shall be disconnected, capped, or blindflanged,aspergHSSErMS800EnergyIsolation(Lockout/Tagout)practice.
5.2.3 Whereconnectinglinescannotberemovedandcappedorblindflanged,“slip”or“pan-cake” blinds rated for full line operating pres-suremustbeused.Ifafull-ratedASMEblindcannot be accomplished, a safe process must be developed in close cooperation with site engineers.TheASMEsizeandrating,aswellastheMAWP(maximumallowableworkingpressure)mustbepermanentlymarkedonthehandle in such a manner that the information is visible when the blind is installed.
5.2.4 Blindsthatdonotmeetengineeringpracticesand have not been marked accordingly will not be used.
5.2.5 A blind list will accompany the site specific job procedure for the confined space being entered.
5.2.6 Disconnectingorblankingshallbeperformed
Standard Safety Practices Manual
10
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
11
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
11
as close to the confined space as practical. It is acceptable to include a re-boiler, exchanger, etc., as part of the package for the Confined Space, providing that the entire system is tested in accordance with the following:
• Explosivegasesorvapors:continuousmonitor-ing is required where the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed. When gases lighter than air could be present, continuous monitoring of high points is required. When gases heavier than air could be present, continuous monitoring of low points is required
• NORM:NaturallyOccurringRadioactiveMate-rials should be tested for, if known to exist in the stream
• Noise-Alleffortmustbemadetomonitor,minimize and protect against
• Benzene:Mustbemonitoredpriortoentryandat frequent intervals, if known to exist in the stream
• Excessorinsufficientoxygen:acontinuousoxy-gen monitor is required where the atmosphere cannot be guaranteed
• Toxicorotherwisehazardousvaporsorgasessuch as hydrogen sulfide must be continuously monitored to ensure conditions on the permit have not changed
5.2.7 Rotating equipment (e.g. fan blades, pumps, agitators)mustbeimmobilizedandsecuredagainst accidental movement.
5.2.8 Atmospheric monitoring should be completed immediately prior to entry. Atmospheric monitoring must be completed within 20 minutes of entry.
5.2.9 Where monitoring is not continuous, confined spaces shall be re-tested after work breaks and shift changes before re-entry.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
12
Standard Safety Practices Manual
13
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
12
5.2.10 Confined spaces shall be ventilated to ensure a known working atmosphere and to prevent accumulation of any other harmful substances:
• 19.5%to23.0%oxygen(byvolume) • Lessthan10%LEL;Lessthan10ppmH2S • Benzene>0.5ppm(halfmask)or>10ppm
(breathingair) • Ventilationprovidingaminimumof85m3/hr (50cfm)ofcleanrespirableairisrequiredfor
each person inside the confined space with exceptiongiventoa)whentheatmosphereiscontinuously monitored and shown to contain respirableairb)thespacehasaninternalvol-umegreaterthan1.8m3(64ft3)peroccupant,is occupied for less than 15 minutes, and the work inside generates no contaminates other than exhaled air
5.2.11 Respiratory protection must be worn while initial and re-entry atmospheric tests are being performed
5.3 TemporaryHeatingDevices 5.3.1 Heatersthatarerequiredtomaintainasuit-
able thermal environment inside the confined space shall be located outside the space with the hot air supply ducted into the space (see Manufacturer’sinstructionsforsetupandventing).
5.3.2 Direct-firedheaters,whichdischargeexhaustgases with the heated air, will not be used to heat confined spaces while they are occupied. If direct-fired heaters are used, personnel must confirm a safe working atmosphere prior to entry.
5.3.3 Areassessmentoftheamountofventilationrequired must be made when heating confined
Standard Safety Practices Manual
12
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
13
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
13
spaces that may release additional toxic, explosive,orflammablematerialsatelevatedtemperatures.
5.4 PersonalProtectiveEquipment 5.4.1 Appropriatepersonalprotectiveequip-
ment must be worn for the particular job as required (i.e. fire retardant clothing, gloves, boots, goggles, face shields, respiratory ap-paratus,safetyharnessandlifelines).
5.4.2 Priortoanyconfinedspaceentrythecon trolled products that may be encountered in
the confined space must be identified and theMSDSonthesematerialsmustreadandunderstood.
5.4.3 Breathingapparatusisalsorequiredasstandbyequipment outside the confined space, to be used by personnel responding to emergency.
5.5EmergencyRescue 5.5.1 A rescue plan must be completed, reviewed,
documented and a copy must be on site prior to a confined space entry.
5.5.2 Rescue plans will be kept on file at the facility. Any equipment required to imple-ment the plan must be in place prior to the confined space entry. New plans will be developed only where a suitable plan does not already exist.
5.5.3Acompetentsafetystandbypersonmustbeinattendance at the entrance during all phases of any confined space entry unless classified as a Class 1 confined space.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
14
Standard Safety Practices Manual
15
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
14
5.6 Communication 5.6.1 A system of communication must be
established and maintained, between the safetystandbypersonandtheperson(s)intheconfined space. This method must include at least two of the following:
• Simplevoice • Visualcontact • Radioequipment • Alarmhorn • Ropeattachedtoworker 5.6.2 A system of communication must be estab-
lished and maintained between the safety standby and the rescue personnel.
5.7 ElectricallyOperatedEquipment 5.7.1 Preference should always be given to the use of
pneumatic portable tools and explosion-proof lamps.
5.7.2 Electricalequipmentmustbetestedforground continuity prior to use in a confined space.
5.7.3 ACelectricalequipment,whichisusedwithinthe confined space, shall be used in conjunc-tion with a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFI).GFI’saretobelocatedoutsidecon-fined spaces.
5.8 StaticElectricity 5.8.1 Consideration must be given to inclusion of
static relief procedures where there is a poten-tial of generating static electricity.
5.8.2 Some specific conditions that may lead to static are:
Standard Safety Practices Manual
14
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
15
Con
fined
Spa
ce E
ntry
15
• Theuseofhigh-pressuresteam,nitrogen,airhoses discharging to atmosphere, or vacuum hoses
• Theuseofsandblastingequipment • Thetypesofclothingworn
5.9 UnsupervisedEntryPoints 5.9.1 All confined spaces must be made secure when
left unattended. 5.9.2 Barricades, closures, signage (i.e. Confined
space-Entrybypermitonly)orothermeansof warning that the confined space must not be entered by unauthorized personnel are requiredatallunsupervisedentrypoints.En-try is prohibited until a new permit has been issued, all required safety checks have been completed and the area deemed safe as per the Confined Space Classification.
6.0 Scope of Forms
6.1 gHSSErMF34004Pre-jobRiskAssessment
6.2 gHSSErMF82001ConfinedSpaceEntryPermit
7.0 Scope of References
7.1 AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationAR448/83asamended
7.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulation andGuidelines296/97asamended
7.3 gHSSErMS800-EnergyIsolation(LockOut-TagOut)Practice)
7.4 gHSSErMS840-GroundDisturbancePractice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
16
Standard Safety Practices Manual
17
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
16
ENERGY ISOLATION PRACTICE (LOCK OUT – TAG OUT)
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This practice will be used if the unexpected energiza-tion or startup of machinery or equipment or the unexpected release of energy could result in health, safety, environmental or equipment damage losses.
1.2 This practice specifies minimum requirements for the control of hazardous energy.
1.3 ThispracticeappliestoallBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contractedemployees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and work sites.
1.4 Thispracticedoesnotapplytohottapoperationsperformed on pressurized pipelines, provided it can be demonstrated that:
• Continuousserviceisessential • Shutdownofthesystemisimpractical • CGPUaccepteddocumentedproceduresare
followed • Equipmentisusedthatwillprovideproven,
effectiveprotectionforemployees
2.0 Scope of Definitions
2.1 FunctionalAreaManager–OperatingCenterMan-agerorWellsManagerorHSSEManager.
2.2 FunctionalTeamLead–AreaForeman,Construc-tionForeman,WellsiteLeader.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
16
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
1717
2.3 AreaAuthority–thepersonwhoison-siteoras-sociated with that site and is assigned single point accountability for that site. This person can be the operator in charge, a maintenance worker, a con-struction foreman or a wells foreman or designate.
2.4 “Authorizedworker”isapersonwhoappliestheenergy isolation procedure and is deemed competent by the functional team leader or designate.
2.5 “Affectedworker”isapersonwhoworksonequip-ment in which energy control procedures have been implemented.
2.6 “Energyisolatingdevice”isamechanicaldevicethatphysically prevents the transmission or release of energy.
2.7 “Energysource”isanyelectrical,mechanical,hy-draulic, pneumatic, gravitational, chemical, nuclear, thermal, or other energy source that could cause injury.
2.8 “PersonalLock”meansalockforusebyanaffectedworker to ensure personal lockout protection such that each lock when applied is operable only by a key in the worker’s possession.
2.9 “Lockout”meanstheuseofalockorlockstorenderthe energy isolating device inoperable.
2.10 “Lockbox”isthecontrolpointforthekeysecuringsystem which physically prevents access to keys when locks are applied in a group lockout procedure.
2.11 Identification/WarningTag”isatagdirectingpeoplenot to start or operate locked out equipment and
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
18
Standard Safety Practices Manual
1918
indicates the name the lock is assigned to, the date of the lockout and reason for the lock out. The identifi-cation/warningtagisattachedtoeachauthorizedandaffectedworkers’personallock.
2.12 Warning Tag” is a numbered tag directing people not to start or operate locked out equipment and references people back to the energy isolation log for date, name and reason for lockout.
2.13 PermanentLockoutIsolations”isequipment,ma-chinery or process that is indefinitely locked out
from service.
3.0 Scope of Responsibilities
3.1 Eachfunctionalareamanagerisaccountablefor
ensuring that: • Anenergyisolationsystemisimplementedto
control the hazards at the worksite
3.2 Thefunctionalteamleadordesignateisresponsiblefor:
• Establishingonsiteindividualtrainingprogramsforauthorizedandaffectedworkersthatmeetthesite’s needs for required energy isolation activities
• Ensuringtheauthorizedworker(s)arecompetentto perform the energy isolation procedures
• Determiningtherequirementforsitespecificlockout procedures for equipment being worked on within their area
• Thereisanadequateinventoryofprotectiveequipment and energy isolation devices such as locks, blinds etc. for the job at hand
• AllworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOand Time Out for Safety and feel comfortable in being able to exercise these tools
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
18
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
1919
3.3 TheAreaAuthorityinchargeordesignateisrespon-sible for ensuring:
• Aproperworkpermitisissuedforthetypeof work being undertaken and that everyone involved is aware of the hazards, controls and emergency procedures
• Theauthorizedandaffectedworkersareawareof the risks prior to starting work, including the hazards of the energy sources to be controlled, the methods or means to control the energy, and the prohibitions regarding attempts to restart or re-energize locked out and tagged equipment
• Theequipmenttobeworkedonhasbeenproperly isolated, locked out and tagged and is verified and documented safe to be worked on
• Emergencyresponseplansareinplacethataddresses unplanned exposure to energy sources from the equipment being worked on
• Thatallrequiredtesting,inspectionandcheckingof the work site is completed prior to the work permit being issued
• Thattheworkareaisinspectedandcheckedafterthe job is completed
3.4 Theauthorizedworkerisresponsibleforensuringthat all equipment and energy sources are properly isolated and locked and tagged with a personal lock prior to starting work.
3.5 Theaffectedworkersandauthorizedworkersareresponsible for ensuring no work is performed on the equipment until it has come to a complete stop and theaffectedworker(s)workingontheequipmenthas a personal lock in place at each isolating device or at the group lock box when the group lockout procedure is being used.
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
20
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2120
4.0 Scope of Expectations
4.1 Iftheunexpectedenergizationorstart-upofequip-ment or the unexpected release of an energy source could cause injury, the energy source must be iso-latedwithanenergyisolatingdeviceandeffectivelycontrolled.
4.2 Whenenergyisolatingdevicesmustbelockedout the devices must be locked and tagged in the positionthatisolatestheaffectedworker(s)fromallhazardousenergywhenmaintenance/servicingworkisbeingperformed.Eachaffectedworkermustinstall a personal lock to secure the isolating device in a safe position.
4.3AworkpermitisissuedbytheAreaAuthorityincharge or designate to each trade or group of workers on the job, communicated to all personnel involved in the work, and posted as required.
4.4 AworkpermitisnotissueduntilaPre-jobTaskHazard Analysis is completed to evaluate risks for all deemed critical and non-routine jobs.
4.5 Workersservicing,maintainingorcleaningcord-con-nected electrical equipment; for example changing grinding wheel or repairing a drill, can lock out the equipment by applying a lock to the electrical plug or render the equipment inoperative. An acceptable approach to rendering the equipment inoperative is for the worker doing the work to:
• Disconnecttheplugfromitselectricalsupply • Keepthepluginsightandwithinreachsothat
no else can accidentally plug in the equipment • Keeptheplugunderhisorherexclusiveand
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
20
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2121
immediate control at all times while working on the equipment
4.6 Tocompletemaintenance,troubleshootproblemsor perform adjustments, it may be necessary to work on equipment while it is energized. This is allowed only if it is required by the manufacturer or it is not reasonably practicable (in the case where there are no manufacturerspecifications)torendertheequipmentinoperative.Forexample,adjusting/tuningengines,piggingofpipelinesorvolt/ampchecksonelectricalequipment.
4.7Sitespecificproceduresandcontrolsmustbedeveloped and implemented to ensure the work is performed to an equivalent level safely. This approach cannot be used simply because it is more convenient than locking out equipment.
5.0 Scope of Energy Isolation (Lock Out/Tag
Out) General Requirements
5.1 The Area Authority designates an authorized worker toturnofforshutdownmachineryusingthesitespecific procedures established for an orderly shut-down in order to avoid any additional or increased hazard(s)toemployees.RefertoIsolationLoggHSSErMF80001
5.2 A designated authorized worker will physically identify the required isolation points for isolating the equipment or machinery from the energy sources. The authorized worker positions all the energy-isolat-ing devices and applies lock out and tag to isolate the machineryorequipmentfromtheenergysource(s).
5.3 Lockoutoftheequipmentwillbedonewitha
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
22
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2322
lock and tag approved by the Area Authority or designatedauthorizedworker(s).Areasmayelecttouse a group lockout where a number of workers are working on equipment or a large number of energy isolating devices must be locked out:
• Ifagrouplockoutisnotusedeachauthorizedworkerandallaffectedworkerswillplacetheirpersonallockwithanidentification/warningtagshowing the installer’s printed name, signature, date of installation and reason for installation on each energy isolating device. This is also logged ontheEnergyIsolationLogsheet.Thenumberof personal locks and tags on each energy isolat-ing device equals the number of authorized and affectedworkersworkingontheequipment
• Forgrouplockout:
o The authorized worker will lockout and attach a warning tag to each isolation device
o Theauthorizedworkerandallaffectedwork-ers place their personal lock on a group lock boxwithanidentification/warningtagwiththe installer’s printed name, signature, date of installation and reason for installation at-tached to it
o The number of locks on the lock box securing the master key to the lock box equals the numberofauthorizedandaffectedworkersworkingontheequipment.Eachenergyisolating device will have the master lock from the lock box secured to it
5.4 Lockoutdevicesmustbeaffixedtoeachenergyorisolating device by the worker authorized by the Area Authority. The devices must be attached in a manner that will hold the energy isolating devices in a “safe” or“off”position.
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
22
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2323
5.5 Where a tag cannot be affixed directly to the energy isolating device, the tag must be located as closely and safely as possible to the device, in a position that will be immediately obvious to anyone attempting to operate the equipment.
5.6 If more than one group is working on the same item (includingdifferentmaintenancecrafts),eachtradeor group will verify or test the isolation to confirm a state of zero energy.
5.7 Whenever locks, blinds and tags are installed, details mustberecordedintheEnergyIsolationLogandbe available on site for the duration of the lockout to record and track the status of the isolation. The referencenumberontheEnergyIsolationLogmustbe recorded on the Permit to Work form completed for any work falling under the isolation.
5.8 All potentially hazardous stored or residual energy must be relieved, disconnected, restrained, or other-wise rendered safe.
5.9 If there is a possibility of re-accumulation of stored energy to a hazardous level, verification of isolation will be continued until the servicing or maintenance is completed, or until the possibility of such accumu-lation no longer exists.
5.10 After ensuring that all personnel are clear, the equipment must be tested to verify that it is properly de-energized, locked out and will not operate. Veri-ficationmustbedocumentedintheEnergyIsolationLog.
5.11 At the beginning of each shift change, the Area Authority,authorizedworkersoraffectedworkers
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
24
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2524
will verify that all equipment is safe for work and has not been returned to service during their absence.
6.0 Specific Procedures – Color Identified Locks
6.1 Eachaffectedworkermustinstallapersonallockcolor-coded to their respective trade or group of workers prior to commencing work. Such locks will be operated only by the keys of the individual work-ersaffectedbytheisolation.Color-codingappliestoBPpersonnelandFTE.ContractorsworkingonBPsites will apply their own personal locks identifiable with an attached tag.
6.2 Onlytheaffectedworkerwhoinstalledthelockmay remove it with exception to emergency or if the worker is not available in which site specific procedures must be followed.
6.3 Eachtradewilluseadifferentcolor-codedlockandwill use the colors as listed below:
Construction: Yellow Electrical: Blue Instrumentation: Red Mechanics: Orange Operations: Green PermanentLockout: Black
7.0 Specific Procedures – Group Lockout (Lockboxes)
7.1 Areas may elect to use a group lockout where a num-ber of workers are working on equipment or a large number of energy isolating devices must be locked out.
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
24
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2525
7.2 An authorized worker competent in the isolation of equipment is responsible for:
• Lockingouttheenergyisolatingdevices • Securingthekey(s)forthelocksusedforlocking
out energy isolating devices in a lock box by affixing a personal lock on a multiple lock hasp to the lock box
• Completing,signingandpostingtheEnergyIso-lationLogthatidentifiestheequipmentcoveredby the lock out
7.3 Theenergyisolationmustbeverifiedbytwoautho-rized workers. Verification must be documented in theEnergyIsolationLog.
7.4 Thelockboxwillcontainasmanykeyed-alikelocksas required for the energy isolation. Site specific requirements will determine the size and number oflockboxesrequired.Eachlockboxmustcontainlocks with a key unique only to the locks in the re-spective lockbox. When multiple lockboxes are used on a site each lockbox must have its own identifier corresponding to its respective locks.
7.5 Eachaffectedworkerworkingonthelockedoutequipment must apply a personal lock to the lockbox referredtoinsubsection(7.2)beforeworkingontheequipment.
7.6 Aftereachaffectedworkerhascompletedtheirworkthey must remove their respective locks.
7.7 Whenallaffectedworkers’personallocksareremoved from the lockbox, the authorized worker must ensure that it is safe to end the group lockout. The personal lock of the authorized worker is the last lock to be removed from the lockbox.
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
26
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2726
8.0 Energy Isolation Process
The following steps identify the process in which the EnergyIsolationPracticeistobeapplied:
8.1 Identifyenergysource(s)tobeisolated–electrical,pneumatic,mechanical,hydraulic,fluidsandgases.
8.2 Identify system and isolation points to be isolated. Isolate all sources of energy:
• Shutdownelectricalequipmentusingtheselec-tor switch followed by the master disconnect
• Isolateallinletandoutletpipingbyclosingblockvalve(s)upstreamanddownstream,disconnect-ing, inserting blinds, or use of double block and bleed
• Useblocks,pins,orchainstosecurepotentialmechanical energy
8.3De-energizesourcesofenergy: • Storedelectrical,hydraulic,pneumaticandgasses
andfluidsenergymustbebledtoobtainzeroenergy state
• Incaseswherezeroenergystatecannotbeattained control measures must be developed to prevent uncontrolled release of energy. For example, use blocks, pins or chains that are rated to restrain the potential energy when equipment cannot be brought to zero potential energy state
• Whenworkingonornearexposedde-energizedelectrical equipment, a qualified person will use testing equipment to ensure that all circuits are dead
8.4 Install/lockoutandtagenergyisolationdevices: • Lockoutenergyisolationdevices(e.g.block
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
26
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2727
valves, electrical switches and breakers, mechani-caldevices)
• Installblindsordisconnectpipingasnecessary(lockoutrequiredwhenopeningpiping)
• Affixidentifier/warningtagstoeachisolationpoint
• Recordpointsinisolationlog
8.5 Verify isolation is complete: • Workersverifyzeroenergy.Ensurethatthe
switch or START button used to test the lockout isreturnedtoitsOFForNEUTRALpositiontoprevent accidental start-up on re-energization
• Isolationpointsareconfirmedtobesecureinsafe position
• Personallocksofaffectedworkerscontroltheisolation
8.6 Complete Isolation log: • Allworkersapplyinglockssignoffisolationlog • Workersverifyingisolationsignoffisolationlog • Confirmallisolationpointsarerecorded • Isolationlogremainsatsitefordurationofthe
energy isolation procedure
9.0 Blinding/Blanking Guideline
9.1 General: • Allblinding/blankingordisconnectingandplug-
ging requires a safe work permit with a master list attached identifying the isolation method and listing the isolation devices and their location. A pre-job meeting (accompanied by a Task Hazard Analysis)needstobedonewithallinvolved
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
28
Standard Safety Practices Manual
2928
personnel prior to starting work • Cathodicprotectionmustbeshutdownand
flangesbondedpriortotheinstallationofablindor disconnecting of piping
• Blinding/blankingordisconnectingandplug-ging is the preferred method of isolation for pipes, pipelines, vessels and equipment
• Ifthesecannotbedone,therecommendedalternative is double block and bleed. After de-pressuring, the block valves are to be locked and tagged in the closed position and the bleed valve locked and tagged in the open position. The bleed valve venting safely to atmosphere
• Singlevalveisolationisnotrecommended.Ifnecessary, then verification must be made that the valve is holding before the work commences. The work must be accompanied by a risk assess-ment and specific site procedure with approval bytheFunctionalTeamLeaderinchargeordes-ignate.Valves(inletandoutlet)mustbelockedand closed and tagged before work begins
9.2 Blinding and Blanking: o Everyblindingjobwillhaveablindlistthat
was generated by referencing all the available P&ID’sforthesystem.Thesystemwillalsobe physically inspected to make sure that all the blind locations that were identified on the P&ID’swillcompletelyisolatethesystem.Ifextra blinds are required they will be added to the blind list
o All blinding jobs will use a tag system to track blind locations. These tags must be attached to the blind when the blind is installed. A record must be kept of the blinds that have been in-stalled with their respective tag number. Blind boards or multi-part blind tags may be used to
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
28
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
2929
track installed blinds o After equipment has been made ready to blind
(depressured)theoperatorinchargewillusethe tag system to track all active blinds. If blind boards are used the tag is moved from the blind board and attached to the blind
o Blind equipment as required ensuring the tags from the board and the blind list correspond with each other
o EachblindlocationmustberecordedintheEnergyIsolationLog
9.3 ReferthetablesinAppendixAtoselectproperblindthickness and Appendix B for standard practices for isolation of pipe, pipelines, equipment and vessels.
10.0 Scope of Restoring Service to Equipment
10.1 Aftereachaffectedworkerhascompletedtheirwork,they will remove their respective locks. Upon remov-ingtheirlockstheymustsignoffworkcompletedintheEnergyIsolationLog.
10.2 Inagrouplockoutonceallaffectedworkers’personallocks are removed from the lockbox, the authorized worker must ensure that it is safe to end the group lockout. The personal lock of the authorized worker is the last lock to be removed from the lockbox. Once all locks have been removed from the lockbox an authorized worker may remove the locks from the energy isolation devices and return them to their respectivelockbox.RefertogHSSErMF80001.
10.3 UponremovaloflocksandblindstheEnergyisolationLogmustbeupdatedtorecordstatusofisolation.
10.4 Apersonallockcanonlyberemovedbytheautho-
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
30
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3130
rizedandaffectedworkerswhoinstalledthelock.Forsituationswhereanauthorizedoraffectedworkerisunavailabletoremovetheirlock(e.g.off-shift,holidays)oranemergencyinvolvingequipmentarises,thentheAreaAuthoritywillcompletegHSSErMF80002(RemovalofAbsentEmployeePersonalLockLog)toverifythatthefollowingstepsarecompleted:
• Makingeveryreasonableefforttocontacttheaffectedworkerwhoinstalledthelock
• Determiningconclusivelythejobhasbeencom-pletedandnopersonnelremainintheaffectedarea
• Verifyingthatthemachinerycanbeoperatedsafely before removing the lock
• ContactingtheFunctionalTeamforverbalauthorization to access spare key stored in desig-nated central location or to cut the lock
• Returningthesparekeytothedesignatedcentrallocation
• Notifyingtheworkeratthestartofhisorhernext shift that the personal lock was removed since the workers previous shift
• ForwardingcompletedFormtoFunctionalTeamLeadtosignoffdocumentationandverifysparekey was returned to designated central location
10.5 Beforeamachineorequipmentisstarted,affectedemployeesmustbenotifiedthatalllockoutdevices(s)have been removed and that all blinds have been accounted for. An authorized worker must verify the de-isolationandcompletetheEnergyIsolationLog.Completedlogsheet(s)arefiledatacentrallocationfor 1 year.
10.6 The individual restoring energy to the equipment must:
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
30
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3131
• Inspecttheworktoensurethatnon-essentialitems have been removed
• Ensurethatthemachineorequipmentcom-ponents are operationally intact and ready for service
• Checktheworkareatoensureallemployeesaresafely positioned or removed from the equip-ment
11.0 Permanent Lockout Isolation
11.1 Prior to the installation of a permanent lock, a ManagementofChange(MOC)willbeconductedto determine and verify the correct isolation points.
11.2 The functional team lead will designate an authorized worker to lock each of the energy isolation devices at the identified isolation points with a permanent lock (black).
11.3 Theauthorizedworkerwillattachasteeltagtothelock which identifies the date of the lockout, group responsible and a reference number for reference to a logprovidingdetailsandreferencetotheMOC.
11.4 Theauthorizedworkerwillrecordthelockoutontheenergy isolation log and file it at a central location for future reference.
11.5 KeysforthepermanentlocksmustbecontrolledbytheFunctionalTeamLead.
12.0 Scope of Regulatory References
• AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulation(AlbertaRegulation448/83,asamended)
• BCOccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationandGuidelines(BCRegulation296/97,asamended)
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
32
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3332
• OntarioIndustrialEstablishmentsRegulation (O.Regulation851,R.R.O.1990,asamended)
Appendix A
Selection of Temporary Blinds/Blanks
Appendix A is only to be used for temporary blinds and blanks. The tables were calculated using A-285 Gr. A plate materialandtheformulafoundinclause304.5.3ofASMEB31.3ChemicalPlantandPetroleumRefineryPipingCode.Theallowablestressusedwas90%oftheSMYS.Zerocorrosionallowancewasused.Thesetablescanonlybeusedforprocesstemperatureslessthan100F(38C).The following alternate materials may also be used: A-285 Gr.BandC,A-299,A-525,A-516andA-537.
If alternative material is used or a higher temperature is required, thickness requirements must be calculated using abovecodesandcertifiedbyaProfessionalEngineer.
Permanent Blank sizing Requirements must be certified by ProfessionalEngineer.
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
32
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3333
HYDROTESTBLANKS--SELECTIONTABLE
NOTE: The shaded area beneath the line in the above tableappliestoRTJtypeflangesonly.
These tables are for selection of temporary blanks only.DO NOT USE FOR PERMANENT BLANKS!
Pipe Size (inches) 2 3
4 6 8 10 12
Blank Thickness (inches) Pressure (psig) 0.250 952 450 288 139 85 56 40 0.375 2142 1013 648 314 192 127 91 0.500 2048 1800 1152 557 341 225 161 0.625 3200 2813 1800 871 533 352 252 0.750 4608 2243 2592 1254 768 506 362 0.875 6272 3053 2170 1707 1045 689 493 1.000 8192 3987 2835 2230 1365 900 644 1.125 10368 5047 3588 1800 1727 1139 815 1.250 6230 4429 2222 2132 1407 1006 1.375 7539 5359 2689 1929 1702 1218 1.500 8972 6378 3200 2296 2025 1449 1.625 10529 7485 3756 2695 2377 1700 1.750 8681 4356 3125 1936 1972 1.875 9965 5000 3588 2222 2264 2.000 5689 4082 2528 1800
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Pipe Size (inches) 14 16 18 20 24 26 30 Blank Thickness (inches) Pressure (psig) 0.250 34 26 21 17 13 10 7 0.375 76 59 46 38 26 22 17 0.500 135 104 82 67 47 40 29 0.625 210 163 129 105 73 62 46 0.750 303 234 186 151 106 89 66 0.875 412 319 253 206 144 121 90 1.000 539 417 330 269 188 158 118 1.125 682 528 417 341 238 200 149 1.250 842 651 515 421 294 247 184 1.375 1018 788 624 509 356 299 223 1.500 1212 938 742 606 423 356 265 1.625 1422 1101 871 711 497 417 312 1.750 1649 1276 1010 824 576 484 361 1.875 1893 1465 1160 946 661 556 415 2.000 2154 1667 1320 1077 752 632 472
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
34
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3534
Appendix B.
StandardPracticeForIsolationofPipes,Pipelines,Equip-mentandVesselsMatrix
*The isolation options in the table above are presented in the order of preference. See the Legend for an explanation of numbered references
Legend
1. Blind/Blankorplug2. Disconnectandplug3. DoubleBlockandBleed4. SingleBlockvalveswithAuthorization(useonlyif
#3doesn’t’existor#1&2areimpractical.CanonlybeusedifapprovedbyaProfessionalEngineerorFunctionalTeamLead,basedonadocumentedriskassessment complete with procedures.
5. DoubleBlockValves(nobleed)
For Unattended, Open Ended
For Vents and
Piping Where Equipment/
Drains on
Confined Component is Physically
Vessels or Pipelines
Space Entry
Hot Work Cold Work Removed for Maintenance
in Operation
Sour Gas 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or
2,3,4,7,8 1 or 2, 3 1
Gas Liquids (Propane, Butane)
1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Sweet Gas 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Crude oil (Emulsion, Bitumen)
1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Steam > 2482 kPa 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Steam < 2482 kPa & > 50.8mm
1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Steam < 2482 kPa & 50.8 or less
1 or 2 1 or 2,3,4,7,8 1 or 2,3,4,5,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Acid/Base 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Amines 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3,4,7,8 1 or 2,3,4,5,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Flammable Substances 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Non-Flammable Substances
1 or 2 1 or 2, 3,4,6 1 or 2,3,4,5,6
1 or 2, 3 1
Produced Water 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Fresh Water 1 or 2 1 or 2,3,4,6 1 or 2,3,4,5,6
1 or 2, 3 1
Toxic Substances 1 or 2 1 or 2, 3 1 or 2,3,4,7,8
1 or 2, 3 1
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
34
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3535
6. Single Block valves7. Common tasks carried out using a standard practice
certifiedbyProfessionalEngineer.8. Unique task carried out using a site specific proce-
durecertifiedbyProfessionalEngineer.
Notes
Note A: All valves must be locked out and tagged when us-ing double block and bleed, bleed must be vented to atmosphere and consideration must be given to make sure it is vented to a safe place.
Note B:Forvalvesthatareholdingbutthethreads/nippleareunabletoacceptabullplug/cap,thebullplug/cap will not be required until the valve is replaced.
Note C:Doubleblockandbleedcannotbeusedtoisolatecritical hot work in British Columbia. Refer to Provincial regulations outside Alberta.
Note D: This practice needs to be used with other proce-dures, codes of practice and standards to provide a safeworkenvironment(i.e.LockoutProcedures,H2SCodeofPractice).
Blinding/Blanking or Disconnect and plug:
• Blinding/blankingordisconnectandplugisthepreferred method for isolating equipment for work purposes
• Ablind/blanktagsystemmustbeusedinallBPCanada facilities. This tag system must also be used for identifying disconnect and plug loca-tions.Whenablind/blankisbeinginstalledthefollowing are important:
o Site-Specificblinding/blankingproceduresorguides must be followed
o Gaskets must be installed on the pressure side and, where possible, on both sides to prevent damagetoflangefaces
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
36
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3736
o Properpressureratedblinds/blanksandgaskets must be used. See specification table at the end of this section
Double Block and Bleed:
Ifinstallingblinds/blankscreatesahazardanddis-connect and plug is impractical, the recommended alternative for isolating equipment is closing double (block)valveswithableedvalveinbetween.Thebleed valve size between the block valves must be sufficient to handle potential upstream block valve leakage without applying pressure to the downstream block valve. Block valves must be locked and tagged in a closed position and the bleed valve must be locked and tagged in the open position.
NOTE: Bleed valve outlets must be vented with consideration given to both Safety and Environ-mental impacts
Single Block Valves with Authorization:
Closing of inlet valve and outlet valve and then de-pressuringtheequipment.Mustverifythatthevalveshold before work commences. Valves must be locked closed and tagged. Can be used only when approved byaProfessionalEngineerorFunctionalTeamLead,based on documented risk assessment complete with site-specific procedure.
Double Block Valves (No Bleed):
Two valves closed on each side of the equipment without de-pressuring between the block valves. The block valve nearest to the inlet and the outlet of the isolated equipment must be locked and tagged closed.
Single Block:
Ene
rgy
Isol
atio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
36
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3737
Closing of inlet valve and outlet valve and then de-pressuringtheequipment.Mustverifythatthevalveshold before work commences. Valves must be locked closed and tagged.
Unique task:
Task that is unique and requires the expertise of a ProfessionalEngineertoensurethattheequipmentisolationmeetsBPsafetyrequirementsandOH&Sregulations.
Reference Forms:
gHSSErMF80001–EnergyIsolationLog gHSSErMF88001–PermittoWork gHSSErMF34004–Pre-JobRiskAssessment
GROUND DISTURBANCE PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 ThispracticeappliestoallBPCanadaEnergyBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contracted employees, contractors and other visiting personnel involved in ground disturbance activities on CGPU sites.
1.2 The purpose of this practice is to outline the requirements for ground disturbance necessary to ensure worker safety and to avoid contact with all underground facilities.
2.0 Scope of Definitions
2.1 GroundDisturbanceisamanmadecut,cavity,trenchordepressionintheearth’ssurface.Examples
Gro
und
Dis
turb
ance
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
38
Standard Safety Practices Manual
3938
include excavating, digging, trenching, plowing, drilling, tunneling, aurgering, back-filling, blasting, hydrovacing, topsoil stripping, land leveling, grading, clearing, fencing, rig anchors and soil sampling.
3.0 Scope of Responsibilty
3.1 Eachworkerhastheresponsibilitytorecognizeground disturbance hazards and take corrective measures by ensuring this practice is followed.
3.2 On-siteBPrepresentativeinchargeordesignatemust ensure that:
• EmergencyResponsePlansareinplacetoad-dressGroundDisturbancespecifichazardsaswellastheareaEmergencyResponsePlan
• AnadequateinventoryofProtectiveEquipmentrequired for hazards identified for the Ground Disturbance(shoring,cages,gasdetection,bar-ricades,harness,lifelinesetc.)isavailable
• Allprotectivetrenchdevicestemporarilyusedinan excavation are to be certified by a Professional Engineer
• AGroundDisturbancepermitand,whererequired, a Confined Space Permit is issued
• Groundmovementiscontrolledandcollapseis prevented by systematically shoring, sloping, benching and use of temporary protective devices(seesection5.5)
• Ahazardassessmentoftheworksiteiscom-pleted prior to work commencing, this includes identification, and where possible, isolation and depressurization of all underground hazards (e.g. pipelines,electriccables)withintheareatobedisturbed
• ThatallworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-
Gro
und
Dis
turb
ance
Standard Safety Practices Manual
38
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
3939
GO and Time Out for Safety and are able to exercise these tools
• AllrequirementsoftheGroundDisturbanceCode of Practice and Permit have been met
4.0 Scope Of Training And Certification
4.1 Allworkersinvolvedinthegrounddisturbancemustbe trained and competent. This training can be job specific training on site by a person who has received formalizedGroundDisturbanceLevelIItrainingfrom a recognized institute. The person supervising thejobmusthaveformalizedGroundDisturbanceLevelIItraining.
4.2 PriortoGroundDisturbanceactivitycommenc-ing, a Work Permit and Hazard Assessment Form (gHSSErMF88001)andGroundDisturbancepermit(gHSSErMF84001)shallbecompleted.GroundDisturbancetrainingisnotrequiredfortheBP representative completing the Work Permit and Hazard Assessment Form. Any worker who issues aGroundDisturbancepermit,supervisesorinde-pendently creates a disturbance requires formalized LevelIIGroundDisturbancetraining.TheGroundDisturbancePermitrecipientisnotrequiredtohaveGroundDisturbancetraining.Permitrecipientisnot required to have training but person supervising the job must have training and be on-site during the disturbance. Both permits shall be filed at the field officefor13months.
4.3 Trainingshallbeconductedbyacompetenttrainer.Onsite documentation of training will be entered in the VTA database.
5.0 Scope of Consideration for Ground Disturbance
Gro
und
Dis
turb
ance
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
40
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4140
5.1 A risk assessment is necessary to determine if a ground disturbance permit needs to be completed and all steps followed. This risk assessment needs to be completed by a person trained in ground distur-bance by a recognized institute.
5.2 AGroundDisturbancePermitisrequiredanytimepowered mechanized equipment is used to disturb the ground. An exemption to this rule would be gradingaleaseroad(see5.3)asitisconsideredlow risk due to extra ground cover. Certain manual penetrating hand tools can damage underground structures and this should be considered when doing risk analysis.
5.3 Followingisalistofjobsthathavebeenidentifiedaslow risk jobs and therefore a ground
disturbance permit would not need to be issued: • Usingaspadetodigtoadepthoflessthan30
cm • Poundinginwoodensurveypeg • Pushinginwiremarkerflags • Gradingaleaseroad • Usinghydrovacatlowpressure(<2200p.s.i.)to
dig 5.4 Hydrovacingorhandexposureistobeusedonplant
facilities(excludingwellsites)tolocateanypossibleunderground facilities. No mechanical excavation.
5.5 A complete hazard assessment for ground distur-bance needs to address the following areas which are incorporated in the ‘Work Permit and Hazard Assess-mentForm(gHSSEr88001):
Gro
und
Dis
turb
ance
Standard Safety Practices Manual
40
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4141
• Considerationmustbegiventoalltrenchesand excavations being confined spaces.If the atmosphere in an excavation cannot be guaran-teed safe, the excavation would be considered a confined space
• Ifanexcavationismorethan1.5metresdeepand closer to the wall or bank than the depth of the excavation, it must be properly shored or cut back before workers can enter the area. If this is not possible an engineered approved structure for shoring will need to be installed. Proper shoring is as follows:
• Ifthesoilisconsidered: o “hard and compact” the walls are sloped to
within 1.5 metres of the bottom of the excava-tionatanangleofnotlessthan30degreesmeasured from the vertical
o “likely to crack or crumble” the walls are sloped to within 1.5 metres of the bottom of theexcavationatananlgleofnotlessthan45degrees measured from the veritcal
o “soft, sandy or loose” the walls are sloped from the bottom of the excavation at an angle of notlessthan45degreesmeasuredfromthevertical
• TheemployermustensurethetheSpoilPileispiled so that:
o the leading edge is at least 1 metre away from the edge of the excavation
o the slope of the spoil pile adjacent to the excavationisatanangleofnotmorethan45degrees from the horizontal, and
o loose materials are scaled and trimmed from the spoil pile
• Themethodofidentificationofundergroundfacilities
• Themethodofexposuremethodsandpressures
Gro
und
Dis
turb
ance
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
42
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4342
involved • Safetyandenvironmentalproceduresfordealing
with encountered or compromised underground facilities
• Specificexcavationconsiderationssuchassoiltype, consistency, natural angle of repose, slurry disposal, contamination, preexcavated, and spoil pile placement
• Sizeofexcavation,proximitytotraffic,stabilityof adjacent improvement, structures, vibration producing equipment, load placement distances and wieght distribution relating to the excavation (vehicles,equipment,piping,laydownareas,etc)
• Engineeringcertificationanddesignrequire-mentsforexcavations>6metres(4.6metresBC)
• Methodstostabilizeexcavationfaces,rampingandproperaccess&egresspoints,maintainasafe atmsophere, establish degradation factors (heat,cold,water,soilfluidpressures,environ-mentalconditions)
• Theworktobecarriedout,thenumberofwork-ers and tools and equipment in the excavation, PPErequirementsandtheneedforasafetystandby
5.6 Duringthejob,inaccordancewiththepermit,ground and atmospheric conditions must be con-tinually monitored for changing conditions.
SeegHSSErMS830.
5.7 Heavyequipment(includingpickuptrucks)mustnot cross a pipeline unless it is properly ramped or there is a minimum of 1.5 metres of ground cover. The pipeline owner may have more stringent requir-ments therefore this should always be addressed in the pre-project meeting.
6.0 Scope of Forms
Gro
und
Dis
turb
ance
Standard Safety Practices Manual
42
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4343
6.1 gHSSErMF84001-BPCanadaEnergyGroundDisturbancePermit
6.2 gHSSErMF88001–BPCanadaWorkPermitandHazard Assessment
7.0 Scope of References
7.1AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationsAR448/83asamended.Part32
7.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulation andGuidelines296/97asamended
7.3 OntarioRegulation213ConstructionProjects-Part IIIExcavations,asamendedgHSSErMS820- ConfinedSpaceEntryPractice
7.4 gHSSErMS830-WorkinginaCombustibleGasEnvironmentPractice
LIFTING AND RIGGING PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This practice applies to all BP Canada Gas Perfor-manceUnit(CGPU)employees,contractedemploy-ees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing lifting and rigging operations on CGPU premises and work sites.
1.2 The purpose of the practice is to identify safe lifting and rigging procedures, when it is necessary to prepare a lifting plan and to make certain all neces-
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
44
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4544
sary pre-planning has been accomplished when heavy loadsand/orlongboomswillbeinproximityofoperating equipment.
1.3 Thepracticedefinestrainingandcertificationrequirements for crane operators, crane inspection, maintenanace requirements and fundamental operat-ing requirements used throughout the BP Canada GasPerformanceUnit(CGPU).
1.4 Thepracticedefinescircumstancesandrequirementsthat classify a lift to be Critical, and if deemed criti-cal,requiresthattheCriticalLiftformbecompleted,signed, and executed by all responsible parties associ-ated with the lift.
2.0 Scope of Responsibility
2.1 Eachworkerisresponsibleforrecognizingliftingandrigging hazards and taking corrective measures to ensure that this practice is followed.
2.2 The on-site BP representative in charge or designate must ensure:
• Emergencyresponseplansareinplacetoad-dressspecificLiftingandRigginghazardsforthe job at hand
• Thattheworkersaretrainedandcompetenttooperatethecranesand/orhoistsorrigupfor lifting as required for the work at hand
• Allcranes,hoistsandriggingequipmentareproperly labelled and inspected daily prior to work commencing
• Thatthesafetydevicesinstalledontheliftingequipment are operational
• Ahazardassesmentiscompletedpriortostart-
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
44
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4545
ing work that includes identification of the loads involved and that the lifting equipment is adequate and otherwise ready for service for those loads. It will identify that the lift is clear of overhead obstacles, that workers are aware of the hazards and there is a clear understand-ing of communication methods and what hand signals are to be used, and how the load is to be balanced and directed throughout the various stages of the lift
• ThatallworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOandTimeOutforSafetyandfeel comfortable in being able to exercise these tools
3.0 Scope of Training, Certification and Com-petencies
3.1 Onlytrainedandcompetentauthorizedpersonnelortrainees under the direct supervision of trained and competent authorized personnel will be permitted to operate cranes and hoists or rig up for lifting.
3.2 Theemployerofcraneoperatorsandriggerswillco-ordinate the training and will maintain the training records.
3.3 CraneOperatorswillhave: • AppropriateProvincialCraneOperatorsCertifi-
cate or an Inter-Provincial Certificate • TheAlbertaApprenticeshiphas3definedap-
prenticeship programs for lifting and hoisting • MobileCraneCertification–3yearprogram,
capableoflifiting>45tons. • BoomTruck–Certificationisrequiredwhen
operating:
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
46
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4746
a) Booms (including telescoping booms and ar-ticulatingboomspossessinglivelines)capableof swinging, hoisting and booming up and down with a lifting capacity of greater than 5 tonsandlessthan45tons
b) Articulation booms without live lines with a lifting capacity of greater than 8 tons and less that45tons
• WellheadBoomTruck–toworkinthistradea person must be a registered apprentice or a certified journeyman or hold a recognized trade certificate. A wellhead boom truck may be used for one or more of the following:
1. Wellhead pumping operations. 2. Wireline operations 3. Perforation operations 4. Coiled tubing operations 5. Snubbing operations 6. Rig up and rig out of slant service rigs. • Alloperatorsofliftingdevicesrated>2000
kilograms shall be certified as a journeyman op-erator or enrolled in the Alberta Apprenticeship system. Operators of lifting equipment that is ratedat<2000kilogramsmustbeabletoshowcompetence to the items below:
1. Sound working knowledge and understand-ing of the use of hardware and equipment
2. Ability to read,understand and implement lift plans and drawings
3. Ability to recognize hazards and risks within the lift area, have a clear understand-ing of lift dynamics, and have previous experience or familiarity with the type of lift to be performed
3.4 Riggerswillhave: • Knowledgeofequipment
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
46
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4747
• Experiencewithliftprocedures • Workingknowledgeofrelevantpractices,codes
and practices • Abilitytoprepareandinterpretsiteandliftplans
and drawings • Knowledgeofhandsignals
4.0 Scope of Inspection and Maintenance
4.1 Allcranes,hoistsandriggingequipmentwillbeinstalled, erected, checked, labelled, examined, inspected, tested, operated, maintained and repaired in accordance with the appropriate practice listed in the applicable provincial regulations.
4.2 Allliftingdevices(i.e.DavittArms)mustbecertifiedby an engineer and properly labelled for capacities.
4.3 AllcranesonCGPUsitesmusthavethemostrecentappropriate inspection documentation on site as per 5.1.
4.4 Ifanincidentoccurswithliftingequipment(i.e.shockloadingtotheboom,slingbreaksduringlifts),and damage is suspected, the crane shall be taken out of service until it is recertified in safe operability.
4.5 Allcranesandhoistswillreceivepreventativemaintenance based on usage and manufacturer’s recommendations.
4.6 Allriggingequipmentwillbeinspectedtopriortoeach usage to ensure the integrity of the equipment. All damaged rigging equipment will be removed from use immediately and destroyed or discarded or repaired and certified by the manufacturer. (See Appendix1forguidelinesregardingslingdamage).
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
48
Standard Safety Practices Manual
4948
5.0 Scope of General Operation
5.1 A substantial and durable rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures will be provided with each crane and securely fixed to the crane cab in a con-spicious location visible to the operator while seated at the controls.
5.2 Cranes will not be operated without the full amount of any ballast or counterweight in place as specified by the manufacturer. The ballast or counterweight in place that is specified by the manufacturer will not be exceeded.
5.3 Whenacraneistobeoperatednearenergizedoverheadelectricalpowerlines,aclearanceof3meters will be maintained as an absolute limit of approach with the boom, block, and load to ensure safe operation and eliminate hazards of electrocution. A crane in transport with the boom or mast lowered can come within 2 meters of an energized line. If the voltage is greater than 50kv, the clearance shall be increased 10 centimeters for every 10kv over 50kv.
5.4 Thecraneoperatorwillnotliftorcarryanyloadoveror above personnel. The area of the lift over which the load is carried should be barricaded (i.e. roping, taping)andsigned.Allunnecessarypersonnelwillberestricted from the barricaded area.
5.5 No hoisting, lowering, swinging, or traveling will be done while personnel is on the load or the hook.
5.6 All crane hooks must be equipped with a positive locking safety latch.
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
48
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
4949
5.7 The crane operator must test the brakes each time a load approaching the rated load is handled by raising it a few inches and applying the brakes.
5.8 Once a load is hooked up, the load is the responsibil-ity of the crane operator.
5.9 The command STOP may be given by anyone and must be obeyed by everyone including the crane or hoist operator.
5.10 Backhoes, track hoes, front-end loaders, side loaders and similar earth moving equipment may be used only for incidental lifting in which they are designed. Such use of this equipment shall comply with the equipment manufacturer’s requirements, specifica-tions and designs for lifting.
5.11 While making lifts, cranes equipped with outriggers will have them fully deployed whenever possible. Wood blocks used to support outriggers must be strong enough to prevent crushing, be free of defects, and be of sufficient width and length to prevent shifting or toppling under load.
5.12 Tools, oil cans, waste, extra fuses and other necessary articles will be stored in the tool box and not be permitted to lie loose in or about the cab.
5.13 Craneswillnotberefueledwhiletheengineisrun-ning.
5.14 Acarbondioxide,drychemical,orequivalentfireextinguisher will be kept in the cab or the vicinity of the crane, with easy accessibility.
5.15 Useofaflagmanisrequiredtodirecttheliftingoperatorinablindzone.Theflagmanshouldbe
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
50
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5150
competent in the use of signalling to direct the lift operator.
6.0 Scope of Rigging the Load
6.1 Only competent riggers will attach a load. A com-petent rigger must have sufficient knowledge of hand signals and rigging loads and procedures. Prior to a liftingoperation,STOP,THINK,GOandensurecommunication and hand signals are reviewed.
6.2 Ensurethatthehoistropeisfreefromkinksortwists.Donotwrapthehoistropearoundtheload.
6.3 Ensurethattheloadwillbeattachedtothehookbymeans of slings or other approved rigging devices.
6.4 Takecaretomakecertainthattheslingclearsallobstacles(i.e.sharpedges,portrudingobjects).
7.0 Scope of Hoisting Operation
7.1 Center the crane over the load before starting the hoist to avoid swinging the load as the lift is started.
7.2 The crane operator must make sure the load is well secured and properly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches. A test lift should be performed.
7.3 Loadsshouldnotbeswungbythecranetoreachareas not under the crane. Crane hoisting should be kept vertical. Cranes will not be used for dragging loads sideways.
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
50
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5151
7.4 Duringhoisting,careshouldbetakensothatthereisno sudden acceleration or deceleration of the moving load.
7.5 Donotmakeliftsbeyondtheratedlocalcapacityofthe crane, slings, chains, cables or any other rigging and lifting equipment.
7.6 On truck mounted cranes, no loads will be lifted over the cab of the vehicle except as approved by the crane manufacturer.
8.0 Scope of Holding the Load
8.1 The crane operator will not be permitted to leave their position at the controls while the load is sus-pended.Donotleaveunsupervisedloadssuspended.
8.2 Neither the load nor the boom will be lowered below the point where less than five full wraps of cable remain on their respective drums.
9.0 Scope of Moving the Load
9.1 Before moving the load, ensure all slings, chains, or other load lifting devices are fully seated in the saddle of the hook.
9.2 Everyoneintheimmediateareamustbeclearoftheload and aware that a load is being moved. When raising, lowering, or moving loads, a horn or some other method of warning must be used to warn personnel in the area that a lift is taking place.
9.3 Taglinesofsufficientlengthmustbeusedtosteadyor guide the loads as they are being moved unless theywouldnotbeeffective(e.g.extremelyheavy
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
52
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5352
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
largeloads)orcreatinganuncontrolledhazard.Rigmatting may be moved without tag lines with the load less than 1 meter from the ground and workers standing back from the load.
10.0 Scope of Travelling
10.1 When travelling without a load, the empty hook should be secured.
10.2 Speed should be kept to a minimum and should not exceed manufacturers recommendations.
10.3 Beforetravellingacranewithaload,thecraneopera-tor will be responsible for ensuring position of the load, boom location, ground support, travel route, and speed of movement. When travelling with a suspened load, ground speed should not exceed 5kph. The crane will have a ground or vehicle guide to escort them so that travel can be conducted in the safest manner possible.
10.4 Acrane,withorwithoutaload,shallnotbetravelledwith the boom so that it may bounce back over the cab.
11.0 Scope of Critical Lift Requirements
11.1 AliftwillbeconsideredCriticalandaCriticalLiftPlan will be completed when any of the following conditions or circumstances exists.
11.2 All lifts made over operating process equipment.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
52
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5353
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
11.3 Singlecraneliftswhenthetotalloadexceeds80%ofthe cranes load chart.
11.4 Twoormorecranesarerequiredforasinglepieceof equipment. Boom cats during pipeline stringing operations would not be considered a critical lift.
11.5 Utilization of poles and derricks that have been erected for a specific lift.
11.6 If power lines are within twice the maximum swing radius of the crane, plus the required voltage clear-ance.Minimumclearanceis3metersforvoltagesupto50kilovolts(kV)anddistancesincreasingby1.5meters for every extra 150 kV.
11.7 Liftingofpersonnel.Manbasketsmustengineeredandvisuallyinspectedbeforetheliftismade.Liftsofpersonnel utilizing man baskets must conform to 29 CFR1926.550(g).
11.8 BP CGPU or contract employee requests a lift plan.
12.0 Scope of the Critical Lift Plan
12.1 ThecontractorperformingtheCriticalLiftmustdevelopaCritcalLiftProcedureandmustincludeaCriticalLiftChecklistwhichmustreviewedbyaBPCGPUrepresentative.(seeAppendix3foranexample).
13.0 Drilling and Well Servicing
13.1 DrillingandServicerigswillbemaintainedandinspected in accordance with the manufacturer’s and AmericanPetroleumInsitude’s(API)specifications.CertificationofMastswillbeinaccordanceofCA-
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
54
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5554
DOCRecommendedPractice1.0,2.0.3.0and4.0.
13.2 DrillingandServicerigswillalsofollowPart37,OilandGasWells,intheOH&Scodeinwhichliftingrelated equipment is referenced.
14.0 Scope of Appendices
APPENDIX1-SlingChecklist APPENDIX2-SlingOperatingPracticesGuidelines APPENDIX3-ExampleofaCriticalLiftPlan
completion/ApprovalChecklist APPENDIX4-InitialCraneInspection APPENDIX5-DailyCraneInspection
15.0 Scope of References
15.1 AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationAR448/83asamended
15.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulation andGuidleines296/97asamended
15.3 CAODCRecommendedPractices
15.4 Alberta’sOH&SAct,RegulationandCodeOntario Regulation851IndustrialEstablishmentsand Regulation213ConstructionProjects,asamended16.0 Forms
• gHSSErMF34004Pre-JobRiskAssessment • gHSSErMF88001-BPCanadaEnergyCom-
panyHotWork/ColdWorkPermit
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
54
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5555
APPENDIX 1
Lifting and Rigging Practice - Sling Guidelines
This checklist is to be referred to prior to the use of any slings for lifting and rigging procedures. If any of the following checklist items are identified as an issue, remove the sling from use immediately.
1) Doesthesyntheticsling(s)havearatedcapacitytag that is clearly legible?
2) Arethereanyacidoralkalisburnsonthesling(s)?
3) Isthereanymelting,charring,orweldspattersonanypartofthesling(s)?
4) Arethereanyholes,tears,cuts,snagsorembed-ded particles in the sling?
5) Isthereanybrokenorwornstitchinginloadbearing splices?
6) Aretheresignsofexcessiveabrasivewear? 7) Arethereareknotsinanypartofthesling? 8) Isthereanyevidenceofdistortion,excessivepit-
ting,corrosionorbrokenfittingsonthesling(s)? 9) Arethereanyconditionswhichcausedoubtasto
the strength of the sling?
APPENDIX 2
Sling Operating Practices Guidelines
1) Determinetheweightoftheload.Theweightofthe load shall be within the rated capacity of the sling.
2) Selectthesling(s)havingsuitablecharacteristics
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
56
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5756
for the type of load, hitch and environment. 3) Slingsshallnotbeloadedinexcessoftherated
capacity. Considerations shall be given to the slingloadanglewhichaffectsratedcapacity.
4) Slingswithfittingsthatareusedasachokerhitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking action is on the webbing, and never on a fitting.
5) Slingsusedinabaskethitchshallhavetheloadbalanced to prevent slippage.
6) Theopeninginfittingsshallbethepropershapeand size to insure that the fitting will seat prop-erly in the hook or other attachments.
7) Slingsshallalwaysbeprotectedfrombeingcutby sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces.
8) Slingsshallnotbedraggedonthefloororoveran abrasive surface.
9) Slingsshallnotbetwistedortiedintoknots,orjoined by knotting.
10)Slingsshallnotbepulledfromunderloadsiftheload is resting on the sling.
11)Donotdropslingsequippedwithmetalfittings. 12)Slingsthatappeartobedamagedshallnotbe
used unless inspected and accepted. 13)Theslingshallbehitchedinamannerproviding
control of the load. 14)Personnel,includingportionsofthehuman
body, shall be kept from between the sling and the load, and from between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.
15)Personnelshallstandclearofthesuspendedload. 16)Personnelshallnotridethesling. 17)Shockloadingshallbeavoided. 18)Twistingandkinkingthelegs(branches)shallbe
avoided.
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
56
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5757
19)Loadappliedtothehookshallbecenteredinthebase(bowl)ofthehooktopreventpointloadingon the hook.
20)Duringlifting,withorwithouttheload,person-nel shall be alert for possible snagging.
21)Theslings’legs(branches)shallcontainorsup-port the load from the sides above the center of gravity when using a basket hitch.
22)Slingsshallbelongenoughsothattheratedcapacity of the sling is adequate when the angle ofthelegs(branches)istakenintoconsideration.
23)Placeblocksunderloadpriortosettingdownthe load, to allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.
24)Nylonandpolyesterslingsshallnotbeusedattemperatures above 90 degrees C.
25)Exposuretosunlightorultra-violetlightdegrades the strength of slings. Store slings in a cool, dry and dark place when not in use.
APPENDIX 3-Example of a Critical Lift Plan
Critical Lift Plan
Completion/Approval Checklist
Note:Allapplicableforms(LiftPlan,LiftingNearElectri-calHazardsSafetyForm,etc.)anddrawings/plans(RiggingDrawing,LiftingSitePlotPlan,etc.)mustbeattachedtothiscompletion/approvalchecklistpriortotheapprovalmeeting and for the duration of the lift.
Job Name: _____________________________________DateLiftExpectedToTakePlace: PlannedDurationOfLift: hrs.Site/GroundEvaluation/Preparation:
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
58
Standard Safety Practices Manual
5958
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Answer‘YES’or‘NO’(if ‘NO’ provide explanation and justification of in space providedaftereachsection)
A detailed site plot plan has been prepared and includescrane(s)location,allabovegroundhazard or obstructions, all underground hazards, and load travel paths to be utilized during the lift.
Ground conditions surrounding the crane location, as indicated in the attached site plot plan; have been evaluated for underground hazards such as underground piping, conduit, and uncompacted backfill from recently filled excavations. Any potential underground hazard and the position of the crane has been noted on the site plot plan.
All open excavations in the lift area have beenexaminedfortheirpotentialeffectonthe lift in question. All open excavations in the lift area have been noted on the site plot plan.
Ground stability has been evaluated and
documented in the attached report for ability to support the bearing surface of the lifting equipment being used. All conditions that mayaffecttheabilityofthegroundtosupportthe load, such as dynamic or impact loads, swing rates and sudden load stops have been examined. Bearing mats are required if any question exist as to the grounds ability to sup-port the lift in question.
Construction details of the bearing mats,
Standard Safety Practices Manual
58
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
5959
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
if required, are attached and have been reviewed.
Cranes(s):
The lift plan for each crane used to support the load has been completed, reviewed and is attached to the critical lift plan.
A detailed crane configuration drawing has been completed, for each crane used to sup-port the load, and includes, but is not limited to, boom configuration to be used, the mini-mum boom angle to the ground, maximum boom length, maximum operating radius, minimumjiboffsetangletotheground(ifapplicable),tobeusedduringthelift.
The maximum allowable wind speed has been established, based on crane manufacture’s recommendation and load configuration, and is clearly labeled on the crane configuration drawing.
The percent crane capacity, as noted on the
lift plan, has been verified and the crane’s load chart used to complete the lift plan has been attached to the critical lift plan.
Load:
A detailed drawing of the load has been completed and is attached to the critical lift plan. The detailed load drawing will show, at a minimum, information pertaining to the weight of the load, including any auxiliary
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
60
Standard Safety Practices Manual
6160
equipment such as ladders, platforms, piping, insulation, etc. that may be attached to the load prior to the lift, lifting and tailing lugs available on the load and their orientation, anchor bolt pattern of the load, and anchor bolt pattern of the load’s foundation. Any special lifting requirements will also be clearly stated on the detailed load drawing.
All information on the detailed load drawing has been verified for accuracy.
Rigging:
A detailed rigging drawing has been com-pleted and is attached to the critical lift plan. The detailed rigging drawing will show, at a minimum, all rigging to be utilized for the lift, including shackles, slings, I-bolts, spreader bars, chain falls, etc., the configuration of all rigging, including angles and lengths, attach-ment to the load and crane.
All information on the detailed rigging draw-ing has been reviewed and verified acceptable for the lift in question.
Lift Logistics:
A logistics plan has been prepared and is attached to the critical lift plan. The logistics plan addressing, at a minimum, the travel path of the crane or cranes supporting the load, swing radius of the crane or cranes sup-porting the load, the travel path of the load, placementofSignalPerson(s),communica-tionsbetweentheSignalPerson(s)andthecraneoperator(s),securingtheloadonceitis
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
60
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6161
in place, and access to disconnect the rigging from the load once the load is secured.
All information in the logistics plan has been reviewed and is acceptable for the lift in ques-tion.
Critical Lift Plan Approvals:
AreaManager: Project/ConstructionEngineer: Rigging Inspector: Job Representative:
The following items must be addressed on the day of the lift.
TheEmergencyResponseCoordinatorhasbeen notified of the lift in question.
The crane location is in accordance with the
location noted on the site plot plan.
The crane configuration is in accordance with the detailed crane configuration drawing.
The rigging configuration is in accordance with the detailed rigging drawing.
The Rigging Inspector has obtained the cur-rent wind speed and has noted the current wind speed and the maximum allowable wind speed in the spaces provided. The current wind speed is equal to or below the maximum
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
62
Standard Safety Practices Manual
6362
allowable wind speed mph - Current Wind Speed mph-MaximumAllowable Wind Speed
A detailed pre-lift safety meeting has been
heldandincludedALLindividualsinvolvedoraffectedbythecriticalliftinquestionandcovered all details associated with the lift.
Critical Lift Pre-Lift Safety Meeting Attendance:
By signing this form, the following individuals are indicat-ing they have actively participated in the pre-lift safety meeting for the critical lift in question and fully understand the scope of the lift to be made and their assigned roles and responsibilities.EquipmentOperator: Rigging Inspector: SignalPerson/Rigger: SignalPerson/Rigger: Operations Representative:
APPENDIX 4
Initial Crane Inspection
Date: ____________________________
Inspection By. _____________________
_____________ Is Crane Certification Current? Please include date of certification
____________ Is Operator Certification Current?
____________ Is the size of the crane adequate for the
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
62
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6363
jobs anticipated?
____________ Is there a current log book kept with the crane?
APPENDIX 5
Daily Crane Inspection
Date: ____________________________
Inspection By: _____________________
___Lubrication(gears,pulleys,pins,wirerope)___Log(checkpreviousreportsorlogs)___Cylinders(fittings,hoses,leaks,seals)___Bolts/Pins((loose,missing,damaged)___Capacity(limitations,plate,rigging,chart,log)___Hoses(leaks,filters,wearsecure,connections)___Manual(familiarwithoperator/maintenancemanual)___Controls(movement,swing,telescope)___Brakes(functioning,limitswitch)___Outriggers(functioning,limitswitch)___Pads(largeenough,strongenough,goodcondition)___Hydraulic Fluid(levelok,filterok)___Boom(wear,dents,bolts,pins,cables,sheaves)___Engine (belts,filters,wiring,PTO)___Work Area(clean,access,barricades,workers)___Obstructions(clearances,powerlines,vehicles)___Ground (firm,level,dry)___Load(capacity,weightknown)___Cable(kinks,damage,wear,capacity)___Rigging(capacity,fittings,hardware,clips)___ Rigger (understanding of hand signals, roles, high
Lifti
ng O
pear
tions
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
64
Standard Safety Practices Manual
65
MO
C
64
visibilityvest)___Hook (bent,twisted,safetycatch,wear,cracks)___Sheaves (cablefits,wear)___Track or tires(clean,freeofdebris,condition)
MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE PRACTICE
1.0 Purpose, Scope and Applicability
1.1 ManagementofChange(MOC)isasystemtoevalu-
ate, authorize and document changes before they are made and ensure proper closure after the changes are completed.
1.2 Its purpose is to establish the procedures necessary to ensure that the risks arising from proposed changes are managed to an acceptable level.
1.3 TheMOCpracticeappliestoallpermanent,tempo-rary and emergency changes to organization, staffing levels, systems, procedures, equipment, products, materials or substances.
1.4 MOCpracticeisalsoanexcellentcommunica-tion tool to inform impacted groups or areas that a changeisbeingconsideredand/orabouttooccur.
1.5 The practice is designed to insure compliance with gHSSErElement7andGroupProcessSafetyandIntegrityManagementPracticeElement2.
1.6 The practice covers modifications intended for implementation by BP personnel and contractors, as well as projects designed by an approved engineer-
Standard Safety Practices Manual
64
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6565
ing contractor, but does not apply to project scope changes which are managed by the engineering contractor using their internal processes.
1.7 The practice should be applied when assessing any significantchangeinBPoperationsinthe(CGPU),in particular:
• Modificationstoplantfacilitiesandequipment • Changestotheorganization • Modificationstowellswithinthewellintegrity
envelope • Changestocriticalinformationandprocedures • ChangestoITsystemsandsoftwar
1.8 It is the intention of this process to highlight changes thataffecttheoriginal‘designintent’ofthefacility,which includes facility and equipment, organization-al structures and supporting documentation, with the intention of maintaining an auditable trial from the original design through to the current status. The application of this process provides this audit trail.
1.9 It is not necessary to follow this practice when: • Routineactivitiescoveredbypractice
maintenance and operations procedures (e.g. scaffolding)areundertakenunderothersafetymanagement controls, such as safe systems of work and permits
• Carryingoutreplacement-in-kindwork • Replacinganindividualwithsomeonehaving
the same competencies • IfyouarenotsurewhetheranMOCpracticeis
required,accessthisweblinktoanMOCdeci-sion tree:
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
66
Standard Safety Practices Manual
6766
TechnicalMOCPracticeDecisionTree
1.10 A Temporary change is not intended to be perma-nent(e.g.30,60,90days)andwillnotexceedtheindicated timeframe for the change without an ad-ditionalauthorizationandreview.SmartMOCcanbeusedtorecordthetermination/reassessmentdateand forward a reminder task to the SPA.
1.11 AnEmergencyChangeisoneinwhichpersonnelassume the responsibility to make a change without invokingthefullMOCpractice.Thistypeofchangeis justified when the following circumstances exist:
• Immediatedangertopersonnel • Potentialformajorequipmentdamage • Potentialformajoroperationalloss • Seriousenvironmentalimpact • Communitycomplaint • RegulatoryviolationIn spite of the fact that emergency change initially by passes the formal change process, it is vital that there be at least one review with a minimum of three people, preferably fromdifferentdisciplinesandthechangemustbeapprovedby a Technical Authority or line supervisor. Only in true life-or-death situations where minutes count can a single person assume full responsibility for making a change without reviewing that change with others. The formal ap-plicationoftheMOCpracticemustfollowtheemergencychange as soon as possible.
1.12 Organizational Change can range from substitu-tion of personnel to the elimination of positions. Changes to the organization’s structure and respon-sibilitiesarereflectedinHSSEresponsibilitiesandaccountabilities; therefore, organizational change whether permanent or temporary must formally assess and recorded.
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
66
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6767
1.13 AnAdministrativeChangeisonethatimpactsapol-icy, procedure, process or form and includes changes from regulators or outside agencies. These changes stand alone and are not initiated as the consequence of a Technical or Organizational change. Policies, procedures,processesorformsaffectedasaresultofa Technical or Organizational change are resolved as part of the original instigating change.
1.14 ManagingachangetoaDCS(DistributedControlSystem)oraSCADA(SupervisoryControlandDataAcquisition)systemrequirescompletionofspecificrecordsforassurance.Detailsofhowtomanagethistype of change are available at the following web link:
MOCpracticeforSCADAChangeWorksheet
2.0 Roles and Responsibilities
2.1 Insummary,theMOCpracticerequirescom-petent personnel in the following three areas:
• Initialapprovalandriskassessment:Facilitatorand Approval Authorities
• Implementationofchange:SinglePersonAc-countable, Gatekeeper and Assurance role
• PerformanceUnittechnicalauthorityframe-work:EngineeringAuthorities,TechnicalAuthorities and Technical Reviewers
2.2ThekeyprocessrolesintheMOCpracticearetheFacilitator and Approval Authorities. They have the following roles and responsibilities:
2.2.1 The Facilitator: • Facilitatorswillbeappointedforeachmajorsite
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
68
Standard Safety Practices Manual
6968
or group of smaller sites • TheyaretypicallytheManagementofChangeor
ProcessSafetyManagementCoordinators • Facilitatorsmustbeproperlytrainedinthe
change assessment methodology being used • Theyshouldhavedetailedknowledgeofthesite,
its hazards and procedures • TheFacilitatorsareresponsiblefor: o Loggingdataassociatedwiththechangeinto
theSmartMOCsystem o Selecting the appropriate method of assess-
ment and managing the process o Identifying which Technical Authorities
should be involved in the assessment of risk associated with a given change proposal
o Makingrecommendations,includingcondi-tions for implementation and such monitor-ing requirements as deemed necessary, to the Approval Authority
o Ensuringthattheassessmentteamincludesallnecessary knowledge and competence for the change being assessed
o MaintainingarecordofthestatusofallMOCpractice documentation
o Recommending improvements to this proce-dure
Note: The Facilitator and the Approval Authorities cannot be the same person
2.2.2 The Approval Authority: • ApprovalAuthoritiesshouldbeappointedfor
each major site or group of smaller sites • TheywilltypicallybetheManager,ortheir
designate(s)basedontheirrole,responsibility,accountability and delegation of authority
• TheformaldelegationofauthorityforMOC
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
68
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
6969
practice within CGPU can be accessed at the following web link:
ApprovalAuthorityforMOCpractice • TheApprovalAuthorityisresponsiblefor: o Initial approval or rejection, within the
Performance context, of a change to proceed to assessment
o Nominating a Facilitator to manage the assess-ment
o Settingtheinitialworkflowscheduleforthechange
o Accepting the outcome of the assessment and approving, or not, the change to move to implementation. In this role, if appropriate, they will identify the implementation process
o Ensuringthatanychangesstaywithindefinedscope and that the recommendations from the assessment are fully implemented
o EnsuringthattheroleswithintheMOCprac-tice are carried out by competent personnel
o Feedback to the Originator or Facilitator when rejecting a proposal
o Ensuringappropriatefinancialsupportforthechange
Note: The Facilitator and the Approval Authority cannot be the same person
2.3Thekeyprocessrolesintheimplementationofanyapproved change are the SPA, the Gatekeeper and the Assurance role. They have the following roles and responsibilities:
2.3.1TheSinglePointAccountablerole(SPA): • TheSPApersonwillberecommendedaspartof
the approval process
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
70
Standard Safety Practices Manual
7170
• TheSPAisresponsiblefor: o Implementation and management of the ap-
provedchangethroughtheMOCpractice o Implementing recommendations from an
MOCpractice,includingupdatingdocumen-tation
o MaintainingthechangewithinthescopeassessedbytheMOCpracticeandensuringthat any changes to the scope are adequately assessed
o Completing the Pre-Startup Compliance Review when the change is managed using the MOCpractice
2.3.2 TheGatekeeperrole: • TheGatekeeperwillberecommendedaspartof
the approval process if the change is managed outsidetheMOCpractice
• TheGatekeeperwilltypicallyberesponsiblefor:
o The funding budget, but the Approval Authority will be responsible if the change is implementedwithintheMOCpractice
o Approving the stages of the implementation process, in particular, sanction of the scope, cost and timescale
o Providing or obtaining resources for imple-mentation of the change
o Completing the Pre-Startup Compliance Review when the change is managed using an outside process
2.3.3 TheAssurancerole: • Willberecommendedaspartoftheapproval
process and will typically be the Facilitator • TheAssuranceroleisresponsiblefor: o Attesting that the change has addressed the
risks and actions identified in the assessment
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
70
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
7171
o Attesting that the change has been controlled withinthescopeoftheoriginalMOCas-sessment, or that any changes to the original scope have been adequately assessed
o LiaisingwiththeGatekeeper,duringimple-men tation of the change through another process, to ensure adequate resources are available
o Assisting the SPA or Gatekeeper to document the Pre-Startup Compliance Review
2.4 ThePerformanceUnitTechnicalAuthorityFrame-work:
o The key roles in the CGPU Technical Author-ityframeworksupportingMOCpracticeareEngineeringAuthorities,TechnicalAuthoritiesand Technical Reviewers
o The roles and responsibilities of these authori-tiesaredetailedintheCGPUEngineeringand Technical Authorities Register
o The Register can be accessed through the fol-lowing web link:
Technical Authorities Register Rev 2 2.4.1 TheEngineeringAuthority’sresponsibilities
forMOCpracticeare: • TechnicalapprovalauthorityforMOCpractice
proposals defined as “high” risk • Assurescompliancewiththeengineeringaspects
ofManagementofChange 2.4.2 TheTechnicalAuthority’sresponsibilitiesfor
MOCpracticeare: • TechnicalapprovalauthorityforMOCpractice
proposals defined as “medium” risk providing: o Independent assessment of the risks associated
with the proposed change o Review of the key documents related to the
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
72
Standard Safety Practices Manual
7372
proposed change o Specification of the maximum implementa-
tion period for temporary modifications o Independent technical arbitration 2.4.3 TheTechnicalReviewer’sresponsibilitiesfor
MOCpracticeare: • ActasthepointofcontactforMOCpractice
requests at the facility level within their assigned discipline for changes defined as “low” risk
• Providerequestedtechnicaladviceandrecom-mendations within the required time frame
• Specifythemaximumdurationpermittedfortemporary deviations
• ParticipateinProcessHazardsAnalysesasisap-propriate
• ChairorparticipateinManagementofChangetechnical and safety reviews
• Actaspointofcontactfornewprojectsinareaofcompetency
• Evaluateriskassociatedwitheachdecisionorrecommendation carefully and base technical recommendations on reasonable risk
3.0 Supporting Technology
3.1TheSmartMOCsoftwareprogramdevelopedbyDya-dem International, in relationship with CGPU, is the databasethatsupportsMOCpracticeintheCGPU.AllfacilitiesareencouragedtoutilizetheSmartMOCprogram as it insures management of the process. A log-in name and password are required to access the softwareandcanbeobtainedfromyourPSMC.Thesoftware can be accessed at the following website:
SmartMOCLog-inPage
4.0 Process Description
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
72
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
7373
4.1AllpotentialchangesthatareassessedbytheMOCpractice are carried out through the following main processsteps.SmartMOCautomatesthisworkflowso that as each step is completed, the change advances to the next step and advises the identified resource to expedite the change.
4.2 InitiationStep: • AnyBPemployeeorfulltimecontractorin
CGPU may initiate a change proposal under the MOCpractice
• Atthisstage,theInitiatorhasthegreatestknowl-edge of the change and needs to communicate that information in sufficient detail to eliminate delays in the evaluation of the change and in-clude any supporting or relevant documentation
• TheInitiatorshould: o Identify the type of change: Technical, Admin-
istrative* or Organizational* o Identify the implementation type: Permanent,
Temporary*orEmergency* o Identify the location of the change, the date
initiated, their name and if they are represent-ing others
o SmartMOCsharestheMaximoequipmentdatabase. The database can be searched to identifytheequipmentaffectedbythechange
o Identify a title for the change. o A unique file number will be generated by
SmartMOC • Definethereasonorscopeoftheproposed
change by including any relevant history or back-ground of the problem or opportunity and any other pertinent information
• Identifythehigh-levelriskstheymaybeaware
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
74
Standard Safety Practices Manual
7574
of associated with the change during its imple-mentation, e.g. hot work required, equipment shutdown, etc.
• Includethepotentialopportunitiespresentedby the proposed change to improve things like safety, integrity, production, environment, etc.
• Suggestahigh-levelplanforachievingthechange. How would you make the change?
• Estimatethecostofthechange • IdentifythePreliminaryApprovalAuthority.
This will generally be the Initiator’s direct report supervisor, but can be whomever is appropriate to approve the change being proposed
• RecordthedetailsintheInitiatorSectionoftheSmartMOCprogramandattachanysupportingdocumentation
* NOTE: Not available in Phase 1 deployment of Smart-MOC,butthetypecanbenotedinthecommentssectionand a task created for the removal date of a temporary change.
4.3 PreliminaryApprovalStep: o Based on the details presented in the Initiator
section the Approval Authority assesses if the change proposal is worthwhile, taking into account Performance context, likely cost and benefits
o If satisfied, the Approval Authority then endorses the change in principal, assigns a suitable Facilitator to carry out the Change Assessment,andsetstheinitialworkflowschedule
o If the Approval Authority rejects the proposal, the reason for rejection is recorded and the process terminated with the feedback being given to the Initiator
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
74
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
7575
o Record the details in the Approval Section of theSmartMOCprogram
4.4 ChangeAssessmentStep-General: • Onacceptanceoftheassignment,theFacilitator
will instigate the change assessment: o Ensurethatthescopeofthechangeandsup-
porting information is clear o Ensurethatallrelevantinformationrequired
to assess the risks are identified and gathered o Notify the appropriate evaluation personnel
and/orTechnicalAuthorities o Carry out the risk assessment with the ap-
propriate personnel o Select the appropriate method for risk assess-
ment. Additional guidance on Process o Hazard Analysis is available at the following
weblink:http://psmcanada.bpweb.bp.com • Adetailedrecordoftheassessmentshouldbeat-
tachedtotheSmartMOCfilebytheFacilitator.
This should include: o Further clarification of the scope of the change
if required o The assumptions associated with the change o Whether or not the change has been under-
taken before o The rationale behind the assessment technique
selected o The risks that are associated with all stages of
the change o The mitigation measures required o The plan to put in place the mitigation mea-
sures and the change o Recommendations to proceed or reject the
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
76
Standard Safety Practices Manual
7776
change o Recommendations on the way that the modi-
fication should be implemented o RecommendationsfortheSPAand/orthe
Gatekeeper
4.5 ChangeAssessmentStep-TechnicalChange: • OnlyatrainedFacilitatorcanperformcertain
types of Process Hazard Analyses. A list of trained Facilitators within CGPU is available at the following web link:
BP CGPU Facilitators o Makeaninitialdeterminationoftherisklevel
to identify the level of Technical Authority required to approve the change
o Review safe process start-up, operation and shutdown in the full range of foreseeable conditions and scenarios including upsets to insure the risks are reduced to as low as reasonablypracticable(ALARP)
o Review all activities required to maintain facil-ity in a safe condition during the change
o Identify all activities required to insure a fully functioning health, safety and environmental protection program, and vigorous process safety and integrity management systems
o IdentifyandincludeeffectsofthechangeontheEmergencyResponsePlan
o Identify the Process Safety Information or other documentation that will need to be produced or updated as a result of the change
4.6 ChangeAssessmentStep-OrganizationalChange: • Thekeyobjectiveistoensurethatthechanged
organization has the resources (human, time, in-
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
76
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
7777
formation,etc.),competencyandmotivationtodeliver without making unrealistic expectations of people
• Theriskassessmentshouldusetwoapproaches: o Mappingoftasksandindividualsfromtheold
to the new organization o Scenario assessments should be made where
thereorganizationimpactsstaffthatmayhavea role in handling or responding to crises such as upsets and emergencies
o A knowledge based checklist to aid in assess-ing organizational change are available at the following web link:
Organizational Change Checklist
4.7 ChangeAssessmentStep-AdministrativeChange: • Identifyaffecteddocuments,systems,processes
and procedures • EnsureISO-14001documentrequirementsare
metiftheyareaffected4.8 ChangeRecommendationStep: • TheFacilitatordeterminesifthereisaneedto
identifyadifferentApprovalAuthoritybasedon the category and ranking of the greatest risk identified in the assessment
• TheFacilitatormeetswiththeApprovalAuthor-ity and briefs them on the output of the assess-ment
• Basedontheresultsofthechangeassessment,the Facilitator recommends whether the risks associated with the change can be managed
• AtthissessiontheApprovalAuthorityshouldmake a check on the quality of the assessment and documentation
• Theimplementationrouteforthechangeshould
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
78
Standard Safety Practices Manual
7978
also be discussed at the meeting • Theriskrankingalsosetstheworkflowmanager
inSmartMOC.Theworkflowmanagertracksthe completion of the change and monitors sub-sequent steps in the process and sends reminders if critical timelines approach
• Record the details in the Assessment Section of the SmartMOC program and attach any checklists or PHA files developed
4.9 SanctioningtheChangeStep: • Basedonthereviewmeeting,theApprovalAu-
thority is responsible for deciding if the change is justified
• Ifitis,thentheApprovalAuthoritydecideswhether the change will be implemented using thisMOCpracticeoranotherprocess.OtherprocessescanincludetheProjectManagementPlanorotherinternal/externalprocess
• Bysanctioningthechange,theApprovalAuthor-ity is confirming that funding for the change is also sanctioned
• Ifnotapprovedtoproceed,theApprovalAuthority records the decision not to implement the change and informs the Facilitator and the Initiator
• Record the details in the Approval Section of SmartMOC
4.10 AssuranceStep: • Aspartofthehandover,theApprovalAuthority
will identify the Assurance role • TheAssuranceRolewillverifythatallthe
requirements identified in the process to manage the change and its risks are completed satisfac-torily and there is a clear, transparent audit trail
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
78
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
7979
through supporting documentation • ThisassuranceisdefinedintheRecordsAssur-
ance Form and the Pre-Startup Compliance Review documentation
• TheAssuranceRolewillperformthisverificationstep regardless of how the change is implemented
• Record the details in the Assurance Section of SmartMOC.
4.11 HandoverStep: • Onceapprovalhasbeengivenfortheimple-
mentation the information and risks associated with the change are communicated to the person responsible for implementing the change
• Therearetwotypesofhandoverassociatedwithchange management:
o HandingovertheassessmentusingtheMOCpracticetoanSinglePointAccountable(SPA)person to implement the change
o Handing over the remaining change management activity to a Gatekeeper for another supporting process or procedure to manage the change • Record the details in the Handover Section of
SmartMOC
4.12 HandoverforImplementationUsingtheMOCprac-tice:
• Whenachangehasbeensanctioned,andtheApproval Authority decides that it can be imple-mentedwithinthisMOCpractice,thejobwillbe handed over to the Single Point Accountable person to implement the change
• ChangesthatareimplementedusingtheMOCpractice remain the responsibility of the Approval Authority
• TheSPAisresponsibleforplanning,organizing,
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
80
Standard Safety Practices Manual
8180
leading and controlling all resources associated with completing the change:
o TheSPAcanutilizeSmartMOCtomanagetasks associated with completing the change
o PHA recommendations can be uploaded and managedinSmartMOCdirectlyfromPHAPro software if it was utilized to record the hazard analysis
• IfatanytimetheSPAcannotmakethechangewithin the defined scope, the equipment should bemadesafeandanadditionalMOCpracticeraised to consider the additional changes required
• Record the details in the SPA Section of SmartMOC
4.13 HandoverforImplementationbyaSupporting
Process or Procedure: • Whenajobhasbeensanctioned,andthe
Approval Authority decides that it will be implementedoutsidethisMOCpractice,thechange will be handed over to a Gatekeeper for implementation in another supporting process or procedure
• Thesupportingprocessisresponsiblefordeliveryof the change
• Changesthatareimplementedinthiswaybecome the responsibility of the Gatekeeper
• Changestobeimplementedbysupportingpro-cesses or procedures will not be closed out in the MOCpracticeuntilsignedoffbytheApprovalAuthority
• Record the details Gatekeeper Section of SmartMOC
4.14 CloseOutStep: • Changesthataresanctionedandmanagedwithin
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
80
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
8181
theMOCpractice,oranotherprocess,willbekept open until the SPA or Gatekeeper informs the Assurance Role that the change and all sup-porting documentation is completed
• WhentheAssurancerolehasverifiedthechangeis complete, they will inform the Approval Authority that the change has been completed within the scope of the assessment and that the associated work and documentation is complete
• TheApprovalAuthoritywillreviewthechangeand confirm acceptance of the change by signing offtheMOCpracticefileascomplete
• TherecordsoftheMOCpracticewillbekeptuntil the end of the facility’s life
• Record the details in the Completion Section of SmartMOC
5.0 Support for Management of Change
5.1TrainingforawarenessofMOCpracticeismanda-tory for all CGPU personnel. To facilitate the train-ing, e-Training modules have been developed and are accessed at the following web link:
ManagementofChangePracticeTraining
5.2SmartMOCalsohasacomprehensive“Help”screensystem that explains the software in detail.
5.3“SuperUsers”havebeenidentifiedforeachOperat-ingCentreandstaffdepartmentinCalgarytoaidpersonnel with the transition to the new procedure and software. For a list of these helpful and knowl-edgeable individuals access the following web link:
MOCpracticeCoordinatorsbyArea
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
82
Standard Safety Practices Manual
8382
6.0 Performance Measurement
6.1 The performance of the system will be assessed using thefollowingKeyPerformanceIndicators:
• NumberofMOCpractice’sclosedoutintime(e.g. all formal documentation was completed within90daysofstart-up)
• NumberofhighriskMOCpractice’swhoseclose-out is overdue
7.0 Audit and Performance Review
7.1 TheEngineeringAuthorityforCGPU(Manager,TechnicalIntegrityGroup),ordelegate,willmonitorcompliancewiththeMOCpracticeonanannualbasis to confirm:
• Theprocessisbeingcorrectlyapplied • Appropriateriskassessmentprocessesarebeing
conducted • TechnicalAuthoritiesarebeinginvolvedappro-
priately • TemporaryandpermanentMOCpractice’sare
closed out in a timely manner8.0 Online Reference Documents
• gHSSErrequirementsofMOC GettingHSSERight
• PSIMPracticeImplementationGuide Element2-MOC
• SmartMOCsoftwareSmartMOCLog-inPage • E-TrainingModulesforMOC
ManagementofChangeTraining • Engineering&Tech.AuthoritiesRegister
Technical Authorities Register Rev 2 • DelegationofAuthorityforMOC
ApprovalAuthorityforMOC
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
82
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
8383
• ProcessHazardAnalysisManualPSM/PHA • CGPUPHAFacilitatorsBPCGPUFacilitators • MOCpracticeCoordinatorsbyArea
MOCCoordinatorsbyArea • MOCpracticeforDCS&SCADAChanges
MOCforSCADAChangeWorksheet • DoIneedanMOC?
TechnicalMOCDecisionTree http://psmcanada.bpweb.bp.com
9.0 Forms
• ManagementofOrganizationalChangeChecklistgHSSErMF36101
• Pre-Start-upComplianceReviewgHSSErMF36104 • HSSEReviewChecklistHSSEMF36102 • TechnicalReviewChecklistHSSEMF36103 • RecordsAssuranceChecklistHSSEMF36105 • ChemicalAssessment&RankingTool
gHSSErMF36106 • ChecklistforOrganizationalChange
Organizational Change Checklist • EquipmentSpecificKnowledgeBasedChecklists
EquipmentChecklists
MO
C
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
84
Standard Safety Practices Manual
8584
MO
C
Process Safety Management
Technical Integrity Group
Canada Gas Performance Unit
M A N A G E M E N T O F C H A N G E
Technical Management of Change Decision Tree
Figure 1
Standard Safety Practices Manual
84
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
8585
MO
C
Figure 2
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
86
Standard Safety Practices Manual
8786
MO
C
Figure 3
Standard Safety Practices Manual
86
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
8787
PERMIT TO WORK AND HAZARD ASSESSMENT PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and applicability
1.1 This practice applies to all BP Canada Gas PerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contractedemployees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and work sites.
1.2 This practice addresses issuing and obtaining permits to work within the CGPU and requirements for completing task level hazard assessments.
1.3 ThepurposeofthispracticeistoensurethatCGPUemployees, contracted employees, and contractor staffusetheproperpermittoworkandcompleteanadequate task hazard assessment for the particular job being undertaken.
1.4 ThetypesofpermitscoveredinthisPracticeare: • Hotworkpermits • Coldworkpermits • Confinedspacepermits • Grounddisturbancepermits
1.5 The types of hazard assessments covered in this Practice are:
• PermittoWorkandHazardAssessment • Procedure • JobSafetyEnvironmentalAnalysis(JSEA) • StopThinkGo • TimeOutforSafety
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
88
Standard Safety Practices Manual
89
Per
mit
to W
ork
88
1.6 Refer to North America Gas SPU Control of Work Practice for requirements around permitted activities and risk assessment requirements.
2.0 Definitions
2.1 AreaAuthority(AA)-TheAreaAuthorityisthepersonappointedbytheOCMorWellsTeamLeaderforconfirmingallworkactivitiesconductedare consistent with the COW Practice and associated practices and permit requirements. In the case of majorprojects,theProjectManager,inconsultationwiththeOCMorWellsTeamLeader,willassignthe AA. This role can be delegated to another person whoisaBPEmployeeorcontractor.
2.2 IssuingAuthority(IA)-TheIssuingAuthorityisthepersonappointedbytheOCMorWellsTeamLeader-andassignedbytheAAforissuingpermitsconsistent with all associated practice and permit re-quirements. In the case of major projects, the Project Manager,inconsultationwiththeAA,willassigntheIA.
2.3 PerformingAuthority(PA)-ThePAisthepersonwho has been assigned by the AA to be responsible for activities carried out on the work site, and is accountabletotheIA/AAforthesafedeliveryofallwork activities. Tha PA may be performing a task or may be supervising a group that is performing a task. In special cases the PA may also be the IA if compe-tent in the practice and requirements in question.
2.4 PersoninCharge(PIC)-ThePICisappointedbytheAA to be responsible for coordinating among mul-tiple PAs and IAs working at one site to confrim safe delivery of all work activities. The PIC is an onsite
Standard Safety Practices Manual
88
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
8989
individual that has working knowledge of all work activitiesbeingperformedbyallgroups/personnelworking on location. The PIC can be the AA. IA, or one of the PA’s.
2.5 Procedure–Astepbystepdescriptionofhowtoproceed from start to finish in performing a task properly.
2.6 JobSafetyEnvironmentalAnalysis/(JSEA)–Adocument that has been approved for use by the BP representative in charge or by a contractor that detailsthejobsteps,hazardsandcontrols.BPJSEAaredocumentedonformgHSSErMF34002andBPNAGJSEA’saredocumentedhere-NAGasJSEAProcess.
3.0 Scope of Responsibility and Accountability
3.1 EachOperatingCenterManager,WellsTeamLeader,andMajorProjectManagerisaccountableforensur-ing that:
• Aworkpermitandhazardassessmentsystemis implemented to control the hazards at the worksite
• Workersareappropriatelytrainedandcompetentin its use
3.2 TheAreaAuthoritywill: • Ensurethataproperpermitisissuedforthetype
of work being undertaken and that everyone involved is aware of the hazards, controls and emergency procedures
• Ensureappropriatepermitsareissued,closed,and filed
• IdentifyaPersoninCharge(PIC)foreach
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
90
Standard Safety Practices Manual
9190
worksite prior to commencement of activity and approve any replacements
• AssignacompenentIssuingAuthority(IA)and/orPerformingAuthority(PA)foreachworksiteand/oractivity
• ConfirmwiththeIAthatallappropriatecontrolmeasures have been, or will be, put in place prior to commencement of activity
• RequirethattheIAandsiteworkgroupperforma risk assessment and agree that needed risk mitigation has occurred and that the work can proceed safely
• Ensureanassessmentofthehazardsassociatedwith the work being performed and control measures are identified as part of the permitting process
• Verifythatallrequiredtesting,inspectionandchecking of the work site is completed prior to the work permit being issued
• Ensurethattheworkareaisinspectedandchecked after the job is completed
3.3 TheIssuingAuthority(IA)isaccountableforensur-ing that:
• WorkersareawareofSTOP-THINK-GOandTimeOutforSafetyfromtheirLevel1indoc-trination and feel comfortable being able to use those tools
• Workersareindoctrinated/orientatedpriortowork starting and have all the required tickets and certifications for the job or task
• Thereisproperissuanceandclosureofpermitsin their area of competnecy, e.g cold work, hot work, confined space entry, ground disturbance, or critical lifting
• Theyareonsiteforpermitissuanceandthenasrequired as per specific task requirements
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
90
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
9191
• Theyreviewwithallsitepersonnelasitespecificemergency response plan
• CoordinatewiththePICandmaintainfullknowledge of all work in progress in the area concerned, imcluding any work that is under someoneelse’sauthority/control,i.e.SIMOPS
• ThereisgoodcummunicationwiththeAAaboutthe issuance and closure of permits
• Allsitepersonnelinvolvedinaworkactivityarecompetent and correctly oufitted for the wok they will perform.
• Workershaveclearunderstandingofthescopeofwork, hazards, controls, and mitigations
• Thecorrecttoolsandequipmentareavailableandappropriatecertificationsand/orinspectionsare reviewed or made as appropriate
• Therequiredpermitsareinplaceandthatwork undertaken on site is consistent with, and confined to, the original scope of work
3.4 ThePerformingAuthority(PA)isresponsiblefor: • Confirmingthatthefollowinghavebeenclearly
established, communicated, and understood: a process for the transfer of Control of Work between work groups, what procedures and poli-cies will be followed (e.g. what permit tracking systemwillbeused),andwhoisincharge
• Verifyingthepermitandhazardassessmentisreviewed by all workers associated with the job prior to them starting work on the job, even if they were not present while completing the permit
• InformingtheIssuingAuthorityofanychangesin conditions, and for understanding and follow-ing the conditions of the permit
• Ensugingadequatehandoverstakeplacebetweeningoing and outgoing PAs at shift and crew
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
92
Standard Safety Practices Manual
9392
change periods • Acceptingandsigningauthorizedpermitsforthe
work activity being performed • Participatingintheriskassessmentforthe
planned activity • Confirming,byincludingintheJSEAdiscus-
sion, that all persons involved in the task fully understand the scope of the work, hazards, and controls for the job
• Confirmingthatallmembersoftheworkpartysign the permit
• Confirmingthatonlyworkwithinthescopeofthe permit takes place
• Confirmingthattheworksiteiskeptinacleanand safe condition both during and upon completion of the job
• Confirmingthatappropriatelessionslearnedfrom the job are captured, incorporated, and shared
• Conformingallworkersinvolvedinthepermit-tedworkactivitysigntheJSEAandpermits(s)acknowledging their understanding and agree-ment. In the event that there is more than one work team, there will be representation from each team during the risk assessment
• Observingworkactivitiesandifanindividualfeelsthathe/shecannotsafelymanagemorethan one concurrent task, stop the appropriate portions is assigned work and request assistance fromtheIA/AA
3.5 ThePersoninCharge(PIC)isresponsibleforensur-ing that their permitting system meets this Practice and complies with the CGPU permit to work system. They must receive written authority from theOperatingCenterManager,WellsTeamLeader,orMajorProjectManagertousetheirpermitting
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
92
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
9393
system at a CGPU work site. Otherwise, the CGPU permit to work system will be used.
The Person in Charge will: • Functionasaliasonbetweenallpersonneland
groups on location • Coordinateanyissuesthatcouldresultina
change in work scope with the AA • Confirmthatallpeopleworkingonsitehave
reviewedandsignedtheJSEA(s)/permitsandverified that the appropriate permits have been completed
• Remainonsiteuntilworkactivitieshavestopped, permits are closed, and appropriate equipment has been secured for the shift
4.0 Scope of Expectations
4.1 Allworkerswillacquiretheappropriatepermitandconduct the appropriate hazard assessment for the type of work they are about to perform.
4.2 Allworkersareinstructedonworkpermittingandhazard assessment requirements as part of their site-specificorientationtraining(seegHSSErMS312–Indoctrinations,Orientations&Monitoring).
4.3 Theworkareashouldbeinspectedforallhazardsby the Issuing Authority prior to issuing the permit. Items for consideration include the hazards associ-atedwithapotentiallyflammableatmosphere,needforisolationand/orpurging,presenceofcombustiblematerials,conflictingjobsintheareaandavailabilityof fire fighting equipment.
4.4 TheIssuingAuthoritykeepsthegreenandwhitecopies of the permit and hazard assessment. The
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
94
Standard Safety Practices Manual
95
Per
mit
to W
ork
Per
mit
to W
ork
Per
mit
to W
ork
receiver keeps the goldenrod copy of the permit and hazard assessment when doing the work and they will return the form when the work is completed or it is the end of the shift. This expectation does not apply for work that is self-permitted. When the work is completed, the green copy of the form may be provided to the contractor for their records. See section 6.0 for more information.
4.5 Anewpermitisissuedatthebeginningofeveryshift. At the end of the work, the Issuing Authority indicates if the job is completed, the equipment is ready to be started and the work area is cleaned.
4.6 Allpermitsandhazardassessmentsbecomevoidifan emergency occurs at the location that may or may not be related to the scope of work covered by that specific permit and hazard assessment form.
5.0 Completing the Work Permit and Hazard Assessment
5.1 Theworkpermitform,gHSSErMF88001hasfourmain parts. The form is completed with input from all people participating in the job.
5.2 Complete the basic job information in Part 1. In Part 1, check all Golden Rules that apply to the job. IfaprocedureorJSEAexiststhatcoversallorpartof the job, its name or number should be referenced rightafterthequestion“Procedure/JSEAavailable”.This document must be reviewed prior to starting the job.
5.3 Part3mustbecompletedforalljobsthatrequireawork permit unless the job falls into one of the two exceptions outlined in sections 5.5 or 5.8.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
94
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
95
Per
mit
to W
ork
Per
mit
to W
ork
Per
mit
to W
ork
5.4 Part3shouldbecompletedaftertheworkareaisinspected.
5.5 IfanapprovedprocedureorJSEAcoveringthescopeoftheentirejobexists,completionofPart3isnotrequired.TheprocedureorJSEAmustbereferencedin Part 1 and reviewed prior to starting the job.
5.6 Review the questions in Part 2 and check each as applicable or not applicable to the job. For questions 17–28,iftheanswertothequestionisyesthanthe control required to mitigate the hazard must be identified in the column to the right of the question. See appendix 1 for more information on the intent of each question.
5.7 Using the hazards identified in Part 2, list the job steps, the potential hazards associated with each step and the controls needed to prevent the potential adverseeffectonpeopleandtheenvironmentinPart3:
• Inthefirstcolumn,describetheworkidentifiedon the Permit, list the basic tasks for the job in order and identify what is to be done, not how to do it
• Inthesecondcolumn,considerthehazardsas-sociated with the job, focus on each job task and identify actual and potential hazards including hazards from the job itself, hazards from the work area, chemical hazards and physical hazards
• Inthethirdcolumn,listthecontrols,proceduresor actions the team will take to control the hazard associated with the job step in the third column
• Ifpart3doesnotprovidesufficientspaceforidentifying job steps, hazards and controls, use formgHSSErMF34002eitherasaseparate
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
96
Standard Safety Practices Manual
97
Per
mit
to W
ork
Per
mit
to W
ork
document or stamped on the back of the Gold-enrod copy of the form
5.8 Ifthejobinvolvesanyofthefollowing,Part3isnottobecompletedandajobspecificJSEAusingformgHSSErMF34002mustbecompleted:
• Jobswhichrequirearescueplan(notaresponseplan but a job where physical rescue may be requiredsuchasclass2or3confinedspace,work at heights using fall arrest, work requiring SCBA/SABA)
• JobswhichrequireentryintoaClass2or3confined space
• Jobswhichrequiregrounddisturbance • Jobswhichrequirecriticalliftplans • JobswheretheBPorcontractorrepresentative
deem that an additional hazard assessment is required
5.9 The required atmospheric testing must be completed aspersection7.5anddocumentedonPart4ofthework permit.
5.10 Eachpersonthatparticipatedinthepermitandhazard assessment must print their name and initial inPart4.
5.11 At the conclusion of the job or at the end of the shift,the3questions(JobCompleted,WorkAreaCleaned,ContractorLocksRemoved)locatedatthebottom of the work permit should be checked yes or no and the form returned to the Issuing Authority.
5.12 IftheJSEAdevelopedforthejobisdeemedap-propriate for future use, it should be approved for on-going use by the BP representative in charge.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
96
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
97
Per
mit
to W
ork
Per
mit
to W
ork
6.0 Scope of Self-Permitting
6.1 ManyactivitiesconductedintheGasBusinessUnitare done in isolation of other workers. Workers must follow this Practice but are allowed to issue their own permits and document their own hazard assessments for certain work.
6.2 In order for a worker to issue their own permits, they musthaveaLevel2Indoctrinationandhavedemon-strated a level of competence in completing the job to the BP representative in charge or designate.
6.3 Self-permittingcanbeconductedbyBPemployees,fulltimeequivalentcontractors(FTEs)andotherdesignated contractors.
6.4 Self-permittingcannotbeconductedonalocationwhereoperatingstaffattendthefacilityforthemajority of a shift. At these locations, the Issuing Authority issues the permit to the worker to ensure proper communication in the event of simultaneous operationsorconflictingjobs.
6.5 A self-issued permit can be prepared for any job involving cold work, hot work, energy isolation, grounddisturbance(iftheworkerhascurrentLevel2grounddisturbancetraining),liftingandworkatheights where worker safety is addressed through engineering controls. Self permitting (working alone)isnotallowedforanyjobrequiringworkatheights in which the fall protection plan does not ad-dress the provisions for self rescue in the event of an arresting fall. Self permitting is not allowed for any jobrequiringentryintoaclass2or3confinedspace.
6.6 The worker requiring the permit must contact the
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
98
Standard Safety Practices Manual
99
Per
mit
to W
ork
Issuing Authority for the location prior to starting work to advise of the work being conducted and determine potential hazards to the worker.
6.7 Oncethejobiscomplete,theworkersignsoffthepermit and contacts the Issuing Authority to advise the status of the work and that the worker is leaving location. Arrangements are made to provide a copy of the completed permit to the Issuing Authority.
6.8 Requirements 6.6 and 6.7 do not apply if the work is being done by the Issuing Authority.
6.9 If the worker is visiting more than one location in a day to perform a similar task, one permit can be completedfortheentireday.Eachlocationisclearlyidentified on Part 1 of the form and the worker dis-cusses each location with the Issuing Authority prior to starting work that day. When the worker arrives at each location, he or she reviews the permit to assess if all hazards have been identified and updates the form and implements the new hazard controls.
6.10 Other site specific requirements such as working alone procedures and working with H2S will also apply when self-permitting.
7.0 Scope of Hot Work Permits
7.1 Hot Work means: • cutting,welding,burning,airgouging,riveting,
drilling, grinding, chipping, buffing • theuseofnon-classifiedelectricalequipment • theintroductiontoaworkprocessofacombus-
tion engine • anyotherworkwhereflameisusedorsparksare
Standard Safety Practices Manual
98
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
99
Per
mit
to W
ork
produced • workonelectriccablesandequipment
7.2 Hot Work Permits are issued where the atmosphere couldbecomeinexcessof0%LELand/orthereisapotentialforafireand/orexplosion,orifelectricityor static charges exists.
7.3 Asafetystandbypersonmayberequiredaspersite specific procedures for any hot work to be per-formed. The only duty of the safety standby person is to observe the job and be able to communicate with others should assistance be required. The safety standby person must have immediate access to emergency equipment such as a fire extinguisher, gas detector and two-way radio or other means of com-munication. For more information, please reference SafetyStandbyinSSPM.
7.4 UndernocircumstanceswillanyhotworkactivitybepermittedwhereLELisgreaterthan10%.Workmust be completed to eliminate the source of the gas release.
7.5 Where atmospheric testing is required during hot work and confined space work, the employer will en-sure that continuous monitoring of oxygen, H2S and LELhazardsaredoneandthattestsaredocumentedat regular intervals (i.e. prior to starting work and aftereachbreakasaminimum).ThetestresultsmustbedocumentedonformgHSSErMF88001.
8.0 Scope of Cold Work Permits
8.1 Cold work permits are issued for work where there is no danger for fire or explosion based on the tools
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
100
Standard Safety Practices Manual
101
Per
mit
to W
ork
and equipment being used for the job and the atmosphere will remain normal for human respira-tion.Examplesincludelifting,entryintoaLevel1confined space and work at heights.
8.2 The atmosphere must remain normal for human respiration.
8.3 Nopermitisrequiredforthefollowingjobs: • Aworkertakingreadings • Aworkermakingexternaladjustmentstothe
process (changing valve positions, equipment settingsetc.)
• Daily,weeklyandmonthlyhousekeepingactivi-ties
• BPtradespersonworkingintheirrespectiveshops unless their work meets the definition of hot work
• Aworkertakingothervisitorsonatourofafacility for the sole purpose of observation (i.e. SOCs,HSSEinspections,reviewofnewfacilitiesinstallation).Apermitisrequiredifphotoswillbe taken in a potentially explosive atmosphere
• Additionsmaybemadetotheabovelistbyareamanagement after a documented hazard assess-ment of the work is completed and reviewed by a team consisting of the Area Authority, the OperatingCenterManager,WellsTeamLeader(ifapplicable),MajorProjectManager(ifap-plicable),theBPsafetycoordinatorandatleastonerepresentativeoftheaffectedworkers
9.0 Scope of Confined Space Permits
9.1 Confined space permits are issued for entry into a Class2orClass3confinedspace.SeeConfined
Standard Safety Practices Manual
100
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
101
Per
mit
to W
ork
SpacePracticegHSSErMS820forcompletedetails.
10.0 Scope of Ground Disturbance Permits
10.1 Ground disturbance permits are issued for any work
operation or activity that results in a disturbance of the earth. It applies to all pipeline right-of-ways, company leases, construction sites. See Ground DisturbancePracticegHSSErMS840forcompletedetails.
11.0 Changing Area Authority
11.1 A work permit and hazard assessment is required when the area authority for an existing lease dis-charges their accountabilities to wells or construc-tion. For example, during a workover of an existing well or when construction is taking place at an existing location.
11.2 The following components of the permit are com-pleted to document a lease turn-over:
• Thedate,locationandtime • Underworkdescription,insertanexpectedend
date • CompletePart2onlytoreflectthehazardsofthe
location at the time of the turn over: o Identify if multiple types of operations will
need to take place at the location and the pro-cedure for checking-in with the area authority (i.e.wellworkanddailyoperatorchecks)
o Identify any concerns or potential hazards with permanent equipment or materials on-site and document any energy isolation applied
o IdentifyifthereareWHMIScontrolledprod-
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
102
Standard Safety Practices Manual
103
Per
mit
to W
ork
ucts on-site as part of permanent operations o Identify the linkage of site activities with the
emergency response plan for the area o Questions2,4,7,10,11,12,13,19,20,21,
22,23,24,25,27,28mustbeansweredtoreflectthestatusoftheleaseandthehazardsassociated with the permanent equipment on-site
• Part3doesnotneedtobecompleted • Asingleatmospherictestshouldbecompleted
and documented prior to lease turn-over • Theissueristhecurrentareaauthorityandthe
receiver is the new area authority
11.3 Todischargeareaauthorityaccountabilitiesbacktothe original area authority, the “job completed” box should be checked yes on the original form, and the date and initials of the person accepting the lease should be written near the check-box. This task should be completed after the condition of the site is reviewed by the two Area Authorities.
11.4 Formoreinformation,pleasereferenceSSPMWellWork–HandoverbetweenoperationsandWellsTeams.
12.0 Assurance Process
12.1 People with SOC training can use the SOC process to provide assurance that the permit to work Practice is followed. An SOC can be conducted while a job is in progress to link the hazards identified in the discussion with what is documented on the permit.
12.2 All workers can use the job observation process to provide assurance that the permit to work Practice is
Standard Safety Practices Manual
102
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
103
Per
mit
to W
ork
followed. A job observation can be conducted while a job is in progress, after the permit to work and hazard assessment form has been completed or at the conclusion of the job to verify that the steps required for completing a permit were followed.
13.0 Record Keeping
13.1 Aftertheworkiscompleted,allworkpermitsandhazard assessment forms and associated documents aresignedoffinaccordancewiththepermitandretainedinthefieldofficeforaperiod13months.
14.0 Scope of References
14.1 AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationAR448/83asamended
14.2 B.C.OccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationsandGuidelines296/97asamended
14.3 gHSSErMS820-ConfinedSpacePractice
14.4 gHSSErMS840-GroundDisturbancePractice
14.5 gHSSErMS312-Indoctrinations,OrientationsandMonitoring
14.6 NAGSPUControlofWork(COW)Policyhttp://docs.bpweb.bp.com/NAG:/content/hse/on shore/documents/K0000002586
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
104
Standard Safety Practices Manual
105
Per
mit
to W
ork
15.0 Forms
15.1 gHSSErMF88001-PermittoWorkandHazardAssessment Form
15.2 gHSSErMF84001-GroundDisturbancePermit15.3 gHSSErMF84001-ConfinedSpaceEntryPermit15.4 NAGJSEAFormNAGasJSEAProcess
Appendix 1 –
Details on the Intent of Work Permit and Hazard Assess-ment Questions
Part 2 of the work permit and hazard assessment form contains 28 questions. The questions were chosen because they represent the majority of the hazards in our various worksites and they build on learning’s identified during incident investigations.
Questions1-16aresimplequestionsthatcanbeansweredyes, no, or not applicable to the job. In some cases, a line has been added so brief details for that question can beidentified.Questions17-28requireayes,no,ornotapplicable to the job answer and for all questions answered yes, the control measures required to mitigate the hazard must be identified.
The following lists each question on the form, and provides some interpretation on how to answer it.
1. Safety Stand by required? Name • Forjobsthatrequireadesignatedsafetystand-by,
this question should be checked yes. This might includeentryintoaclass2or3confinedspace,work at heights or use of mobile equipment in an area with heavy foot traffic. If the question is answered as yes, the name of the safety stand-by
Standard Safety Practices Manual
104
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
105
Per
mit
to W
ork
should be written on the document. The roles and responsibilities for that worker need to be reviewed prior to work starting.
2. Haveconflictingactivities/simultaneousoperationsbeenidentified?List:
• Ifthereareotheractivitiesintheareathatthiswork will be taking place or simultaneous opera-tions in the same area, the question should be answered yes and those other activities listed in thespaceprovided.Part3shouldidentifythecontrols required for ensuring adequate commu-nicationbetweendifferentactivities.AseparateSIMOPSplanmayneedtobedeveloped.
3. IsadditionalPPErequired? Face/eyes Chemical Protection Respiratory Fall Protection Hands/Gloves • TheminimumrequiredPPEislistednearthetop
oftheform.ThisquestionaddressesotherPPEthat may be required. If any boxes are checked, a space is provided to specifically identify the item oritemsofPPEthatarerequired.ItshouldbecleartoallworkersifadditionalPPEisrequiredat all times during the job or only during specific times.
4. Areasafeforpersonnel/vehicleentry?Recordtestbelow.
• Thisquestionisfocusedonairquality.Oxygen,LELandH2S(ifapplicable)shouldbecheckedprior to work commencing and documented on Part4oftheform.
5. Will workers be getting down from equipment or climbingoffofequipment?3-pointcontact,stepoffdon’tjumpoff.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
106
Standard Safety Practices Manual
107
• Asignificantnumberofrecordableinjuriesarerelated to workers getting down from equipment at various heights. If workers need to access work areas or equipment at heights, this question reinforces the need to descend using caution and maintaininga3-pointcontact.
6. Have all locations that pertain to the job been reviewed? (Secondary locations-dump sites, assembly points,permitarea)
• Somejobsrequireworkinmultiplelocations.If materials are being transferred from one area to another or if there is a second muster point close to where the work will be taking place, this location should be noted on the form.
7. MSDSforWHMISControlledproductsaffectingjobisavailableandunderstood?ListWHMIScontrolled products.
• TheMSDSforallWHMISControlledproductsmust be reviewed before handling these materials so adequate controls may be put in place such as ventilationorPPE.TheMSDSdoesnotneedtobe at the work site but the information must be available to workers by phone or radio.
8. Doworkersneedjobspecificcertifications? • Documentedtrainingisrequiredforsome
jobsinadditiontowhatisaskedattheLevel1indoctrination(H2SandWHMIS).Ifspecificcertifications are required (i.e. crane operator, firstaid,confinedspace)answerthequestionyesand list the training required on the space in the form. Tickets demonstrating training must be verified.
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
106
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
107
9. Have all tools and equipment that pertain to the job been identified and checked to be in good condition? Certifications checked if appropriate.
• Alltoolsandequipmentrequiredforthejobshould be identified prior to the job starting. The condition of tools and equipment should be checked by the person that will be using them. If a tool or piece of equipment is not suitable for use, it should be either repaired or destroyed. In some cases, certifications are required such as crane inspections, and the document should be reviewed prior to issuing the permit and hazard assessment.
10. Havealljob-relatedcathodicprotectionand/oroverhead/undergroundpowerlinesbeenlocatedandidentified?
• Allpowerlinesneartheworkareaneedtobeidentified prior to work starting and controls put in place to ensure that power lines will not be contacted during the work.
11. Haveallundergroundpiping/obstructionsbeenidentified?
• Undergroundpiping,tanksandlinesneedtobeidentified for all jobs involving ground distur-bance, all jobs requiring the use of heavy equip-ment(i.e.acraneandoutriggers)andforalljobsusing mobile equipment as striking or driving over an underground obstruction can lead to significantinjuryand/orpropertydamage.
12. Fireeyes/gasdetectorsbypassed? • Fireeyesand/orgasdetectorsmayneedtobeby-
passed for certain jobs involving hot work inside a building. Additional procedures may need to be followed to by-pass these safety devices.
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
108
Standard Safety Practices Manual
109
13. Protectionofallsewercatchbasinsandfloordrains? • Thisquestionmustbeansweredyeswhendoing
welding inside a building or near any outdoor sewer catch basins that could contain hydrocar-bon.
14. Housekeeping-cords,cables,hoses,tools,materialor debris controlled and out of the path of workers.
• Rulesaroundhousekeepingspecifictothejoband the materials, tools and equipment should be reviewed so areas where people need to walk are kept free of hazards.
15. Are additional permits required? Ground disturbance Confined space Critical lift
• ThisquestionisadoublecheckoftheGoldenRules identified in Part 1 of the form. If the answer is yes, identify using a check box which additional permit is required. The document should be completed prior to starting the job and attached to this form.
16. Are all personnel involved with the job participating in the pre-job meeting? If no, who is responsible to update these workers?
• Ifsomeworkerswillbejoiningtheworksiteata later time, one person needs to be designated to review the contents of this form with those workers so they understand the hazards of the jobs, the controls for those hazards and their role in promoting a safe and environmentally friendly work atmosphere.
17. Have the risks of working alone been assessed? • Ifaworkerwillbeworkingalone,thisquestion
must be answered yes and the control measures
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
108
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
109
for ensuring that worker’s safety documented in the column to the right. Controls might include reviewing the local working alone procedures or establishing a communication plan with defined check-in intervals.
18. Is heavy manual lifting involved? Potential of injury due to over exertion or strain by lifting, pulling, pushing or twisting.
• Thisquestionlinkstoomanyoftherecordableinjuries that have occurred as a result of manual lifting, pulling, pushing or twisting. If this type of work is required, consider if mechani-cal devices can be used to reduce the chance of strain.Determinehowheavyaloadwillbeandthe number of people required to lift it. Review proper lifting techniques.
19. Are personnel at risk of slip, trip, or fall to the same level or to the area below?
• Thisquestionlinkstoomanyoftherecordableinjuries that have occurred as a result of slips, trips and falls. The work area including any sea-sonalinfluencesshouldbereviewedandcontrolsput in place to maximize traction.
20. Are there driving hazards associated with the job? • Thiswillbeyesforalmostalljobstocoverthe
drive to the work site or the drive home. Review any specific hazards and rules of the road for that day.
21. Can personnel be placed in line of fire? (struck by protruding, moving objects, sharp edges, objects falling,caughtinorbetween)
• Therearemanyconsiderationsforthisquestion.It should first consider permanent hazards of
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
110
Standard Safety Practices Manual
111
the site equipment and then must consider the hazards of the job. If the job creates potential line of fire hazards, they need to be identified during the hazard assessment and controls put in place to reduce or eliminate the hazard.
22. Can personnel come in contact with an energy source or be exposed to hazardous material?
• Considerenergysourcesandhazardousmaterialsin and around the work area. Controls might include energy isolation, using a spotter or using additionalPPE.
23. Arepersonnelworkinginthevicinityofmobileequipment?
• Iftheanswertothisquestionisyes,controlsshould include verifying that back-up alarms are fully functioning and a spotter is designated for the job. Hand signals between the spotter and driver must be reviewed.
24. Aretherefirehazardsassociatedwiththetask?
Equipmentneeded?Identify. • Ifthejobcouldresultinafire,thisquestion
should be answered as yes. Steps should be taken to execute the job to minimize the chance of a fire starting. Appropriately sized extinguishers and other fire fighting equipment needs to be available and readily accessible for workers to en-sure a safe exit from the area should a fire occur.
25. Haveenvironmentalcontrols/proceduresnecessaryforspills/atmosphericrelease/wastebeenidentifieddue to loss of containment, failure of equipment or other form of release?
• Ifthejobcouldresultinaspill,atmosphericre-lease or will generate waste, identify if additional
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
110
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
111
site-specific procedures need to be reviewed. In some cases, a brief overview of waste storage areas and segregation practices or material handling techniques needs to take place.
26. Ismaterials/equipmentrequiredtobeliftedbymechanical means? I.e. bobcat, hoist, crane.
• Ifmaterialswillbeliftedbymechanicalmeans,document the controls required to ensure a safe lift. The lift plan should consider equipment capabilities, tag lines, the need for spotters, etc.
27. Is a rescue or environmental response plan required? Listteamandverifytraining.
• ThisisinadditiontothelocalERPandwouldbe required for jobs involving confined space en-try, some jobs requiring work at heights and jobs that involve handling large volumes of liquids that can have a negative impact on the environ-ment if released. Identify what is needed at the job site to immediately address the emergency situation and ensure that equipment is available before starting the job.
28. Energyisolationcomplete? Equipmentde-pressuredpurged blinded lock-out tag out
stored energy • Ifenergyisolationisrequiredforthejob,the
type of energy isolation applied should be noted using the check boxes. The control column should be used to identify how energy was isolated and reference site-specific practices and procedures for energy isolation.
Per
mit
to W
ork
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
112
Standard Safety Practices Manual
113
VEHICLE STANDARD AND ROAD SAFETY PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This standard applies to all drivers operating vehicles forBPCGPUandNGLBUsites.Thisincludesemployees using personal vehicles for company business. In this standard, these vehicles are referred to as “company vehicles”. The standard is applicable to summer and co-op students, full time equivalent contractorsandofficestaffthatmaybetravelingoncompany business.
1.2 The purpose of this standard is to ensure BP CGPU andNGLBUemployees,contractedemployees,contractors and other visiting personnel use vehicles in a safe manner.
2.0 Scope of Vehicle Standard Elements
2.1 Vehicle Specifications-The vehicles must be fit for purpose and has been maintained in safe working condition with seatbelts installed and functional. Seat Belts must be worn at all times while a vehicle is in motion.
Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=915
• Alwaysrefertothevehicleowners’servicemanual for the proper maintenance inspections and required service
• Itishighlyrecommendedthatallvehiclemain-tenance be completed by the appropriate (Ford, GM,Dodge)authorizeddealershipwhilethevehicle is in the warranty period
• AllBP,Personal,andrentedvehiclesmustbeequippedwithAnti-LockBrakesandStandardAir Bags
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
112
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
113
• Monthlyvehiclesafetychecksheetsmustbefilled out by the designated driver for that vehicle
• Alldriversarerequiredtocompletedailyvehiclelogs, complete monthly vehicle usage reports (per localareaschedule)andreportallpersonalandcommuting mileage as requested
• Thedriverwillwalkaroundtheirvehiclepriortoeach trip to check for potential hazards such as objects, people or other vehicles prior to driving and observe the condition of the vehicle such as tires and lights are in good working condition and that window, lights and mirrors are clean
• Thevehiclemustbeequippedwithtiresproperlyselected and maintained for the driving condi-tions that could be experienced in the area. DuringtheperiodofNovember1toMarch31all BP vehicles and other vehicles being used on a full time basis within the Canadian Gas Performance Unit, must be equipped with winter tires (see Appendix 2 Winter Tire Requirements inthisPractice)
• Headlights/DrivingLights–Asabestpracticewhen driving in conditions that may include re-duced visibility such as fog, smoke, snow, dust or low light; it is required that drivers turn on their headlights rather than relying on the vehicle’s daytime running lights. When traveling in the above conditions it is paramount to provide maximum visibility to third party drivers that may be traveling behind our vehicle
• Fitforpurposealsoreferstousingtherightvehicle for the right purpose. An example of this wouldbetousea4wheeldrivetrucktoaccessadrilling rig at a remote site.
• Noalterationsormodificationsaretobemadetothevehiclethatcanaffectthefunctionalityofthevehiclesafetyequipment(E.g.,abushguardwillaltertheeffectivenessoftheairbags.)
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
114
Standard Safety Practices Manual
115
• Additionalvehiclespecifications: -‘4WheelDrive’forallfieldservicevehicles.
Exceptionswillbeallowedbasedonapprovalof local management
- A seat which provides good vibration dampening, lumbar support, and good adjustability of body position to provide ergonomically sound driving position
• Amethodofcommunication(cellphoneorradio)–maybeportableorpermanentlyinstalled.NOTE:acellphoneorothertwowaycommunication device is not to be used when vehicle is in motion. An exception would be when traveling on a road which requires the use of two way communication. See section 2.6
• Localareamanagementmaydeterminethatthefollowing items are appropriate based on risk assessment for that area:
- Auxiliary driving lights installed according to theAlbertaHighwayTrafficActandMotorTransport Act
- High frequency deer whistles - Back up alarms
2.2 Passengers-The number of passengers does not ex-ceed the manufacturers specifications for the vehicle.
2.3 Loads-Loadsaresecureanddonotexceedmanufac-turers specification and legal limits of the vehicle. All equipment, tools or other cargo being transported in the cargo and passenger areas of all vehicles shall be secured to prevent serious injury to occupants, in the event of a sudden stop or an incident. All vehicles should be assessed to see if headache racks are needed and if so should be installed.
Clarificationhttp://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/show-document.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=916
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
114
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
115
2.3.1 SecuringOfLoads(LoadBinders)-BPCan-adaE&Phasdeterminedthattheuseoflever-type load binders poses an unnecessary level of risk and shall be phased out of BP operations. Advances in equipment technology provide the opportunity for continual improvement by replacing lever-type load binders with the comparable, safer ratchet-type load binder.
- Warnings and Application Instructions:
• Failuretouseloadbindersproperlymayresultin
serious injury or even death to you or others • Donotoperatealoadbinderwhilestandingon
the load • Movethehandlewithcaution.Itmaywhip
–Keepallbodypartsclear • Keepyourselfoutofthepathofthemoving
handle and any loose chain lying on the handle • Youmustbefamiliarwithstateandfederal
regulations regarding size and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks
• Alwaysconsiderthesafetyofnearbyworkersaswell as yourself when using load binders
• Whileundertension,aloadbindermustnotbear against an object, as this will cause side load
• Donotuseahandleextender(cheaterpipe)-seeinstructions
• Donotattempttocloseoropenthebinderwithmore than one person
- Instructions - Ratchet Load Binders
• Manuallyunscrewtheendhoodstogetenoughreach
• Positionratchetbindersoitcanbeoperated
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
116
Standard Safety Practices Manual
117
from the ground, ideal placement is between waist&chesthigh
• Attachonehookonthechainclosetoananchorpoint to minimize hook rotation
• Takeupasmuchslackaspossibleandhookthechain to the opposite end of the load binder
• Setthepawlandstartclosingtheloadbinder,use clean gloves
• Keepfingersandhandsawayfrompawlandgear • Maintainabufferzonefromtheendofthe
ratchet handle • Securefootingandstrokehandleuntildesired
tension is achieved, handle extensions are prohib-ited
• Loadscanshift,checkthetensionoftheloadbinder frequently, re-tighten as needed
- Maintenance of All Load Binders
• Routinelycheckloadbindersforwear,bending,cracks, nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present-Donotuseloadbinder
• RoutinelylubricatepivotandswivelpointsofLeverBinders,andpawlpartandscrewthreadsof Ratchet Binders to extend product life and reduce friction wear
2.4 DriverTraining-Alldriversareappropriatelyassessedlicensed, trained and medically fit to operate the vehicle.
Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/show-document.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=927
- Operators of BP vehicles must provide proof of appropriate licence on annual basis. On an exception basis drivers may be requested to provideacopyoftheDriver’sAbstract(e.g.After
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
116
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
117
avehicleincident) - It is the responsibility of the driver to inform
their supervisor within the next working day of a drivers’ license suspension. Failure to inform is consideredasevereoffence,andwillbesubjecttodiscipline
- All drivers shall have their appropriate class of driverslicenceandTDGorDOTcertificate(ifapplicable)intheirpossession
- A risk assessment must be performed at each job site to determine what type of additional driving training is needed. The following are examples of the types to consider
- Adverse road conditions (gravel, lease roads, snowandice,mud,etc.):
-WinterDriving - Backing - Sloped surfaces - Reverse skidding -FatigueandJourneyManagement -Deerandanimalavoidance -Understanding4X4’s
- All drivers shall have passed a BP approved drivers’ evaluation course (with skid control if available)priortooperatingaBPvehicle.Allprofessional drivers shall complete a BP approved defensivedrivertrainingcourseaspertheHSSEtraining matrix
- All areas within the BP Canada Gas Performance UnitwillassesstheirroadsasperLocalHazardMapstodeterminewhichareaswouldrequirechaining on tires. Areas must develop a plan for chaining requirements. Areas on roads must be identified which would be used for safe installa-
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
118
Standard Safety Practices Manual
119
tion of chains. Things that should be considered are:
o Winter driving conditions(November 1-March1minimum)
o Muddydrivingconditions o Gradeofroads(e.g.10%grade)
2.5 DriverFatigueandAlertness-Alldriversareappropri-ately rested and alert.
Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=917
- Fatigue and stress are two common mental factorswhichaffectadrivers’abilitytoperform.When a driver finds they are in this condition, they should not drive, pull over and take a break or a nap, or pull over and stretch
- Professional drivers as defined by the BP Global DrivingStandardmusthavefatiguetrainingasperHSSErainingMatrix-http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/EMS/Competency%20Training/FIELD%20TRAINING%20MATRIX.xls
2.6 MobilePhones-Driver.Driversmustnotuseamobile phone or other two way communication device while a vehicle is in motion. Only short duration calls on a radio are permitted by exception on roads which are radio controlled or required by regulation (e.g. when moving oversized loads inaconvoywithescortvehicles(s)Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=918
Cellular phones, voice mail devices, recording pagers or other communication devices which are not intrinsically safe(explosionproof ),maynotbeusedinclassifiedareaswhere a hazardous atmosphere could exist.
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
118
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
119
2.7 Journey Requirements- Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/
showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=919 - DriverswillcontactthelocalBPmanagement
to be familiar with area specific regulations and policies and, where possible, acquire a local road hazard analysis map
- Drivingtimeshouldbetakenintoconsiderationas part of the hours of travel and work for that day in order to address the issues of fatigue and journeymanagement.STOP,THINK,GO
- High risk road locations should be identified, communicated to all drivers, and posted in a conspicuous location
- All BP light vehicles within the CGPU will be equippedwithVDR’s(VehicleDataRecorders)
2.8 Seatbelts-Seatbelts are worn by all occupants at all times whenever the vehicle is in motion. All people in the vehicle must be wearing a three point seat belt. Lapbeltsmaynotbeusedunlessahazardassess-ment has been completed and approved by the Area Authority.
Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=920
2.9 AlcoholandDrugs-Thedriverisnotundertheinflu-ence of alcohol or drugs, or any other substance or medication that could impair their ability to drive.
Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=921:
2.10 Read the label of all over-the-counter medications before considering driving. Refer to BP’s Alcohol andDrugPolicy.Consultyourphysicianifquestions
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
120
Standard Safety Practices Manual
121
arise regarding prescription medication
2.11 Safety Helmet-Safety helmets are worn by riders and passengers of motorcycles, quads, snow mobiles and similar types of vehicles.
Clarification:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/files/showdocument.asp?tb=subcategory&ID=1027
3.0 Additional Specific Requirements.
3.1 Regulatoryorpostedspeedlimitsshallnotbeexceeded and all vehicles must be driven in a manner that respects the road conditions.
3.2 Firearmsshallnotbecarriedincompanyvehicles.Where ‘Bear Watch’ or other area specific wild-life expertise is needed on site, it will be addressed in an HSSEAssurancePlanforthejobandthirdpartytrained and competent experts will be used. Where flaregunsarerequired,site-specificproceduresmustbe developed for the transport and operation of this equipment.Shotgunsmustnotbeusedforflareguns.
3.3 Vehiclesmustbebackedintoparkingstallswhereitis allowable or where drive-through parking is not possible. Where space permits, drive-through park-ing is the preferred technique.
3.4 Novehicleshallencroachwithin8metersofanywellhead, piping, process vessel or tank containing combustiblefluidsunlessrequiredbyaspecificmain-tenance or operating function and an appropriate risk assessment and necessary hot work permit have been completed.
3.5 Adriver,pullingintoawell/battery/drillingopera-
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
120
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
121
tion/compressorsiteorpumpstation,mustparkthevehicle pointing towards the access road for a quick exit.
3.6 Petswillnotbepermittedincompanyvehicleswhiletraveling on BP business or while on BP CGPU and NGLBUpremises.
3.7 Itisrecommendedthatdriversweartheirsafetyglasses while driving on gravel roads as there is a high risk of rocks, ice or debris to be thrown into the windshield by another vehicle.
3.8 Backing-istobeavoidedwhenpractical.Driverswill park in spaces where they can legally drive forward when leaving; otherwise they will back into the parking space upon arrival. A spotter shall be used to assist the driver during backing operations of heavy vehicles, vehicles with trailers, and vehicles with limited visibility from their rear window.
4.0 Scope of Towing and Tow Straps
4.1 Towtrucksaretobeusedasthefirstchoicefortow-ing.STOP,THINK,GO(TOW).
4.2 Nylontowropesorchainsmustnotbeused.Nylonbraided(flat)towstrapswithloopends(nohooks)are acceptable.
4.3 Vehiclesshouldbeequippedwiththemanufacturers’specified towing hooks or properly mounted towing hitch.ADitchHitchisarecommendedtowingdevice which fits into the hitch receiver.
4.4 Pullingforceonthetowhooksmustnotexceedthemanufacturers’ specifications.
4.5 Thereshouldbeconstanttensiononthetowstrap
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
122
Standard Safety Practices Manual
123
when towing, it should not be ‘jerked’.4.6 BPvehiclesarenotallowedtopullatrailerdevice
that is not company owned or leased.
5.0 Scope of Boosting and Jump Starting
5.1 When boosting or jump starting, both batteries must be the same voltage and the vehicles must not be touching.
5.2 The vehicles must be in ‘park or neutral’ with park-ing brakes on and both engines and all accessories shutoff.
5.3 Puttheboostercablesonthepositivebatterypostsfirst, then put the negative cable on the good battery and finally ground the last cable to the engine block of the vehicle with the dead battery.
5.4 Keepclearofthevehiclesduringtheboostingopera-tion and use the reverse procedure to remove the cables.
5.5 Always wear eye protection when boosting or jump starting a vehicle.
6.0 Scope of Vehicle Incident Reporting
6.1 All vehicle incidents must be reported to drivers’ immediate supervisor immediately if possible but no laterthanwithin24hoursornextbusinessday.
6.2 All vehicles incidents involving a third party, public orprivatepropertymustbereportedtoKendalAdjustersInc.(JohnBicknell403-256-8400)within
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
122
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
123
24hours.YouwillberequiredtofaxacopyoftheIncident Report, copy of the Police Report and any relevant cost estimates. Vehicles are not to be repaireduntilauthorizedbyKendalAdjustorsorBPFleetManagement.
6.3 Allvehiclesincidentsover$1000aretobereportedtothelocalPoliceauthoritieswithin24hours.
6.4 Vehiclesincidentsthatdonotinvolveathirdpartyor public or private property should be handled as follows:
<=$1000damage 1estimaterequiredforrepair$1001-$3000damage 2estimatesrequiredforrepair$3001-$5000damage3estimatesrequiredforrepair+$5000damage 3estimatesrequiredforrepair ANDcontactBPFleetManagementforauthorization
6.5 All vehicle incidents involving rental vehicles should bereportedtorentalagency(Hertz)assoonasprac-tically possible. The claim processing will be handled by their representative.
7.0 Scope of Material Handling
7.1 Site-specific materials handling and transportation procedures may be required.
7.2 TransportationofDangerousGoods(TDG)certificate,theTDGapplicablepermitsandtheOMNIBUSpermitmustbecarriedinthevehiclewhere applicable.
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
124
Standard Safety Practices Manual
125
8.0 Scope of Safety Equipment
8.1 All company vehicles including rental vehicles will have safety equipment that is appropriate for local risk assessments and conditions The following is suggested minimum equipment for vehicles going to field locations. Vehicles not travelling to remote sites or in adverse conditions may not require all of the equipment listed.
- Regulatory acceptable first aid kit -Reflectivewarningdevices - Bear kits where necessary - Fire extinguisher -Reflectiveclothing -Extraclothingorblankets–ifapplicable
based on geographic location -Candleandmatches–ifapplicablebasedon
geographic - Non-perishable high energy food
-Shovel.–ifapplicablebasedongeographiclocation
-Axeorahatchet–ifapplicablebasedongeographic location
- Flashlight (explosion-proof is recommended forfieldservicevehicles)
-Extrabatteriesforflashlight - Booster cables - Tow strap - Water, Caution Water may freeze.
9.0 Scope of Appendices
Appendix1-BPCGPUandNGLBUAllTerrainVehiclePractice
Appendix 2- CGPU Winter Tire Reguirements
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
124
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
125
10.0 Reference Documents
GLOBALDRIVINGSTANDARD:http://HSSE.bpweb.bp.com/driving_safety/default.asp?cat=147gHSSErMS430-HSSENonconformanceandIncident
Reporting Procedure gHSSErMF86001–MonthlyVehicleInspection
ChecklistgHSSErMF86002–LicenceVerificationForm
APPENDIX 1
BP CGPU and NGLBU All-Terrain Vehicle Practice
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This practice provides guidelines for the safe opera-tionofAll-TerrainVehicles(ATV)definedasQuadsand snowmobiles.
1.2 ThispracticeappliestoallCGPUandNGLBUemployees, contract employees and contractors who operateall-terrainvehicles(QuadsandSnowmobiles)whileworkingfortheCGPUandNGLBU.
1.3 Thispracticeaddressesthepractices,conditionsandbehaviors that have the largest impact upon safe driv-ing.(Drivingall-terrainvehiclesisoneofthehighestrisktasksperformedbyourstaff.)
2.0 Training
2.1 All operators of all-terrain vehicles are required to pass a recognized certified all-terrain vehicles rider course.
3.0 Ground Rules
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
126
Standard Safety Practices Manual
127
3.1 Driverswillatalltimesadheretothegroundrulesprovided in this section of the standard.
3.2 Nohorseplaywhileoperatingall-terrainvehicles.
3.3 Sitespecificproceduresmustbedevelopedtoaddresscommunication needed to meet working alone re-quirements.Thismayinvolveradio/cellularcontact,check in location and times, travel routes, etc.
3.4 All-terrainvehiclesmustnotbeoverloadedwithpersonnelorequipment.Manufacturersguidelinesmust be followeed for load restrictions.
3.5 All-terrainvehiclesmustnotbeoperatedwhileundertheinfluenceofdrugsoralcohol.
3.6 Firearmswillnotbecarriedonall-terrainvehicles.
3.7 CSAapprovedhelmetsmustbewornatalltimeswhileoperatinganATV.DOT/SnellapprovalintheUS.
3.8 Aregularmaintenanceprogramfollowingthemanu-facturers guidelines must be implemented to ensure the ATV’s reliability and safe operating condition.
3.9 Pre-tripchecklistsmustbedeveloped.
3.10 Operatormustbefamiliarwiththeowner’smanual.
3.11 ATV’smustbeoperatedinamannersoastomini-mize disturbance to all wildlife.
4.0 Licensing
4.1 ProvincialRegulationsrequirethatall-terrainvehiclesmust be licensed and insured while traveling on public lands.
4.2 EveryAll-TerrainVehiclebeingoperatedbyCGPUandNGLBUemployees,fulltimeequivalentcon-
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
126
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
127
tractors and contractors doing work for CGPU and NGLBUmustbelicensedandinsured.
5.0 Minimum Equipment
• Mountedwinchforappropriateloadratings(quads)wherelocalmanagementdeemsitap-propriate
• Regulatoryacceptablefirstaidkit • 5IbABCfireextinguisher • Axe/Hatchetorfoldingpruningsaw • Approvedtowstrap • Tirerepairkit,airpump(quads) • Operatorsmanual • Mountedcarryingcase • Explosionproofflashlight • Pepperspray,bearscare,airhorn(quads)where
local management deems it appropriate • Waterproofmatches • Smallcontainerofgaslineantifreezewhereap-
plicable • Toolkit • Smalltarp • Emergencyfoodsource • Sparedrivebeltandsparkplugswhereappli-
cable. • Whipflagantennae
6.0 Personal Protective Equipment
• CSAapprovedhelmet.DOT/SnellapprovedinUS. • Gogglesorsafetyglasses • Gloves • AppropriateCSAapprovedfootwear • Reflectiveclothing • Transporting6.1 Proper procedures must be developed and followed
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
128
Standard Safety Practices Manual
129
whileloadingandoff-loadingATV’s,whichcanbeavery hazardous task.
7.0 Transporting of quad units
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
BP
Can
ada
Ene
rgy
– G
as P
erfo
rman
ce U
nit
PRO
CE
DU
RE
TIT
LE
:
QU
AD
LO
AD
-OFF
LO
AD
PR
OC
ED
UR
E
PRO
CE
DU
RE
#:
LO
CA
TIO
N:
C
GPU
D
AT
E IS
SUE
D:
NO
V. 1
1TH, 2
005
DA
TE
RE
VIS
ED
:
JAN
UA
RY
21/
06
PRE
PAR
ED
BY
:
AT
V S
TA
ND
AR
D C
OM
MIT
TE
E
APP
RO
VE
D B
Y:
gHSS
Er C
OM
MIT
TEE
Jo
b St
eps
Pote
ntia
l H
azar
ds/L
oss
Con
trol
Sta
tem
ent(s
) C
ontr
ol
Cod
e 1
The
follo
win
g pr
oced
ure
has
been
de
velo
ped
to
prov
ide
oper
ator
s of
bot
h qu
ad a
nd 6
x6
units
a s
afe
tool
to
load
and
of
fload
th
e un
its
from
a
trans
port
unit
(out
of t
he b
ack
of
a tru
ck b
ox, f
rom
a tr
aile
r uni
t or
from
a q
uad
deck
.)
Firs
t an
d fo
rem
ost
the
oper
ator
of
th
e re
ferr
ed q
uad
/ 6X
6 un
it m
ust
have
su
cces
sful
ly
pass
ed
a re
cogn
ized
al
l-ter
rain
ve
hicl
e co
urse
.
In-e
xper
ienc
ed
quad
op
erat
ors
may
not
hav
e kn
owle
dge
of th
e pr
oper
us
e of
a
quad
, its
lim
itatio
ns e
tc a
nd m
ay
not
know
th
e sp
ecifi
c si
te s
peci
fic t
ools
and
pr
oced
ures
to
en
sure
sa
fe o
pera
tion
of a
qua
d
All
oper
ator
s of
qua
ds M
UST
hav
e ce
rtific
atio
n of
suc
cess
fully
pa
ssin
g a
reco
gniz
ed a
ll-te
rrai
n ve
hicl
e op
erat
ors c
ours
e.
The
Com
pone
nts
of t
he t
rain
ing
mus
t be
con
sist
ent
with
MS-
860,
A
ppen
dix
1, se
ctio
n 2.
T/S
MS-
860
2 En
sure
tha
t th
e op
erat
or o
f th
e Q
uad
has
been
trai
ned
in a
ll si
te
spec
ific
proc
edur
es
invo
lvin
g th
e pr
oper
use
and
ope
ratio
n of
th
e un
it in
his
spec
ific
area
.
Sam
e as
abo
ve
Mus
t ha
ve
revi
ewed
an
d be
en
train
ed
in
all
the
site
sp
ecifi
c pr
oced
ures
inv
olvi
ng q
uad
use.
Doc
umen
tatio
n of
thi
s m
ust
be i
n pl
ace.
Th
e C
ompo
nent
s of
the
tra
inin
g m
ust
be c
onsi
sten
t w
ith M
S-86
0,
App
endi
x 1,
sect
ion
2.
T/S
MS-
860
Standard Safety Practices Manual
128
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
129
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Jo
b St
eps
Pote
ntia
l H
azar
ds/L
oss
Con
trol
Sta
tem
ent(s
) C
ontr
ol
Cod
e 3
If th
e qu
ad h
as to
be
load
ed o
nto
a tra
nspo
rt un
it an
d m
oved
to a
lo
catio
n pr
ior
to
its
use,
th
e op
erat
or m
ust
be t
rain
ed i
n th
e pr
oper
use
of
the
trans
port
unit,
th
e m
inim
um
requ
irem
ents
of
th
e tra
nspo
rt un
it an
d th
e pr
oced
ure
to lo
ad th
e qu
ad o
nto
the
unit.
The
unit
may
no
t be
de
sign
ed
to
safe
ly
trans
port
a qu
ad d
ue t
o its
si
ze,
shap
e,
layo
ut
etc,
and
cou
ld r
esul
t in
in
jury
to
th
e op
erat
or
and
or e
quip
men
t.
The
trans
porta
tion
unit
mus
t be
of
an a
ppro
ved
type
and
mus
t be
ap
prov
ed b
y th
e Fo
rem
an o
f th
e ar
ea, b
efor
e its
use
. Thi
s ap
prov
al
mus
t be
docu
men
ted.
Th
e tra
nspo
rt ve
hicl
e m
ust
mee
t th
e re
quire
men
ts w
ith M
S-86
0,
App
endi
x 1,
sect
ion
9, 1
0, o
r 11.
T/S
MS-
860
4 En
sure
th
at
an
adeq
uate
ap
prov
ed r
amp
is a
vaila
ble
to
perf
orm
the
load
ing
task
.
Due
to
th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it de
sign
an
d th
e ra
mp
desi
gn t
hey
may
not
be
com
patib
le
and
coul
d le
ad t
o pe
rson
al i
njur
y or
equ
ipm
ent d
amag
e.
Ram
ps m
ust b
e ap
prov
ed b
y th
e A
rea
Fore
man
, who
will
ens
ure
that
al
l us
ers
are
awar
e of
its
pro
per
oper
atio
n an
d th
at t
hey
(the
ram
p us
ers)
pro
perly
ins
pect
the
m p
rior
to u
se t
o en
sure
tha
t th
ey a
re i
n go
od re
pair.
D
ocum
ent
insp
ectio
n on
the
tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it ch
eckl
ist
– re
fer
to
MS-
860,
App
endi
x 1,
sect
ion
9.90
R
ecom
men
datio
n is
the
Fulto
n Tr
ifold
Ram
p (S
R77
) -
refe
r to
MS-
860,
App
endi
x 1,
sect
ion
12.2
.
T/E
5 Po
sitio
n th
e tra
nspo
rt un
it as
be
st p
ossi
ble
usin
g th
e pr
ofile
of
the
terr
ain
to d
ecre
ase
the
angl
e of
the
ram
ps.
Mor
e an
gle
of
the
ram
ps,
the
grea
ter
the
risk
for
an i
ncid
ent
to
occu
r dur
ing
the
load
ing
oper
atio
n.
Com
plet
e a
site
wal
k ar
ound
prio
r to
posi
tioni
ng th
e tra
nspo
rt un
it to
lo
ad th
e qu
ad (
s). E
nsur
e th
e gr
ound
is le
vel a
nd u
se th
e te
rrai
n to
le
ssen
the
slop
e of
the
ram
ps.
T
6 Te
st
the
brak
es
on
the
quad
be
fore
at
tem
ptin
g to
lo
ad
to
ensu
re a
dequ
ate
oper
atio
n. A
n ap
prov
ed A
TV h
elm
et a
nd w
ork
boot
s m
ust
be w
orn
whe
neve
r th
e qu
ad is
in m
otio
n.
Una
ble
to s
top
the
quad
w
hen
load
ing.
Bra
kes m
ust b
e in
goo
d op
erat
ion
cond
ition
. En
sure
the
Qua
d Pr
e/Po
st T
rip In
spec
tion
Che
ck L
ist (
CH
-A-0
002)
is
com
plet
ed p
rior t
o op
erat
ing
the
quad
.
T/ E
7 En
sure
the
trans
porta
tion
unit
is cl
ear
of
any
debr
is
or
othe
r eq
uipm
ent,
prio
r to
load
ing.
May
cau
se u
nit
to b
e un
stab
le.
The
load
are
a m
ust b
e fr
ee o
f any
mat
eria
l, to
ols
or s
uppl
ies
and
the
deck
mus
t be
clea
n of
any
slip
pery
surf
aces
. T
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
130
Standard Safety Practices Manual
131
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Jo
b St
eps
Pote
ntia
l H
azar
ds/L
oss
Con
trol
Sta
tem
ent(s
) C
ontr
ol
Cod
e 8
Inst
all t
he ra
mps
to th
e tra
nspo
rt un
it en
surin
g th
at th
e ra
mps
are
sa
fely
sec
ured
to
the
trans
port
unit.
Ram
ps m
ay b
ecom
e de
-ta
ched
fr
om
the
trans
porta
tion
unit,
or
no
t be
des
igne
d fo
r th
e us
e th
at is
requ
ired.
Ensu
re th
e ra
mps
are
des
igne
d fo
r the
qua
d w
eigh
t and
size
. En
sure
the
ram
ps a
re in
goo
d co
nditi
on w
ith a
ll se
curin
g m
echa
nism
s in
pla
ce a
nd in
goo
d re
pair.
R
efer
to th
e Q
uad
Pre
/Pos
t Che
ck li
st re
ferr
ed to
MS-
860,
App
endi
x 1,
sect
ion
4.
T
9 D
rive
the
quad
s to
the
ram
ps,
stop
ping
ju
st
shor
t of
ra
mps
. En
sure
tha
t th
e qu
ad i
s in
the
4X
4 m
ode
and
in t
he l
owes
t ge
ar.
Sta
nd o
n th
e qu
ad’s
foo
t pe
gs
and
lean
ing
slig
htly
fo
rwar
d w
ith
knee
s be
nt
slig
htly
; sl
owly
pro
ceed
up
the
ram
p.
A
load
ing
inci
dent
co
uld
occu
r w
here
the
op
erat
or
coul
d su
stai
n pe
rson
al
inju
ry
or
the
quad
/ r
amps
cou
ld b
e da
mag
ed.
Ope
rato
rs
mus
t w
ear
an
appr
oved
he
lmet
-
refe
r to
M
S-86
0,
App
endi
x 1,
sect
ion
6.
Low
gea
r an
d in
the
4X
4 m
ode
will
ens
ure
requ
ired
pow
er a
nd
tract
ion
is a
vaila
ble.
Sta
ndin
g on
the
pegs
and
lean
ing
forw
ard,
the
oper
ator
will
hav
e th
e be
st c
ontro
l of
the
qua
d. P
roce
edin
g sl
owly
re
duce
s the
risk
of n
ot b
eing
abl
e to
stop
in th
e de
sire
d po
sitio
n.
T/E/
S
10
Onc
e th
e qu
ad h
as c
lear
ed t
he
ram
ps
and
is
on
the
trans
porta
tion
unit’
s de
ck,
slow
ly
mov
e th
e qu
ad
to
its
desi
red
loca
tion,
st
op,
enga
ge
the
park
bra
ke a
nd s
hut
off
the
engi
ne.
The
unit
coul
d in
-ad
verta
ntly
m
ove
off
the
trans
porta
tion
unit.
Park
bra
ke m
ust b
e en
gage
d an
d th
e un
it le
ft in
gea
r an
d th
e en
gine
sh
ut o
ff.
Con
side
r a c
ushi
on ty
pe d
evic
e fo
r the
fron
t of t
he tr
uck.
T
11
Secu
re
the
quad
w
ith
a m
inim
um
of
four
ny
lon
tie-
dow
n st
raps
(rat
chet
type
) to
the
trans
porta
tion
unit’
s dec
k.
Uni
t co
uld
leav
e th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it an
d ca
use
dam
age.
Use
pro
per
nylo
n tie
-dow
n st
raps
and
sec
ure
the
stra
ps to
the
quad
an
d th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it’s
tie-d
own
poin
ts.
The
quad
uni
t mus
t be
secu
red
on a
ll fo
ur c
orne
rs.
DO
-NO
T us
e th
e w
inch
cab
le a
s a ti
e do
wn.
T
12
Com
plet
e a
wal
k ar
ound
of
the
trans
porta
tion
devi
ce t
o en
sure
th
at th
e un
it is
pro
perly
sec
ured
an
d th
at t
he t
rans
porta
tion
unit
can
be sa
fely
mov
ed.
Oth
er
haza
rds
coul
d im
pede
th
e un
it’s
mov
emen
t re
sulti
ng i
n in
jury
or
eq
uipm
ent
dam
age.
Com
plet
e a
unit
final
insp
ectio
n an
d an
are
a w
alk
arou
nd. C
hoos
e an
eg
ress
pat
h fr
ee o
f obs
truct
ions
and
haz
ards
. T
Standard Safety Practices Manual
130
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
131
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Jo
b St
eps
Pote
ntia
l H
azar
ds/L
oss
Con
trol
Sta
tem
ent(s
) C
ontr
ol
Cod
e 13
Tr
ansp
ort
the
quad
s vi
a th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it to
its
desi
red
loca
tion.
Driv
ing
haza
rds,
road
co
nditi
ons,
wea
ther
, etc
. m
ay
cont
ribut
e to
an
in
cide
nt a
nd o
r in
jury
du
e to
the
unf
avor
able
co
nditi
ons
for
the
trans
port
vehi
cle.
Com
plet
e a
safe
jour
ney
man
agem
ent p
lan
prio
r to
star
ting
the
trip.
Ta
ke th
e tim
e to
saf
ely
stop
and
che
ck th
e se
cure
d lo
ad d
urin
g th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n tri
p.
T
14
Onc
e at
th
e de
sire
d lo
catio
n,
choo
se
a sp
ot
to
offlo
ad
the
quad
, aga
in u
sing
the
ter
rain
as
an a
dvan
tage
to le
ssen
the
slop
e of
the
ram
p(s)
and
to e
nsur
e th
e un
it is
leve
l. C
ompl
ete
a ha
zard
as
sess
men
t of t
he o
fflo
ad a
rea.
Equi
pmen
t dam
age
may
oc
cur
in
spot
ting
the
trans
porta
tion
unit
and
or
durin
g th
e of
fload
pr
oced
ure.
Prio
r to
spo
tting
the
tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it, c
ompl
ete
an a
rea
haza
rd
asse
ssm
ent,
choo
se a
leve
l loc
atio
n fr
ee o
f any
haz
ards
and
with
saf
e ac
cess
and
egr
ess.
T
15
Onc
e th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it is
se
cure
d (p
ark
brak
e se
t on
the
tru
ck),
ensu
re t
he q
uad’
s pa
rk
brak
e is
st
ill
enga
ged
and
prep
are
to o
fflo
ad.
Uni
t cou
ld in
adve
rtent
ly
mov
e ca
usin
g pe
rson
al
inju
ry
or
equi
pmen
t da
mag
e.
Ensu
re th
e qu
ad’s
par
k br
ake
is e
ngag
ed.
T
16
Inst
all
the
ram
ps
to
the
trans
porta
tion
unit.
Ram
ps
may
be
com
e de
tach
ed
from
tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it,
or
not
be d
esig
ned
for
the
use
that
is re
quire
d.
Ensu
re th
e ra
mps
are
des
igne
d fo
r the
qua
d w
eigh
t and
size
. En
sure
the
ram
ps a
re in
goo
d co
nditi
on w
ith a
ll se
curin
g m
echa
nism
s in
pla
ce a
nd in
goo
d re
pair.
C
heck
the
off
load
are
a an
d se
e if
you
requ
ire a
sto
ppin
g de
vice
(e
nsur
e th
e qu
ad c
anno
t fr
ee w
heel
int
o a
stat
iona
ry o
bjec
t or
ha
zard
.) A
stop
ping
dev
ice
coul
d be
a sm
all l
og o
r a 4
X4
post
.
T
17
Che
ck to
see
if th
e pa
rk b
rake
is
still
eng
aged
and
shi
ft th
e qu
ad
into
neu
tral.
Safe
ly r
emov
e th
e tie
-dow
n st
raps
an
d st
ore
the
stra
ps i
n an
are
a th
at w
ill n
ot
impe
de w
ith th
e sa
fe o
fflo
ad o
f th
e qu
ad u
nit.
Qua
d un
it co
uld
mov
e re
sulti
ng
in
pers
onal
in
jury
or
eq
uipm
ent
dam
age.
Re-
chec
k th
e pa
rk b
rake
and
ens
ure
that
ther
e ar
e no
obs
truct
ions
in
the
quad
’s p
ath
that
will
impe
de a
safe
off
load
. T
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
132
Standard Safety Practices Manual
133
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Jo
b St
eps
Pote
ntia
l H
azar
ds/L
oss
Con
trol
Sta
tem
ent(s
) C
ontr
ol
Cod
e 18
Po
sitio
n yo
urse
lf to
the
front
of
the
quad
and
rel
ease
the
par
k br
ake.
Pl
ant
feet
fir
mly
an
d slo
wly
pus
h th
e qu
ad to
war
d th
e ra
mps
.
Wor
ker c
ould
fall
off o
f th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it re
sulti
ng i
n a
pers
onal
in
jury
.
Ensu
re t
hat
you
can
safe
ly g
et t
o th
e fro
nt o
f th
e qu
ad (
sele
ct t
he
easie
st an
d sa
fest
rout
e.) E
nsur
e of
goo
d fo
otin
g.
T
19
Onc
e th
e qu
ad is
par
tially
dow
n th
e ra
mp
and
wan
ting
to m
ove
dow
nwar
d on
its
own,
use
the
ha
nd
brak
es
to
slow
th
e pr
ogre
ss.
O
nce
the
quad
is
posit
ione
d ab
out
two
third
s on
th
e ra
mp
and
you
are
still
stand
ing
wel
l on
th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it, r
elea
se t
he
brak
es a
nd a
llow
the
qua
d to
de
scen
d th
e re
st of
the
way
on
its o
wn
(free
whe
el.)
Wor
ker c
ould
fall
off o
f th
e tra
nspo
rtatio
n un
it re
sulti
ng i
n a
pers
onal
in
jury
.
Cond
uct t
his
task
slo
wly
and
if y
ou lo
ose
cont
rol;
let g
o of
the
quad
an
d en
sure
that
you
pre
vent
you
rsel
f fro
m in
jury
. T
Standard Safety Practices Manual
132
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
133
8.0 Trailer Checks (Pre / post use)
• Trailerdeckingmustprovideadequateunob-structed surface area to provide safe load offload of the ATV unit
• Hitchsafetychainsandsecuringpin(lock,pin,bolt)
• Trailerball/recievercompatability • Tireconditions • Sparetire • Trailerjack • Lightsworkingcondition • Licenceplateandregistration • Generaltrailercondition • Trailerrampsmustbecheckedforworking
condition (cracks, ramp securing devices, welds, hingejoints,damage,cleanfreeofmud/ice)Suggested manufacturer: Fulton Trifold Utility model SR77
• Ratchetstrapsandsecuringpointsareingoodworking condition
• Trailermustberegularymaintainedtothemanufacture’s specifications such as (axle bear-ings,wheellugtorque,hitchwear,suspension)
9.0 Truck Box
• Truckboxmustprovideadequateunobstructedsurfaceareatoprovidesafeload/offloadoftheATV unit
• Tailgatecablesandattachmentpointsmustbeinspected for damage, corrosion and wear
• Ensurethatthetailgatehingesandlatchesareinsafe working condition
• Ratchetstrapsandsecuringpointsareingood
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
134
Standard Safety Practices Manual
135
working condition • Portablerampsmustbecheckedforworking
condition (cracks, ramp securing devices, welds, hingejoints,damage,cleanfreeofmud/ice)Suggested manufacturer: Fulton Trifold Utility model SR77
• NoATVunitsaretobecarriedonthetailgatedue to the unrated load capacity of the tailgate
APPENDIX 2
BP CGPU Winter Tire Requirements
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 ThispolicyappliestoBPCanadaEnergyBPCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)vehiclesoperatedonBPbusinesswithintheNovember1toMarch31timeframe.
1.2 This policy provides requirements and guidance for winter tire and studded tire usage for BP vehicles.
1.3 ThepurposeofthispolicyistoensurethatallBPvehicles are equipped with the most appropriate tires for winter driving conditions.
1.4 AllBPownedvehiclesoperatedwithintheCanadaGas Performance Unit will be equipped with Winter Tires during the winter months as described above.
1.5 It is also expected that long term contractors (those workingonoursitesinexcessof30days)willabideby this policy.
2.0 Definitions
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
134
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
135
2.1 Snow Tire -These tires have tire tread composed of special rubber compounds and tread designs that enhance their performance in snow and ice condi-tions.Studlesswintertires(typicallyQ-ratedwithamountain-snowflakesymbolshownbelow)arenowavailable to motorists as a substitute for studded tires.
2.2 StuddedTire–Thesetiresaredesignedforiceandsnow conditions. They can be used alternatively to Snow Tires.
3.0 Scope of Responsibility
3.1 Itistheresponsibilityofthemanagerateachsitetoensure that all of the BP owned vehicles are equipped with snow or studded tires during the mandatory periodofNovember1throughMarch31.Ifdrivingconditions deteriorate before November 1 it is rec-ommended that snow or studded tires are installed at that time. Also it is recommended that snow or studdedtiresarekeptonthevehiclesuntilMarch31and until winter conditions subside.
3.2 Snowtiresaremanufacturedandsuppliedbyanumber of manufacturers. CertainTire brands can be purchased with the PHH card and these should be used if possible. Any tire that displays the mountain snowflakesymbolonitisconsideredasnowandicetire and is acceptable provided it meets sizing and rating requirements specified by the manufacturer. Tires not baring this symbol are not considered a snow tire. Only Snow Tires and Studded Tires are considered acceptable.
Vehi
cle
and
Roa
d P
ract
ice
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
136
Standard Safety Practices Manual
137
4.0 Scope of Training and Qualification
4.1Itistheresponsibilityofeachareamanagertoreview the Winter Tire requirements with the work-ing group in the fall before winter driving conditions set in.
5.0 Snow Tire requirements and guidelines.
5.1 Installfourwintertires–Tohelpmaintaincontroland stability of your vehicle in icy conditions, Trans-port Canada and the Rubber Association of Canada recommend that you install winter tires in sets of four. At BP CGPU this is mandatory.
6.0 Scope of References
6.1http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/tires/wintertires/tirelist.htm
6.2 http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/tires/wintertires/menu.htm
WORKING AT HEIGHTS PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This Practice applies to BP Canada Gas Performance Unit(CGPU)employees,contractpersonnelcon-ducting work for or on behalf of BP, and, all other visiting personnel who are participating in working at heights activities on BP Canada premises or work sites.
1.2 The purpose of the Practice is to eliminate or mini-
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
136
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
137
mize fall hazards and ensure personnel are protected while conducting working at heights activities.
1.3 TheWorkingatHeightsPracticestateswhenfallprotection is required and describes the necessary expectations and responsibilities in the preparation and execution of conducting work at heights.
2.0 Scope of Definitions
2.1 Anchor Point: any point of attachment for the purposes of fall protection, certified by a professional engineer, commonly referred to as an anchor point.
2.2 “Competent Worker”: One who is adequately quali-fied, suitably trained and with sufficient experience to safely perform work with minimal or no supervi-sion(AlbertaOH&SSR13.3).
2.3 “CAN/CSA”:CanadianPracticesAssociation.
2.4 “DecelerationDevice”:Anymechanismwhichservesto dissipate the force of the fall which would otherwise be imposed on the worker, for example an OH&Sapprovedenergyabsorber.
2.5 “Engineered”:Designedand/orapprovedbyaRegis-teredProfessionalEngineer.
2.6 “FallArrestingDevice”:Adevicethatprovidesameans of arresting the accidental vertical or near vertical fall of an individual, and subsequent to the arrest of the fall does not, by itself, permit the release or further lowering of the individual.
2.7 “Fall Arrest System”: The system utilized to minimize the chance for injury during a fall. It consists of
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
138
Standard Safety Practices Manual
139
an engineered anchor point, connecting means and a full body harness body holding device and shock absorbinglanyard.(HarnessCSAStandardZ259.1 0-M90)(LanyardCSAZ259.11-M92)
2.8 “Fall Restraint System”: A system of components designed to eliminate the chance of an accidental fall. This may be accomplished by use of barricades and hand railing, or may utilize an anchor point, a connectingmeans(suchasalanyard),andabodysupportingdevice(suchasafullbodyharness).
2.9 “FreeFallDistance”:Thedistanceaworkermayfallbefore a fall arrest system engages and begins to slow the fall.
2.10 “PersonalFallProtectionEquipment”:Anyequip-ment that is personally fitted issued and forms part of the fall protection system. It is usually composed ofthesafetyharness.(HarnessCSAStandardZ259.-0-M90)
2.11 “Safety Harness”: A device used to transfer the forces experienced during and after a fall to the torso or up-per legs of a worker. The 5 point full body harness is required.Beltsor3pointharnessesarenotallowed.
2.12 “ShockAbsorbingLanyard”ShockAbsorbingDevise used in combination with safety harness designed to limit the fall arrest forces so they do not exceed theinjurythresholdofthehumanbody.(Lanyard CSA Z259.11-M92)
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
138
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
139
3.0 Scope of Responsibility
3.1 Eachworkerhastheresponsibilitytorecognizefallhazards and take corrective measures by ensuring this Practice and the written fall protection program are followed.
3.2 Theon-siteBPrepresentativeinchargeordesignatemust ensure that:
- Workers are trained and verified competent in the hazards, use, care, and maintenance of fall protection equipment and including established procedures or practices relating to the use and care of the equipment
-EmergencyResponsePlansareinplacewhenfallprotection equipment is utilized
-MaintenanceofanadequateinventoryofPersonalFallProtectionEquipmentmeetinganOSHA,ANSI or CSA Practice
- A documented fall protection plan is developed as part of the task hazard risk assessment prior to the work being performed
-AllworkersaretrainedinSTOP-THINK-GOandTime Out for Safety and feel comfortable being able to exercise these tools
4.0 Scope of Training and Certification
4.1 Allworkersworkingatheightsmustbetrainedandcompetent in fall protection equipment application, care, use, maintenance, and limitations. The training shall be conducted by a qualified trainer. Recom-mended Fall Protection training is OSSA Certified (OILSANDSSAFETYASSOCIATION)asthistraining is currently the best industry practice train-ing for oil and gas.
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
140
Standard Safety Practices Manual
141
4.2 Anyworkerresponsibleforperformingrescueactivi-ties must be trained in the proper techniques for the rescue system.
4.3 Trainingorretrainingisnecessarywhenanemployerhas a reason to believe a worker does not have the necessaryunderstandingand/orskillrequired.
5.0 Scope of Expectations
5.1 General: - All workers must ensure that a fall protection
system is utilized when work is to be conducted at height’s that are:
o At or greater than 2 meters, or o At a height less than 2 meters if there is an
unusual possibility of injury from a fall - Acceptable fall protection can be provided by
permanent,temporary,orpersonalCAN/CSAapproved fall protection equipment systems.
- Fall protection system is identified as: o A personal fall arrest system o Atravel/fallrestraintsystem o A safety net o A control zone, or o AnothersystemapprovedbyaDirectorof
Inspection
Note: An employer’s first choice should require the use of adequate guardrails to protect personnel. The guardrail mustmeetthedesignrequirementslistedinABOH&Ssection315or,anOH&Sapprovedtravelrestraintsystemto prevent a worker from reaching an edge from which the worker could fall.
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
140
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
141
5.1.1WhenPersonalFallprotectionEquipmentisutilized,personnelmustwearaCAN/CSA approved full body harness. (CSA StandardZ259.10-M90)
5.1.2WhenPersonalFallProtectionEquipmentis used, these systems must be attached properly to engineer approved anchor points with an ultimate load capacity of at least22.2kn.(5000pounds)perpersoninany direction the load can be applied, or twice the maximum arrest force. Anchor points used for the attachment of personal fall protection equipment must be inde-pendent of any anchorage being used to support, suspend, or lift platforms or loads.
5.1.3AllPersonalFallProtectionEquipmentmust be connected and used in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and instructions.
5.1.4Personalfallarrestsystemswillberiggedtominimize the free fall distance to less than 2 meters or the manufactures specification with a shock absorber and, 1.2 m without a shock absorber when added distance of
an extended shock absorber creates a greater risk. The deceleration force will not exceed 8Knandthepersonalfallprotection system must allow for an unobstructed fall.
5.2 Permanent&TemporaryPlatformsA written fall protection plan is required as part of the risk assessment/pre-jobtaskanalysisforworkingatheightsof1.2 meters or greater from a permanent work platform or 2 meters and greater from a temporary work area., or if a worker could fall less than 1.2 meters and there is an unusual possibility of injury because of additional hazards.
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
142
Standard Safety Practices Manual
143
5.3 LiftsA fall restraint system is required when conducting work at heights greater than 2 meters from Scissor lifts, vertical aerial platforms, or Boomed Genie lifts if the platform being using is operated on firm, substantially level surface with the entire manufacturer’s guardrails and chains in placeandmeetAlbertaOH&SSec315.However,ifthemanufacturer’s specifications require the use of a fall arrest system when the vertical aerial platform is being used, then the manufacturer’s specifications take precedence and must befollowed.AneffectivewrittenEmergencyResponsePro-cedureusingtaskhazardanalysis/riskassessmentmustbedeveloped as part of the Fall Protection Plan as an alternate to mechanical lift equipment failure.
5.4BoomedLiftsA worker working from a boomed Arial Platform or Genie lift shall be protected from falling by using a personal fall arrest system consisting of full body harness and shock absorbing lanyard meeting CSA requirements and a manufacturer engineered anchor point. The lanyard if at all possible should be the length to prevent the worker from being ejected from the platform but not restrict their work or compromise the function of the fall arrest system. (CSA Z259.10M90&CSAZ259.11-M92)
5.5ManbasketsUnder normal circumstances, a worker working from a man basket shall be protected from falling by using a fall arrest system such as a vertical lifeline and rope grab combination or a self-retracting lifeline. The lifeline shall be secured to an anchor point on the boom of the crane from which the man basket is suspended. In the event that it is impracticable to provide a personal fall arrest system for one ormoreworkersinamanbasket,AlbertaOH&Ssection350requiresthat:
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
142
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
143
• Aseparatemanbasketsupportbeattached between the suspended man basket and the hoist line above the hook assembly and • eachworkerwithinthemanbasketwearsafull
body harness with lanyard securely attached to the man basket
• Theseparateorsecondarymanbasketsupport, in combination with worker attachment to the man basket, functions as a fall arrest system. To limit a fall distance and the arresting force experienced by a falling worker, the secondary man basket support must be as short as possible • AneffectivewrittenEmergencyResponsePro cedureusingtaskhazardanalysis/riskassess ment must be developed as part of the Fall ProtectionPlanasanalternatetoManbasket equipment failure
5.6 AboveWaterorLiquids A fall protection system in combination with a life jacket is required at any height if personnel are to conduct work above/besidecoldormovingwater,orotherliquidsthatpose a drowning hazard to workers other than work from a boat.
5.7VerticalLifelinesVertical lifelines used in a personal fall arrest systems installed and utilized shall comply with the following: • Ismadeofwireropeorappropriatematerialsuit-
able for all relevant work site hazards and secured toananchorpointcapableofwithholding27Knand engineer approved
• Extendtoaleast1.2metesfromthegroundorsafe work platform
• Hasonlyonepersonattachedunlessotherwisedesigned by manufacture
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
144
Standard Safety Practices Manual
145
• Iseffetelyprotectedtopreventabrasionandsecured to minimize swing
5.8 HorizontalLifelinesHorizontal lifelines used in a personal fall arrest systems installed and utilized shall comply with the following: - Is made of wire rope at 12 millimeters in thick-
ness,splicefree,capableofwithholding89Knand connecting hardware with a tensile strength ofatleast71Kn,thesystemmustbeengineerapproved
- The horizontal line should extend to no less than 6 meters and no greater than 18 meters and be at least 2 meters above the working surface
- Secured to an anchor point capable of withhold-ing71Knandengineerapproved
- Personnel’s free fall distance should be no more than1.2meterswithatleast3.5metersofclear-ance between the work surface and ground
- No more than three personnel shall be connected to the same horizontal line at any time
6.0 Scope of Emergency Procedures
6.1 General: • AwrittenEmergencyResponseProcedureaspart
ofthetaskhazardanalysis/riskassessmentmustbe developed as part of the Fall Protection Plan andidentifiedonthePre-Job/permitprocess
• Asaminimum,theEmergencyResponseProce-dure will identify:
o Rescue equipment available o Trained rescue personnel o Job specific rescue procedures o Requirement for procedure to be reviewed
duringeachPre-job/permitissuance
Wor
king
at H
eigh
tsW
orki
ng a
t Hei
ghts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
144
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
145
6.2 ManBaskets&LiftsAwrittenEmergencyResponseProcedureusingtaskhazardanalysis/riskassessmentmustbedevelopedaspartoftheFall Protection plan to retrieve personnel in case of equip-mentfailurewhenutilizingManBasketsandmechanicallifts.
7.0 Scope of Inspection and Maintenance
7.1 Inspection:FallArrestSystems(FAS)mustbeinspected by a trained and competent worker before and after use in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
7.2 Storage: Fall protection equipment must be stored according to manufacturers recommended practices. Special attention must be given to temperatures, clean, dry conditions and sunlight.
7.3 Removalfromservice:Anycomponentofafallpro-tection system that has been involved in a fall arrest must be removed from service and tagged as such or destroyed.
7.4 Cleaning,repairingandmaintenance:Thecompo-nents of a fall protection system must be cleaned repaired and maintained according to manufacturer’s instructions.
7.5 Recertification and inspections of Fall arrest equip-ment must be planned and conducted formally according to manufacturer’s specifications.
8.0 Scope of Equipment Practices, Regulations and References
Wor
king
at H
eigh
tsW
orki
ng a
t Hei
ghts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
146
Standard Safety Practices Manual
147
8.1 All components of a fall protection system must meet the material and assembly specifications set forth in local regulations and known Practices (see Alberta OH&SCode145orBritishColumbiaOccupationalHealthandSafetyRegulationandGuidelines296/97asamended).orOntarioRegulation851IndustrialEstablishmentsandRegulation213ConstructionProjects, as amended
8.2 CAN/CSAPracticesincludebutarenotlimitedto: • SafetyHarnesses,Lanyards:Z259.1-95(R1999) • Linemen’sHarnesses,Straps:Z259.3M1998 • FullBodyHarnesses:Z259.10M90(R1998) • FallArrest,Descent,LifelineDevices:Z259.2 • ShockAbsorbers:Z259.11M92(19998) • VerticalLifeline:Z259.2.1-98 • ConnectingComponents:Z259.12.01 • Automaticandmanualdecentdevice::
Z259.2.3.99 • SelfRetractingDevice’s:Z259.2.298
9.0 Forms
• gHSSErMF34004-PreJobRiskAssessment • MaximumTieOffPoints
Wor
king
at H
eigh
ts
Standard Safety Practices Manual
146
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
147
ASBESTOS
For information on asbestos contact your PU Industrial Hygienist.RefertogHSSErMS920AsbestosCodeofPractice(BPGuidelinesforHandlingAsbestosandMan-MadeVitreousFibers)-http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.asp
ATMOSPHERIC MONITORING
PURPOSE:To establish guidelines for providing a safe work environ-ment through atmospheric monitoring.
APPLICATION:Any area where the work environment is, or may become hazardous due to the presence of combustible or toxic gas, orwhentheoxygencontentislessthan19.5%,orgreaterthan23%byvolume.
DEFINITION:AtmosphericMonitoringincludes: • O2Monitors • H2SDetectors • CombustibleGasDetectors • ToxicGasDetectors • CarbonDioxideMonitors
PRECAUTIONS:Some atmospheric monitoring equipment requires minimum oxygen content in order to perform according to manufacturer specifications. The O2 reading must be taken priortoanLELreadingtoverifythatthemonitorcanreadproperly.
Asb
esto
sA
tmos
pher
ic M
onito
ring
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
148
Standard Safety Practices Manual
149
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Lackofoxygen • CombustibleGas • ToxicGas:H2S,benzeneandothertoxic • Substances
PROCEDURES: • DetectionEquipment:
• Allworklocationsmusthavecombustiblegas,toxic gas and oxygen detection equipment available, as required, for monitoring the atmosphere, prior to and during work proce-dures.
• Allworksitelocationsthathaveportableand permanent atmospheric monitor-ing equipment must develop site specific procedures that govern instrument use, care, maintenance, function testing, calibration and documentation, repairs and training.
• Allsurveyequipmentusedfortestingconfinedspaces, hot work or any other permit required testing should be function tested prior to each use.
• CombustibleGasTesting:
A combustible gas test shall be taken when Hot work is performed within 8 meters of any well, process vessel, tank or related equipment, where combustible gas is, or may be present.
• H2SGasDetectors:
H2S gas detectors are used to measure the concentra-tion of H2S in a work area. There are two basic types of detectors:
• DragerandGastecSamplingTubes.NOTE:When monitoring in an unknown concentra-tion,SCBA/SABAmustbewornbytheindividual
Atm
osph
eric
Mon
itorin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
148
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
149
[See: H2S Safety] [See: Respiratory Protection] • Thismethodisconsideredtobeaccurate
plusorminus25%whenpropersamplingprocedures are used
• ElectronicSensor.Electronicsensorsmeasurethe airborne concentration of H2S on an elec-tronic circuit. The signal, which can also be used to set audible and visual alarms at specific concentrations, identifies the H2S level on a gauge. The advantage of this type of unit is that monitoring can be continuous. The unit maybecarriedonabelt(personalmonitor),or permanently mounted in areas where H2S could accumulate
• MonitoringUnits:
AllbuildingswhereH2Smayexceed100PPMshould have fixed monitoring units set to give an audibleandvisualalarmat10PPM.H2SvisualalarmwillbeabluebeaconandLEL/Generalvisualalarm will be a red beacon. Safe operating procedures must be written and followed should circumstances preclude such installation.
• Confined-SpaceEntry:
Combustible gas, toxic gas, and oxygen-deficiency tests must be performed prior to a confined-space entry and at frequent intervals during the work period. Respira-tory protection must be worn while the initial tests are being performed.
[See:Confined-SpaceEntry] [See: Respiratory Protection] •HotWork:
All hot work requires monitoring of the atmosphere for combustible gas prior to and at frequent intervals dur-ing the work. If the hot work is being performed within a confined space, continuous monitoring is required for combustible gas, toxic gas, and oxygen deficiency. .If there is a potential for the atmosphere to change un-
Atm
osph
eric
Mon
itorin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
150
Standard Safety Practices Manual
151
predictably after a worker enters the confined space, the atmosphere must be continuously monitored. Re-entry to a worksite must be accompanied by gas detection before work resumes.
[See: Safe Work Permits] •Precautions:
Some atmospheric monitoring equipment requires minimum oxygen content in order to perform accord-ing to manufacturer specifications. The O2 reading mustbetakenpriortoanLELreadingtoverifythatthemonitorcanreadproperly.Equipmentspecificationsshould be verified for equipment operating conditions prior to installation and use.
•OilSpills:
Additional atmospheric monitoring may be required at spill sites.
[Contact Safety Coordinator or Industrial Hygienist for advice, as necessary]
TRAINING:All personnel that use or are responsible for atmospheric monitoring equipment shall be properly trained in the operation and use of the equipment and the site specific procedures that were written for the particular equipment.
BENZENE:For information on benzene, contact your P.U. Industrial Hygienist. Refer to the sites-specific Code of Practice and BP Guidelines for Handling Benzene.
A
tmos
pher
ic M
onito
ring
Standard Safety Practices Manual
150
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
151
CANADIAN NUCLEAR SAFETY COMMISSION (CNSC) REGULATED ISOTOPES
PURPOSE:To establish the requirements for the safe handling of CNSC isotopes.APPLICATION:All worksites where Canadian Nuclear Safety Commis-sion(CNSC)regulatedisotopesmaybehandled,i.e.radiographic inspection of vessels, piping and pipelines, radioactive isotope use, wireline logging, etc
POTENTIALHAZARDS:Exposuretoradioactivesources.
PREPARATIONS: • CNSCCertification:
Contractors must have a valid license issued by the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission to per form all work involving CNSC regulated isotopes.[See:BPCanadaWeldingQualityControlManual
for radiographic inspection requirements] • WorkPlanning
Work planning for use of CNCS licensed isotopes must include consultation with the CNCS licensed
Contractor. • Pre-JobSafetyMeeting:
Mustbeconductedpriortocommencementofoperation.[See:SafetyMeetings][See:TDG-PackagingandSafeTransportofRadioac tiveMaterial] [See: Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission Act and regulations]PROCEDURES:
CN
SC
Isot
opes
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
152
Standard Safety Practices Manual
153
Safe handling procedures should include: • Specificjobprocedurestobefollowed • AcertificationofthetypeandquantityofCNCS
licensed radioactive sources furnished and used • Theexpectedeffluentconcentrationsandmeth-
ods of control if applicable • Thepersonincharge,responsiblefortheopera-
tion. Equipmentandworksitemustbeproperlyprepared(i.e.isolated,depressured,madeaccessible,etc.)Theworksiteshouldberopedoff.Radiationwarningsignsmustbeposted, and unauthorized entry of personnel banned, in the areaaffectedbythework.
In no event shall a pregnant employee be allowed in the vicinityofCNSCLicensedradioactiveoperations.
CNCS licensed radioactive source shall not be left unat-tended at the jobsite unless it has been isolated to prevent any accidental exposure.
PRECAUTION:RadioactiveisotopesmayaffectsomeLELmonitorsandfiredetection systems. Station shutdown could result when us-ing a highly energetic radioactive source in the vicinity of a detector. A risk assessment must be performed to determine the scope and risk from radioactive sources. Fire detection systems sensitive to radiation may have to be by-passed when radioactive sources are in use in the immediate area. Care must be taken to reactivate the detection system when the work is completed.[See:EquipmentShutdownSystems]Radiation survey meters are not explosion proof, thus a Hot Work Permit is required.
RESPONSIBILITIES:
CN
SC
Isot
opes
Standard Safety Practices Manual
152
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
153
The BP Canada Representative is responsible for ensuring that only CNSC licensed operators are used when handling CNSC licensed radioactive sources and that all procedures are supplied and followed.The CNCS licensed Contractor performing work with licensed isotopes is responsible for ensuring that safe handling procedures and contingency plans have been de-veloped which comply with all government regulations. He is also responsible for ensuring that all applicable protective equipment, instruments, rescue and decontamination facilities are on hand and in operable condition before the job commences.
DRAINING AND DEPRESSURING
PURPOSE:To provide safe precautions for the draining and depressur-ing of toxic or combustible materials.
APPLICATION:All plant and field operations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • StaticElectricity-[See:Electricity] • CombustibleandToxicFluids • EnvironmentalImpact
PRECAUTIONS:DrainingandDepressuringshouldbecarriedoutinacontrolled fashion. Valves should be opened slowly. • Depressuring:
Caution should be exercised to ensure that any vessel, line, or piece of equipment to be depressured, has been completelyisolated.Depressuringshouldbedoneonly by qualified personnel. Valves that are blocked in should be tagged. Pressure gauges should not be relied
Dra
inin
g &
Dep
ress
urin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
154
Standard Safety Practices Manual
155
onforassuranceofcompletedepressuring.[See:EnergyIsolation]
• Draining:
When draining a vessel, certain precautions must be followed:
1. Before draining, the worker must know where the material is going, and the situation at that area (i.e., welding in the vicinity, or if it is a liquid,howitisbeingcontained).
2. Pressured vessels should not be drained through hose. Temporary, secured piping or existing drain lines should be used.
3. Whendraining,theworkershouldnotleavethe area. If it is necessary to leave, he should close the valve.
ELECTRICAL
PURPOSE:To provide a general understanding of the hazards associ-ated with electricity.
APPLICATION:All plant and field operations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:Static Electricity:
Sparks resulting from the accumulation of static electricity often cause fires. A static charge can be generated from friction resulting from the passage of oil through a pipeline, the pouring of liquid from one container to another, or steam passing through a hose. Static electricity can also be causedbytheflowofair,vapor,steam,water,movingbeltsofflywheelsorrubbingclothing.Thehazardismoreseverein dry cold weather than in humid weather when most surfaces are coated with a film of moisture, making them
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
154
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
155
goodconductorsanddrainingoffstaticcharges.
Steam, a blast of sand, or hydrocarbons rushing through hose or pipe, or issuing from open end pipes, can generate a large static charge. The operator should refrain from open-ing sample lines or drains any wider than necessary.
Another source of potential static electricity is the use of portableplasticflammableliquidcontainers(1-5galloncontainers used for removing, filling, storing on a plastic pickupboxliner).
PROCEDURES:Mostpowertoolsandportableelectricaltestequipmentarenot rated for use in hazardous areas, and are equipped with standard U-ground plugs. It is necessary, in many instances, to use a “short cheater” cord to adapt for explosion-proof electrical receptacles, or extension cords to the non-explo-sion-prooftoolortestequipment.Duetothehazardsofarcing electrical equipment or connections, the following procedures must be followed: • Allelectricalequipmentnotapprovedforusein
hazardous areas, must be treated as “hot work”, taking the necessary gas checks and obtaining Hot Work Permits - [See: Safe Work Permits]
• Allextensioncordsusedmusthaveexplosion-proofends(connectors)
• All“cheatercords”mustbelessthan2feetinlength with one male explosion-proof end and one female standard U-ground plug, and must be used only at the immediate location of the tool or test equipment
• AllconnectionsatstandardU-groundplugsmust be made and adequately taped (to prevent themfrompullingapart),beforepluggingintothe explosion-proof receptacles
• Whenthejobiscompleted,connectionsmustbe
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
156
Standard Safety Practices Manual
157
broken at the explosion-proof receptacle first • Allportableelectricalequipmentthatisapproved
for use in hazardous areas (such as some pumps and air movers driven by explosion-proof mo-tors)musthavecordsequippedwithexplosion-proof ends. This cord must be rated for extra hardusageaspertheCanadianElectricalCode(re:rule18-122)Whereanelectricalhazardexists because of dampness (i.e., boilers being cleaned),portablelightingunitsshouldbeused.Portable lighting units must have heavy-duty extension cords with ground fault interrupter, or that permitted by local regulations. Suitable guards must be provided for portable lamps
Grounding/Bonding:
The terms “bonding” and “grounding” should not be used interchangeably, because the two processes have distinctly differentfunctions.Bondingeliminatesadifferenceinpo-tentialbetweenobjects,butdoesnoteliminateadifferencein potential between these objects and the earth. Ground-ingeliminatesadifferenceinpotentialbetweenanobjectand ground. The usual precaution to avoid static electricity sparking is proper bonding and grounding: • Bondingandgroundingareeffectiveonlywhen
applied to conductive bodies. Bonding and grounding systems should be inspected regularly for good mechanical condition.
• Beforeloadingorunloadinganyfluid/materialbyhoseorpiping,thetruck/equipmentmustbegrounded and bonded.
• Whensamplesaretakeninacontainer,theoperator must ensure the container is in contact with the filling nozzle or bonded by cable. When drawing samples in a glass bottle, the filling nozzle must be in contact with the liquid in the bottle.
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
156
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
157
• WhenDrainingorDepressuringfluid/materialinto a container, the container must be bonded to the drain and depressuring valve.
• Allequipmentandbuildingsmustbegroundedaccording to the applicable electrical regulations.
Cathodic Protection:
The nature of a cathodic protection system is to put an electrical charge on the pipe or equipment in question, to prevent external corrosion. As a result, the cathodic protec-tionmustbeshutoffordisconnected,andtheequipmentbonded and grounded before work is started.
Work in the Vicinity of Underground Power Cable:No person shall commence excavation work until the vicinity has been checked and underground electrical power cables located.
Electricalpowercablesshouldbeshut-offwheneverpossible, prior to commencing work. All underground power cables shall be located by hand digging method or Hydrovacing methods.
PRECAUTION: • ElectricalGrounding: Serious harm can result from electricity with rela-
tively low voltages if equipment is not properly grounded. • PortableLighting: Where an electrical hazard exists because of damp-
ness(i.e.,boilersbeingcleaned),portablelighting units should be used. Portable lighting units must
have heavy-duty extension cords with ground fault interrupter, or that permitted by local regulations.
Suitable guards must be provided for portable lamps.
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
158
Standard Safety Practices Manual
159
• Batteries: Batteriesusedand/orstoredinenclosedspacesmust
be vented to remove hydrogen gases. Sealed, maintenance free batteries are excluded from this
requirement. • Inspection: Thermography(infra-redscan)isarecommended
practice on electrical equipment to locate potential problems. This should be done on a routine basis or
before any major shutdowns. • Identification: All electrical panels should be identified as to the
equipment they control. Appropriate signs should be posted on electrical
switch gear cabinets, sub-stations and rooms to warn personnel of electrical danger. Danger–An“EquipmentStartsAutomatically”sign
must be displayed on equipment which starts automatically.
Above Ground Clearance:
PRECAUTION:Minimumclearancefromanoverheadpowerlineisasfollows:The employer must accurately determine the voltage of any energized electrical equipment or conductor and the mini-mumdistancefromitrequiredby19.24(2)subsection(1).
Safe limit of approach distances from overhead power lines for persons and equipment
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
158
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
159
Alberta-RefertoOH&Ssections225,226schedule4forfurther information
BritishColumbia-RefertoOH&STable19-1forfurtherinformation
Ontario: Over750Vto150kV:3mOver150kVto250kV:4.5mOver 250 kV: 6m These clearances apply to any direction, vertical or hori-zontal. If it is necessary to work closer than the minimum distance, authorization shall be obtained from the utility
Ele
ctric
al
Operating voltage between conductors of overhead power line
Safe limit of approach distance for persons and
equipment
0-750 volts
Insulated or polyethylene covered conductors
300 millimetres
0-750 volts Bare, uninsulated
1.0 meter
Above 750 volts Insulated conductors
1.0 meter
750 volts – 40 kilovolts
3.0 meters
69 kilovolts, 72 kilovolts
3.5 meters
138 kilovolts, 144 kilovolts
4.0 meters
230 kilovolts, 260 kilovolts
5.0 meters
500 kilovolts
7.0 meters
Minimum distance
Voltage Phase to phase
Meters Feet
Over 750 V to 75 kV
3
10
Over 75 kV to 250 kV
4.5
15
Over 250 kV to 550 kV
6
20
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
160
Standard Safety Practices Manual
161
company. When utility company approval or authorization is required, the operating line voltage must be verified by a designated, competent individual from the utility company. The area directly under or adjacent to an overhead power line shall not be used for storage of material, or equipment.No excavations or similar operation shall be carried out in the vicinity of overhead power lines that would reduce the originalsupportofthepowerline.Earthorothermaterialshall not be placed under or adjacent to an overhead power line in such a manner that the minimum ground clearance would be reduced.Vehicle load clearance shall not be of a height that would be in violation of the safe limits of approach from overhead power lines.
RESPONSIBILITIES:Only company-authorized personnel may work on electri-cal equipment. [See:ElectricalProtectionBranchRegulations]
TRAINING: Only the following trained and BP authorized personnel willbeallowedtodoElectricalworkonBPFacilitiesandPipelines: a) JourneymanElectricians b) ElectricianApprentice c) RefertotheProvincialElectricalregulations.OnlyJourneymanElectriciansor,ApprenticesunderthedirectsupervisionofJourneymanElectrician,mayworkonequipment rated at more than 750 volts.
Any person who knows of a fire of electrical origin or sus-pected electrical origin shall, as soon as practicable, report the accident, contact or fire to a technical Administrator for the electrical discipline or to a safety codes officer and the safety codes officer shall notify a technical Administra-
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
160
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
161
tor for the electrical discipline. After an accident described insubsection(1),nopersonshallremoveorinterferewithanything in, on or about the place where the accident oc-curred until permission has been granted by a safety codes officer in the electrical discipline, unless it is necessary to do so to prevent death or injury, to protect property or to restoreservice.RefertoSafetyCodesActSection16(1-3)for further information.
ELECTRICAL STORMS
GUIDELINESTOSTAYSAFEDURINGELECTRICALSTORMS: • Eachmorningchecklocalweatherwebsitesfor
severe weather forecasts. Plan your day. • Ifapotentialelectricalstormisapproaching,
outside work must cease until safe to resume. • Ifyoucanhearthunderyouarestillinthestrik-
ing distance of lighting. • Ifpossible,goindoorsorasasecondoptioninto
anonconvertiblevehicle...Mosthomes,office,business and process buildings are grounded as per regulatory requirements.
• Onceindoors,stayawayfromwindowsanddoors.
• Donotusecordedtelephonesexceptforemer-gencies.
• Ifpossibleunplugelectronicequipmentbeforethe storm arrives and avoid contact with electri-cal equipment or cords during the storm.
• Avoidcontactwithplumbing,includingsinks,baths and faucets.
• Ifoutdoors,gotoalowpoint.Lighteninghitsthe tallest object. Get down if you are in an exposed area.
• Stayawayfromtrees.
Ele
ctric
al
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
162
Standard Safety Practices Manual
163
• Avoidmetalobjectssuchasgolfclubs,fishingrods, metal tools,...
• Ifyoufeelatinglingsensationoryourhairstands on end, lightning may be about to strike. Crouch down and cover your ears.
• Stayawayfromallsourcesofwaterorwetgrass. • Don’tstandclosetootherpeople-spreadout. • VictimsoflightningstrikesshouldbegivenCPR
if necessary, and seek medical attention.
EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWN SYSTEMS, TEMPORARY BY-PASS OF
PURPOSE:To provide for the safe use of temporary bypasses of shutdown systems.
APPLICATION:AllProductionEquipment
DEFINITION:Equipmentshutdownsystemsare: a) Electrical b) Pneumatic c) Mechanical
POTENTIALHAZARDS:If equipment shutdowns are left disabled, the potential for damage to equipment or injury to personnel exists.
PROCEDURES:Equipmentprotectiondevicesmustnotbealtered,tam-pered with, adjusted or repaired, except by qualified persons designated by the supervisor in charge.
Equ
ipm
ent S
hutd
own
Standard Safety Practices Manual
162
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
163
Equipmentshutdownsystems,whetherelectrical,pneu-matic, or mechanical should not be by-passed. The piece of equipment should be taken out of service to make necessary repairs. However, there are situations where it becomes impractical or impossible to work with a piece of equip-ment without some manner of by-passing or jumping the shutdown system temporarily.In all areas the potential hazards must be evaluated and a site-specific procedure developed to maintain safe opera-tion.
RESPONSIBILITIES:Responsibility lies with the Supervisor and employees in-stalling, operating, or repairing equipment, while shutdown systems are by-passed.
EYEWASH STATIONS & DELUGE SHOWERS
PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for the provisions and placement of eyewash stations and deluge showers in BP Canada worksites.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada worksites where personnel exposure to injurious chemicals exists.
PREPARATIONS:Eachworksitemustbeevaluatedtodeterminetheneedforemergencyeyewashstationsandsafetyshowers.Minimiz-ing exposure through the use of alternative chemicals, enclosed systems or bulk storage should be the first line of defense.Where the exposure cannot be eliminated, the risk should be categorized as high, moderate or low in accordance with BC Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 5.88:
Eye
was
h S
tatio
ns
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
164
Standard Safety Practices Manual
165
• High:riskofirreversibletissuedamagetotheeyes or skin or of serious illness resulting from rapid absorption of a toxic substance through the eyes or skin, or where the risk of igniting cloth-ing is present.
• Moderate:riskofirritationorotherreversibleharm to the eyes or skin, or of illness resulting from absorption of a toxic substance through the eyes or skin.
• Low:riskofmildeyeorskinirritation. • Emergencyeyewashandshowerfacilitiesmust: o Bedesignedsothatonceactivated,theflowof
water will continue without requiring the use of the operator’s hands.
o Clearly identify their location and provide directions for use.
o Be protected from all potential chemical contamination, freezing and from high heat exposure.
o Where specified, provide tempered water (15–30°C)unlessnon-temperedwaterisrecommendedbyaDoctortoreducetheriskof worker injury.
Personal protective equipment must be supplied. The use of this equipment is mandatory.
Note: Special care must be exercised in the selection of personal protective equipment at worksites where large volumes of water are not readily available.
PROCEDURES:Location:
High Risk
Temperedcontinuousfloweyewashstationsanddelugeshowers must be placed within 5 seconds walking distance
Equ
ipm
ent S
hutd
own
Standard Safety Practices Manual
164
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
165
butnogreaterthan6m(20ft)fromhigh-riskareas.Forhigh risk corrosive gases such as ammonia or chlorine, the facilities must not be located in the gas storage or use area, but rather adjacent to it.Showers may be located further than 6m if: • Anon-tempereddrenchhoseiswithin5seconds
walking distance but no greater than 6 m. • Atemperedshowerfacilitycanbereachedwithin
5 minutes of the accident.
Moderate Risk
Tempered emergency eyewash and shower equipment must be within 10 seconds walking distance but no further than 30m(100ft)unless: • Firstaidservicesaremaintainedtostarttreat-
ment within 5 minutes of an accident. • Adrenchhoseislocatedwith10secondswalk-
ingdistancebutnogreaterthan30m.
Low Risk
Effectivemeanstoflushtheeyesandskinwithin10secondswalkingdistancebutnofurtherthan30m(100ft).Volume of Water Required: • Safetyshowersand/oremergencyeyewash
stations must meet the requirements of ANSI standardZ358.1-1981.
• Safetyshowers,emergencyeyewashstationsandportable self-contained units must be capable of delivering sufficient water for not less than 15 minutes (or more if required by the nature of the material).
• Eyewashstationsmustbecapableofdeliveringaminimumof1.5L/minofwaterwithapressurenotexceeding175kPa(24psi)andwithaspraypatterndesignedtoeffectivelyflushbotheyes.
• Drenchhosesmustbecapableofdeliveringa
Eye
was
h S
tatio
ns
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
166
Standard Safety Practices Manual
167
minimumof11.4L/min.If potable water systems are available, eyewash and showers should be permanently installed.Where potable water systems are not available, approved portableorself-containedsafetyshowersand/oreyewashunits are recommended.
Eyewash Bottles:
As a minimum, emergency eyewash bottles, one liter size, should be available at all worksites. This may require a bottle in each vehicle.Upon opening or breaking the seal of the one liter eyewash bottle, the entire contents must be used or disposed. Only bottles with an identified expiration date are approved for use at BP Canada worksites.Employeesshouldimmediatelygotothenearestavailablesourceofpotablewatertocontinueflushingforaminimumof 15 minutes, and to obtain medical help as soon as possible.
PRECAUTIONS:Alarm devices should be considered for remote or large worksites. This precaution will signal others that the shower or eyewash unit has been activated. Back-up personnel can then proceed to the location.Eyewashandshowerstationsshouldbe: • Testeduponinitialinstallationinaccordance
with manufacturer’s instructions. • Checkedweeklytoensureaccessisnotblocked
by material or equipment. • Permanentlyplumbedeyewashstationsshould: • Useonlypotablewater. • Beflushedweekly(noteBC–requiresmonthly)
foraminimumof5minutestocompletelyflushthe branch of water line supplying the unit. This will verify they are operational, and ensure a
Eye
was
h S
tatio
ns
Standard Safety Practices Manual
166
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
167
clean supply of water. • Portableorself-containedeyewashorshower
units should: • Useonlypotablewateroranisotonicsaline
flushingsolution. • Havethewaterreplacedregularlyorasper
manufacturers’ specifications, to ensure a clean supply of water.
Alloperationalchecksandflushesshouldberecorded.
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Supervisor in charge, and all employees, to assess the need and provide emergency eyewash or safety shower units where required.
TRAINING:Employeesinchargeofhandlingorworkingwithinjuriouschemicals must be instructed in the proper use and location of all emergency eyewash and safety shower units.
FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE:To provide information on reliable fire suppression equip-ment, specific work areas with the proper type of protection relative to classification, and a method of inspection and training to ensure that equipment is properly maintained and functional at all times.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada field locations.
PROCEDURES:Classification of Fires:
• Class A Fires–Occurinordinarycombustible
Fire
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
168
Standard Safety Practices Manual
169
materialssuchaswood,cloth,andpaper.Extin-guishing agents most commonly used are water andtypeABCdrychemicalagent(AnsulForay).
• Class B Fires–Occurinthevapor-airmixtureoverthesurfaceofaflammableliquidsuchasgrease, gasoline, or oil. BC type dry chemical (AnsulPurple-K),foam,carbondioxide,andwater fog may be used as extinguishing agents.
• Class C Fires–Occurinelectricalequipment.Non-conducting extinguishing agents must be used. Carbon dioxide is the most suitable extinguishingagent.Drychemicalagentscanbe used, but require extensive clean-up of equip-ment after the fire.
• Class D Fires–Occurincombustiblematerialssuch as magnesium, titanium, zirconium, and sodium. Specialized techniques, extinguishing agents, and extinguishing equipment have been developed to control and extinguish fires of this class.ThemostcommonlyusedagentisMET-L-X.
Location and Placement of Extinguishers:
Fire extinguishers must be placed in accordance with local fire regulations, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)guidelines,andtheguidelinesincludedinthechartlater in this section.
Recharge:
All fire extinguishers must be recharged with the proper chemical immediately after use. Only a certified technician can recharge a fire extinguisher in non emergency situ-ations. Chemicals must never be mixed, as the resulting chemical reactions may damage the extinguisher, as well as create a safety hazard. Fire extinguishers that are of the external cartridge type or wheeled units must be recharged by personnel trained in recharging. Chemicals used for
Fire
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
168
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
169
recharging must be of the type used by the manufacturer of the extinguisher. • ABCExtinguishers–Foray • BCExtinguishers–Purple-K
LOCATIONANDPLACEMENTOFFIREEXTIN-GUISHERSRECOMMENDED
Inspection and Maintenance:
All maintenance must be performed by a competent person in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. (A competent person is one who has been trained in the re-quiredmaintenanceprocedure.)Thefollowinginspectionsare the minimum requirement. The findings of inspections must be documented and retained on file at each BP Canada location.
Monthly Inspection Requirements:
1. All units must be in the designated location and visible.
2. All units must be checked to ensure operational reliability (i.e., seals in place, nozzle and hoses unobstructed,easyaccesstounits).
Annual Inspections must be performed as per manufactur-er’s specifications and applicable government regulations.
TRAINING:Theeffectivenessoffire-fightingequipmentmayincreasebyasmuchas40%whenitisusedbyatrainedemployee.Regular fire training is a requirement under occupational health and safety legislation, and is also in the company’s best interest to prevent loss to people, property, and process.[See: Training]
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of BP Canada to ensure that
Fire
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
170
Standard Safety Practices Manual
171
adequate, properly maintained fire protection is available at each worksite.The contractor is responsible for the proper operation, inspection and maintenance of their fire protection equip-ment according to Government Regulations.
FIRE RESISTANT WORKWEAR PRACTICE
1.0 Scope
1.1 This practice applies to all BP Canada Gas Perfor-manceUnit(CGPU)andCanadianNaturalGasLiquidsBUemployees,contracters,andothervisitingpersonnel doing work on BP premises and work sites.
2.0 Purpose
2.1Thefireresistantworkwear(FRW)programisdesignedto emphasize and enhance employee safety, through ensuring the use of appropriate personal protective workwear in potentially hazardous areas, by reducing the risk of thermal burns.
3.0 General Provisions
3.1 Fireresistantworkwearmustnotbeusedasasubsti-tute for proper job planning or minimizing potential hazards.
3.2 Thispolicyisbasedonmaterialcontainedwithinthe Canadian General Standards Board, **CGSB 155.20, “Work Wear for Protection Against Hydrocarbon Flash Fire” and **CGSB 155.21, “Recommended practices for the Provision and Use of Work Wear for Protection Against Flash Fire”, and the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
170
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
171
(CAPP),ConsumerGuidelinefortheSelectionofFire Resistant Work Wear for Protection Against Hydrocarbon Flash fires.
3.3 Theoutermostgarmentsmustbefireresistantandshallhavereflectivestripingasperthespecificationsoutlined in Appendix IV of this policy. BP Canada requires that all employees, contractors wear fire resistant/retardantouterwearwithreflectivestripingwhile working on BP worksites. Visibility is a safety requirement.SeeAlbertaOH&SGSRSection18,orB.C.WCBOH&Sregulationssection8.24,8.31.,andSaskatchewanandOntarioApplicableRegulations. FRW coveralls are prone to damage from sparks, welders and welder’s helpers may wear FRWCarHartsorLeathersbuttherecommendedgarmentforweldersisFRWExcelBrownDuck.Regulation851IndustrialEstablishmentssection84,andRegulation213ConstructionProjects,sections21 and 25
4.0 Limitations of Fire Resistant Work Wear:
4.1Theprotectivegarmentsaddressedin**CGSB155.20,and outlined in Appendix II of this policy, provide a measure of protection against unplanned exposure to hydrocarbonflashfire(approximately84kw/m2)forrelatively short periods of time, typically three seconds or less. Protective garments may serve to reduce the severityofburninjuryasaresultofaflashfireandmay not completely prevent an injury. Garments thatcontinuetoburnafteraflashfireincidentarehazardous.
5.0 Use of Protective Work Wear
5.1 The protective work wear should provide a good functional fit for maximum protection and comfort
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
172
Standard Safety Practices Manual
173
on the job. Users should be aware that the fit of the garmentcouldhaveadirectinfluenceonhowmuchprotection can be provided by a particular garment. For example, a garment that is too loose or too tight willnotoffermaximumFRprotection.
5.2 The protective work wear must be worn properly. Thezippermustbewornclosedandsleevesandcuffsworn down and secured. For maximum protection collar should be worn closed.
5.3Singlelayerprotectivegarmentsaremoreeffectivewhen worn over an additional layer of clothing (See AppendixI)
5.4Protectiveneck,head,handandfootcoveringsshould be worn if the occupational hazard warrants their use.
5.5 Certain synthetics or synthetic blends worn as undergarments may not be appropriate for use under fire resistant work wear, as the transferred heat from aflashfiremaycausethemtomelt.Undergarmentswith melt resistant properties are required (e.g. cot-ton,aramid,wool).SeeAppendixI.
5.6 Rainwear, high visibility vests and garments shall be in accordance with applicable sections of **CGSB155.20.
5.7 Applications where disposable garments could be used are to protect regular FRW from extremely dirty jobs(e.g.,tankcleaning,equipmentteardown),orotherfabricdegradingjobs(e.g.,painting).
WARNING:Disposablegarmentsshallonlybewornoverfireresistantgarmentsandmustmeettheflameresistant
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
172
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
173
test and be approved as outlined in**CGSB 155.20. They are not intended to be the primary garment for workers.NOTE: The outer most primary garment in any protective ensemble shall not be made of any fabric that burns, melts, or drips. The use of a garment that burns, melts, or drips that is worn over a Fire Resistant garment may contribute to the severity of a burn injury.
6.0 Where Fire Resistant Workwear Is Required
6.1 Fire resistant work wear shall be worn whenever an employee enters a BP worksite where there is foresee-ableexposureforahydrocarbonflashfireoranexplosion from combustible gas or natural gas liquids is present.
6.2 These foreseeable hazardous areas include but are not limited to:
• Servicerigoperations • Gasplants • Pipelines,pumpstations • Oilbatteries • Naturalgasliquidsfacilities • Aircraftrefuelingoperations • Laboratories • Wellheads • Constructionsites • Drillingrigoperations
6.3If,followingadocumented(e.g.MOC)site-specific hazard evaluation, by the BP representative or designate in charge, it is determined that there is no foreseeable exposure to an accidental release of explosive,orflammablemixtures,(e.g.anofficeset-tingorwhiledrivingcompanyvehicles),theseareas
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
174
Standard Safety Practices Manual
175
or tasks of exception where fire resistant work wear is not required, will be exempt.
7.0 Fire Resistant Work Wear Material Selection and Ordering
7.1 BP Canada identifies the preferred material and gar-ment selection for its workers, through contractual agreements with a garment manufacturer. (See AppendixII).
7.2 All fire resistant work wear selected for use must meet or exceed the requirements established in the Canadian General Standards Board, **CGSB 155.20, “Work wear for Protection Against Hydro-carbon Flash Fire”.
7.3 UseformGHSSERMF90001toorderworkwear.Obtain appropriate approval prior to faxing to sup-plier.
8.0 Fire Resistant Work Wear Provisions
8.1Management,eitherlocalorwithinaPerformanceUnit, must develop a site specific policy that ad-dresses the following points:
• EmployeeeligibilityforFRW • Typeofgarments(SeeAppendixII) • Quantityofgarments • Frequencyofreplacementandprocessforhandling • ApprovalprocessforpurchasingFRWgarment(s) • Howgarmentswillberepairedintheirarea • Handlingofgarmentmaintenance,and • Othersectionsofthispolicyasapplicable
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
174
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
175
9.0 Employee Responsibilities
9.1Ensuresthatallworkisconductedinaccordancewithapproved procedures, equipment and training.
9.2Maintainsassignedfireresistantworkwearinapropermanner, e.g. sleeves rolled down, to ensure maximum protection.
10.0 Employee Training
10.1 As an important part of using personal protective equipment employees must be familiar with:
• WhenandwhyFRWisrequiredtobeworn • ThecapabilitiesandlimitationsofFRWuse • Propergarmentcare • Theproperwearingofthegarments • Th epotentialhazardsassociatedwiththeuseof
non-fireresistantworkwearinaflashfiresittion
10.2 As with all employees’ training, this should be documented on individual training records or safety meeting attendance minutes.
11.0 Contractor and Visitor Requirements
11.1 Contractors are required to wear fire resistant work wear at all times and under the same conditions as thatofBPstaff.
11.2 Fire resistant work wear worn by contractors must meet or exceed the requirements of **CGSB 155.20, or as outlined in local area site-specific requirements for contractors.
11.3UnlesspriorcontractualarrangementsaremadewithBP, contractors are required to have a fire resistant
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
176
Standard Safety Practices Manual
177
work wear policy that complies with the applicable safety regulations as detailed in Operating Policy.
11.4Unlessdefinedinthesite-specificfireresistantworkwear policy, a visitor is defined as a person who nor-mally is not employed at the specific work location.
11.5 Visitors unless otherwise instructed by a local area site specific fire resistant work wear guideline, must wear fire resistant work wear at all times.
12.0 Maintenance of Protective Work Wear
12.1 To ensure proper repair and maximum garment longevity, repairs and approved alterations to fire
resistant work wear will be handled on a local basis, as required, at company expense.
12.2 Repairs should only be made with components, which comply with the original garment’s specifica-tions and construction.
12.3 Adequatedecontaminationofprotectiveworkwear,according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, by laundering or dry-cleaning is imperative in order tomaintainflameresistanceandthermalprotection.Where oily soil is present, periodic dry cleaning of garmentsmaybenecessaryinordertoremoveflam-mable contaminants or contaminants which may impairtheflameresistance.Thesite-specificFRWpolicy should also address this item.
12.4 Whenlaunderingprotectivegarments,laundersuf-ficiently to prevent build up of hard to remove stains, whichcouldreduceflameresistance.Pre-treatoilystains by either rubbing liquid detergent or powdered detergent mixed with water into the stain or use a
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
176
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
177
pre-wash product recommended for oil stains. Use a heavy-duty liquid or powdered laundry detergent and the hottest water recommended on the garment label. It is harder to remove oily soil with cool wash water
12.5 Follow all laundry precautions on the garment. Thereareproductswhichwilllessentheeffectivenessoftheflameresistance,inparticular:
a) Whethertheuseofchlorinebleachisadvisedor should be avoided
b) Whetheraheavy-dutysoapcanbeusedorlaundering must be limited to a heavy-duty synthetic detergent
12.6 Unless otherwise decided by local management, the responsibility for keeping issued FRW reasonably cleanandfreeofflammableorcombustiblematerialsthat could degrade the fire resistant characteristics of the clothing will remain with the employee. All cleaning must be done in accordance with manufac-turer’s specifications.
12.7 SeeStaticElectricitysectionforadditionalmainte-nance recommendations.
13.0 Static Electricity
13.1Themajorstatichazardisthebodywhichcanstorealarge static charge. It is imperative that in situations
where static electricity poses a significant hazard that the body be grounded regardless of the type of cloth-ing worn. Clothing can generate static electricity of sufficient energy to ignite combustible atmospheres. It is important to minimize the build up of static electricity on workwear in order to prevent the
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
178
Standard Safety Practices Manual
179
clothing from becoming a source of ignition for a flashfire.
13.2Workersshouldbegroundedbeforeenteringahigh-risk area to minimize the possibility of static build-up and discharge.
13.3 Workersshouldalsoavoidremovinganygarmentswhile in the high-risk area. Friction of one fabric against another may contribute to the generation of electrical charge.
13.4 Oneapproachtoreducethestaticbuildupongarments is to use an antistatic treatment during laundering. This treatment works by trapping water on the fabric to distribute the static charge through conductivity. The antistatic treatment must be added during each laundering according to the manufactur-ers directions.
13.5 Overdryinginthedryershouldbeavoidedtomini-mize static build up.
Appendix I
Clothing Worn Underneath Fire Resistant Work Wear
Other material worn in conjunction with fire resistant work wear(e.g.clothingwornunderneath)shouldnotcontributetotheinjuryofaworkerinahydrocarbonflashfiresitua-tion. While the outermost layer of work wear worn must be of fire resistant material clothing worn underneath shall be of a nonfusible type. That is, clothing that does not melt.Examplesofacceptablenonfusiblematerialsthatcanbeworn underneath fire resistant outerwear include:
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Standard Safety Practices Manual
178
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
179
Appendix II
Fire Resistant Work Wear Supplier
BulwarkProtectiveApparelInc.,locatedinEdmonton,Alberta supplies all Fire Resistant Work Wear to BP Canada GasPUandNGLBUemployees.UseformgHSSErMF90001 to order work wear.
Thematerialgarmentselection(seebelow)andcontractualarrangements have been approved by BP’s Fire Resistant WorkWearCommittee(seeAppendixIII).
Approved Material and Garments
ListedbelowaretheBluecoloredgarmentsthatcanbepurchased as standard issue garments. Any other garments purchased must have management approval.
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Linen WoolCotton
Kermel Viscose Leather
Nomex Proban
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
180
Standard Safety Practices Manual
181
Appendix III
BP Canada’s Fire Resistant Work Wear Committee:
Chairman–DennisSteciw Office 403-233-1292 Cell 403-803-3085Members-JasonGroot Office 403-233-1981 Cell 403-815-7215Bill Adam Office 403-233-1426 Cell 403-874-4375
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Product Style Fabric One Gas Monitor Pocket Mesh or Solid Unlined Coverall CLB6RB Excel FR Royal Unlined Coverall CNB6RB Nomex IIIA Royal Insulated Coverall CLC8RB Excel FR Royal Insulated Bib Coverall BLC8RB Excel FR Royal Button Front Shirt SLU2LB Excel FR Light Blue Button Front Shirt SLU2NV Excel FR Navy Button Front Shirt SND6RB Nomex IIIA Royal Button Front Shirt SND6NV Nomex IIIA Navy Pant Jean Style PLJ8NV Excel FR Navy Pant Jean Style PNJ8NV Nomex IIIA Navy Pant Jean Style PNJ8RB Nomex IIIA Royal Insulated Parka JLP8RB Excel FR Royal Insulated Bomber Jacket JLR8RB Excel FR Royal Insulated Bomber Jacket JNR8RB Nomex IIIA Royal Lined Bomber Jacket JLJ8RB Excel FR Royal Lined Bomber Jacket JNJ8RB Nomex IIIA Royal Men’s Navy Fleece Hooded Jacket SEH6NV Excel FR Navy Insulated Vest LNS2NV Nomex IIA Navy Shopcoat KEL2LB Excel FR Light Blue Hard Hat Hood HLH2RB Excel FR Royal Hard Hat Liner HNL2NV Nomex IIIA Navy Hard Hat Face Mask HNM2NV Nomex IIIA Navy Balaclava HNB2NA Nomex IIIA Natural Brown Duck Unlined Bib Overall BLF8BD Excel FR Brown Duck Brown Duck Lined Bib Overall BLN4BD Excel FR Brown Duck Brown Duck Lineman’s Coat JLC2BD Excel FR Brown Duck Traffic (orange) or Visitor (blue) vest KNV20RB Nomex IIIA Royal Mock styled neck long sleeved FRW shirt
SEL2NV Excel FR Navy
Regular Style Neck Long Sleeved FRW Shirt.
SEK2NV Excel FR Navy
Standard Safety Practices Manual
180
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
181
Appendix IVRefer to the table below for the minimum configuration for reflectivestripingonoutermostgarmentsforusebyworkersworking for BP or on behalf of BP.
WorkerinOntario:Regulation213ConstructionProjects,section 69.1BCWCBStandardProtectiveEquipmentStandard2-1997–HighVisibilityGarment-http://www2.worksafebc.com/Publications/OHSRegula-tion/WCBStandards.asp?ReportID=30947ABOH&SPersonalProtectiveEquipment–FlameResis-tant Clothing Part 18- http://employment.alberta.ca/documents/WHS/WHS-LEG_ohsc_2006.pdf
Welders
OntarioRegulation213ConstructionProjects,section69.1-Retro-reflectiveandfluorescentgarmentrequirementshttp://www.e-laws.gov.on.caDuetothefactthatwelderswearleathersontheupperportion of the chest, their garments will need to have an additional band of striping around the waist of their gar-ments. This will ensure that the minimum required amount of striping shows when they are wearing leathers.
Fire
Res
. Wor
kwea
r
Type of Worker: Minimum Striping Requirements based on legislation below: Alberta BP Employee Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia Alberta Full Time Equivalent Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia Contractor working in BC Workers Compensation Board of British Columbia Contractor working in AB Occupational Health and Safety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
182
Standard Safety Practices Manual
183
FIRST AID EQUIPMENT AND MEDIC
PURPOSE:To establish practices and provide equipment and emer-gency conveyance to ensure that adequate medical first aid treatment is available at all BP worksites. APPLICATION:All BP Canada worksites where employees or other workers are present on a temporary or permanent basis.
PROCEDURES:Equipment: • Standardfirstaidequipmentrequirementsmust
be available and maintained for each worksite in accordance with provincial regulations
• Emergencyconveyancemustfollowprovincialregulations
• Eachworksiteshouldhaveaccesstooccupationalmedicaladvice,i.e.,off-sitecommunications
• Theattendantmustnotbeassignedorundertakeactivities that will interfere with the attendant’s ability to receive and respond to a request for first aid
• Theattendantshouldbepresentintheareaserved, during all working hours
• Theserviceandattendantshouldbeaccessiblewhere the attendant can reach injured workers within 10 minutes walking time or driving time to render first aid. (BC First Aid Regulation G3.18(2))
RESPONSIBILITY:ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPEmployeeinchargetoensurethatadequateFirstAidEquipmentisavailable,andstrategically located for ease of availability. As per provincial regulations employees must be familiar with their location
Firs
t Aid
Equ
ipm
ent
Standard Safety Practices Manual
182
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
183
and adequately trained as per provincial regulations to render first aid. In Ontario, minimum requirements are set out in Regulation 1101 First Aid, under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act.
GAS AND LIQUID SAMPLING
PURPOSE:To provide a guide for the safe sampling and handling of gas and liquids samples.APPLICATION:All facility and field operations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:The sampling of gases and liquids represents a danger to personnelandequipmentduetothenatureofthefluidsand the conditions of temperature and pressure present. StaticElectricity–[See:Electrical]
PRECAUTIONS: • Priortosampling,theapprovedcontainer
must be checked to ensure that it is of suitable construction for the gas or liquid being handled, and has a pressure rating sufficient to handle the working pressure.
• Specificproceduresarenecessarywhensamplingpropane and butane in special sampling “bombs.” They must not be completely liquid-filled, as they are not designed to withstand the extreme pressures of liquid expansion.
• Allsamplecontainersmustbeproperlylabeled. • Applicablepersonalprotectiveequipmentshall
be worn while sampling. • Whensamplingorcheckingisbeingdoneata
bleed valve, the valve should be opened slowly.
Gas
& L
iqui
d S
ampl
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
184
Standard Safety Practices Manual
185
Ifnoflowoccurs,ablockagecouldblowloosewhen the valve is opened wide, resulting in a sudden release of energy. This could result in fire and/orinjuryduetotheescapeofgasathighpressure.
• Site-specificproceduresshallbedevelopedtoidentify the hazards associated with sampling. (i.e.,sourgas)
[See: Respiratory Protection] [See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment] [See: Permits] [See: Safety Standby] • TransportationandHandling: • Thehandlingandtransportationofsamplesmust
comply with Government regulations for the transportationofdangerousgoods(TDG)andtherequirementsofWHMIS.
TRAINING:Only properly trained personnel should be taking samples.
GUARDS
PURPOSE:To provide safe work practices for protection of personnel from rotating equipment and heat sources.
APPLICATION:Allplant/fieldactivitiesandequipment.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:All rotating equipment, belts, pulleys, grinder, etc., that present a hazard to personnel must be guarded.Any openings that could present a hazard to personnel must be guarded.
Gua
rds
Standard Safety Practices Manual
184
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
185
All piping and equipment operated at a temperature that could cause personnel injury, must be insulated, clad, guarded or otherwise protected.PREPARATIONS:Before any guards are removed from rotating equipment, the equipment must be locked out and tagged.[See:EnergyIsolation]
PROCEDURES:The guarding requirements and design for various aspects ofoilandgasoperationsarecoveredinProvincialOH&SRegulations.Guards should be re-installed prior to start-up.
PRECAUTIONS:Under some maintenance circumstances, equipment may have to be operated without guards in place. In this case, the equipment must be marked and suitably illuminated to identify and minimize the hazard. Guards must be replaced as soon as possible.
HAND PROTECTION PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This practice is applicable to all Canada Gas Perfor-mance Unit employees, contractors, sub-contractors and visitors to CGPU work sites.
1.2 The purpose of this practice is to ensure that all reasonable precautions will be taken to protect the safety of personnel who are or may be required to work with their hands.
1.3 Therequirementsetforthinthispracticewillactas the minimum requirements. Specific contractors,
Han
d P
rote
ctio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
186
Standard Safety Practices Manual
187
manufacturers or plants may have more stringent requirements. In event of any discrepancies, the more stringent requirements will prevail.
2.0 Purpose
PersonalProtectiveEquipment(PPE)isintendedtoprotect, shield or isolate personnel from chemical and physical hazards. This practice outlines the type of gloves that personnel must wear when performing jobs that expose the hands to absorption of harmful substances, cuts or lacerations, abrasions, punctures, chemical or thermal burns andharmfultemperatureextremes.OthertypesofPPEforhands include barrier creams, finger guards, thimbles, cots and palm pad mitts alone or in combination with Gloves. This practice addresses the proper selection of gloves for activities. Selection of hand protection is based on evalu-ation of the task being performed, conditions present, and duration of exposure, potential hazards identified and performance characteristics of glove material.
3.0 Glove Selection
• GeneralPurpose-LeatherPalmGloves For general construction work, not including any
hotwork(i.e.welding),chemicalhandling,sheetmetal handling and electrical work, leather palm gloves will serve as the minimum requirement forall(BPCanada)employees,contractors,subcontractorsandvisitorsonany(BPCanada)controlledsites.Leatherpalmgloveswillprovideprotection against abrasions, scrapes and cuts associated with the day-to-day activities on constructionsites.DrillingandWellServiceactivities are granted an exception to use cotton GreenKinggloves.
• ChemicalResistant-Neoprene/NitrileGloves/ NaturalRubber/PolyvinylAlcoholPVA/Polyvi
nylChloridePVC/Viton
Han
d P
rote
ctio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
186
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
187
When working with chemicals, ensure that the applicableMaterialSafetyDataSheet(MSDS)is available, has been read, understood and the protectivemeasuresasprescribedbytheManu-facturer is followed. Important things to keep in mindwhenselectingglovesarecuffstyle,length,lined vs. unlined, chemical compatibility and gauge. Additional information on the proper selection and use of chemical resistant gloves is available from the chemical manufacturer, glove manufacturer and occupational hygiene.
• Abrasion/CutResistant-Kevlar/Kevlar-Com-posite Gloves
In applications where the potential for cuts and abrasions to the hands are high, i.e. sheet metal handling and insulating, use of utility, banana, or lock blade knives, abrasion and cut resistant gloves shall be worn. (jack knife blades that do notusealockblademechanismarenotallowed).
• ElectricalWork-RubberGloves Important to ensure the gloves being used has
the correct voltage rating for the specific task. • Heat/TemperatureResistant-WeldingGloves Important considerations when selecting welding
gloves are not only the heat protection it pro-vides, but also the dexterity and sensitivity that the gloves provide.
NORM (Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material) - WhenworkinginareaswhereNORMcouldbepresentgloves should provide protection from physical hazards not chemical and most importantly must be disposable. Other
Some specific tasks might require special and specific protection i.e. jack hammering, requires gel padded anti-vibration gloves.
Han
d P
rote
ctio
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
188
Standard Safety Practices Manual
189
Table 1 gives examples of job tasks and the proper selection of gloves for that task
4.0 Tasks not normally requiring hand protec-tion
While this practice requires the use of hand protection while conducting work it is recognized that some job tasks must be performed without an individual wearing hand protection. Although a thorough evaluation of the types of hand protection available should be carried out prior to making this decision.
Han
d P
rote
ctio
n
Table 1 Glove Selection
Example Job Tasks / Work Activities Requiring Hand Protection
Leather
Chemical Resistant (per MSDS)1
Welders / Thermally Insulated
Cut Resistant (e.g., Kevlar®)
Voltage Rated (per NFPA 70E)2
Abrasive Blasting Biological Substances – Chemical Handling (e.g., paints, solvents, additives, lubricants, engine oils, hydrocarbons, & fuels)
Compressor / Pump / Engine / Crane – Maintenance
Chipping, Chiseling, Grinding, Hammering, Scraping or
Electrical Work on Energized Equipment
Heaters / Reboilers – Lighting of
Housekeeping (moving equipment & debris)
Ladders – Use of
NORM – Exposure to
Pigging - Launching / Retrieving - If
retrieving
Pipe / Tubing Handling, Cutting, Threading
Pressure Washing If using
chemical additives
Process Equipment Modifications –
Pressuring / de-pressuring lines & line breaking
Inserting / removing blinds, sight glasses, & gauges
Operating valves, orifice meters & controllers
Standard Safety Practices Manual
188
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
189
The justification is two fold. First the task being performed isconsideredlowriskwithrespecttohand/fingerinjurypotential.Secondthetaskbeingperformedrequiresmicro/precise movement of hands fingers and the use of gloves cause a loss of dexterity. In order to comply with this practice, the minimum required hand protection defined in this practice must be wornbyallemployees,contractorsandvisitorsto(CGPU)sites unless a properly performed and documented hazard assessment shows that hand injury hazards can be elimi-nated or controlled.
Examplesofjobtasksthatmaynotrequiretheuseofglovesare listed in Table 2
Han
d P
rote
ctio
n
Table 1 Glove Selection
Example Job Tasks / Work Activities Requiring Hand Protection
Leather
Chemical Resistant (per MSDS)1
Welders / Thermally Insulated
Cut Resistant (e.g., Kevlar®)
Voltage Rated (per NFPA 70E)2
Respirable Fibers – Handling of
Rigging
Scaffolding – Erection and use of
Sharp Objects / Materials – Exposure to or
Tank Gauging
Temperature Extremes – Exposure to or
Tool Use (non-powered and powered)
Welding / Cutting / Brazing Fitters & Helpers Welders
Table 2: Example Job Tasks / Work Activities Not Normally Requiring Hand Protection Specific Examples
Activities conducted inside of living quarter, control room and break room settings
office work, eating, smoking, etc.
Working with small hardware and equipment
¼” bolts/nuts/screws/pins, tube fittings and ferrules, Teflon tape, wiring connections, adjusting programmable flow meters, etc.
Using fine instruments and electronics
multi-meters, Pride Route meters, gas meters, cameras, two-way radios, computers etc.
Donning PPE
hearing protection, fall protection, cleaning safety glasses, SCBA's, respirators, etc.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
190
Standard Safety Practices Manual
191
5.0 Hazard Assessments OH&SRegulationsrequirethatanemployershallensurethat a known hazard which cannot be readily controlled or eliminated and that has the potential for causing serious injury be identified and brought to the attention of workers who may be exposed to the hazard.
Hazard Assessments may be performed on tasks to deter-mine if hazards may be present that necessitates the use of specific hand protection.
For individual jobs the hazard assessment may be approved by the permit issuer.
For repetitive jobs the hazard assessment will be approved bytheplant/facilitysupervisor. Step 1-Determinewhatspecificjobtaskshazardsare present. Step 2-Developproceduresthatwilleliminateor control identified hazards to the hands. If identified hazards cannot be adequately addressed, the minimum requiredhandprotectionmustbewornbyallaffectedpersonnel. Step 3-Documentandmaintainthehazardassess-ment at the work site (Attachment 1 or similar forms may beusedfortheassessment).
Complete hazard assessment below and maintain document on site
Han
d P
rote
ctio
n
Location: Date: List the tasks to be performed: Identify and list the hazards associated with the task: List the control measures (if any) taken to reduce the risk of hand injuries: List the hand protection required: List of personnel performing task(s), attach a list if necessary: Name, signature and title of personnel conducting assessment: Reviewed by BP Project Manager or Designate: Date: Approved Not Approved
Standard Safety Practices Manual
190
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
191
6.0 Key Responsibilities
Operating supervisors are responsible for implementing and enforcing this practice, whereas all personnel are responsible for complying with it. It is the responsibility of the job team lead to reference this practice while developing and reviewingJobSafetyandEnvironmentalAnalyses.
7.0 Scope of Forms
7.1 gHSSErMF34004Pre-jobRiskAssessment
GUIDELINES FOR FIELD VISITS
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 This procedure identifies the steps needed to pro-moteHSSEissuesduringfieldvisitsbyCGPUstaff.
1.2 This procedure applies to all Gas Performance Unit activities.
2.0 Responsibility
2.1 Itistheresponsibilityofeachteamleaderorhis/her designate to review this procedure as part of employee training and awareness.
2.2 It is the responsibility of each employee to follow this procedure when preparing for a field visit.
3.0 General Procedures
3.1 HSSEissuesatasitelocationwillvarybasedonthedaily activities. Communication topics should be adjusted to focus on the scope of work for the day andthesitespecificHSSEissuesassociatedwiththeproject.
Fiel
d V
isits
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
192
Standard Safety Practices Manual
193
3.2 Priortothevisit,contacttherelevantHSSEcoor-dinatorand/orprojectmanagerand/orOCMand/orforemantoidentifyanyfunctionalgroupHSSEissues,sitespecificgHSSErnotificationsoralertsandanycurrentHSSE.
3.3 PriortothesitevisitensureallpeopletravelingtothesitehavetheappropriatePPE,HSSEtools(SOCcardsiftrainedinSOC,HSSEopportunitycards),safetytrainingticketsasrequired(e.g.H2Salive)andproof of indoctrination. Take time to ensure familiar-itywithHSSEawarenessprograms(e.g.stop,think,go;greenhand;ISO14001).
3.4 Itisrecommendedtoreviewthe8goldenrulesofsafety and identify relevant issues for the scope of work at the location before proceeding to the loca-tion.
3.5 Whileatthesite,don’tstoptheregularflowofwork.If you wish to participate in a meeting with the work group, consult the person in charge of the site prior to your visit to determine what time pre-job opera-tionsorHSSEmeetingsareheld.
3.6 Togetherwiththeforemanorthesitesupervisor,conduct a site walk around that can include any of the following components:
• Evaluatehousekeeping • Talktoworkersabouttheiractivities • CarryoutSafetyObservationConversations(SOCs) • Reviewcompliancewithoneortwopracticesor
relevantHSSEissuesasidentifiedbythegroupHSSEcoordinator
• ReviewstatusonfollowupofactionsongHSSErnotifications and alerts for that location
Fiel
d V
isits
Standard Safety Practices Manual
192
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
193
• Reviewcompliancewithapplicablepermitconditions
3.7 Holdadebriefmeetingwiththeforemanorsitesupervisor to discuss your findings and suggestions before leaving the site.
3.8 LeavecompletedHSSEopportunitycardsandSOCcards with the foreman or site supervisor or provide totheHSSErepresentativeinCalgarytoensureinclusioninthemonthlyHSSEstatistics.
3.10 Presentyourfindingstothefunctionalgroupman-agerorOCMasappropriateuponreturningtotheoffice.
4.0 Documentation
4.1 SafetyObservationConversation(SOC)cards(C-15)andHSSEOpportunitycards(C-1518)should be utilized during field visits. They are avail-ablethroughallHSSErepresentativesinCalgary.
HOUSEKEEPING
PURPOSE:To outline the requirements for housekeeping from the point of view of safety of workers.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada employees, contractors and facilities
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Slipping
Hou
seke
epin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
194
Standard Safety Practices Manual
195
• Tripping • Fire • Falls • Crushing • CaughtBetween(Pinned)
PROCEDURES: • Poorhousekeepingpracticesareresponsible
for many accidents in the work place. With a littleeffort,thisproblemiseasilyeliminated
• Goodhousekeepingpracticesincludekeepingtools, materials, equipment, buildings, and properties clean and in good order
• Goodhousekeepingistheday-to-dayrespon-sibility of all employees and is a continual process. Periodic cleanups, or cleanups when time permits, is not considered to be adequate
• Toolsandmaterialsshallnotbescatteredaround the walking or working surfaces while the job is in progress. Haphazardly scattered tools, equipment and materials are an invita-tion to an accident
• Nojobiscompleteuntiltoolshavebeencleaned and properly stored, scrap and waste materials disposed of, and the equipment and work location is in good orderly condition, and approved for continued operation
• Sharpandpointedtoolsshallbestoredprop-erly.Leavingsuchtoolslyingaroundloosecreates an unnecessary hazard
• Slickspotsonthewalkingsurfacecausedbywater, oil or other substances shall be cleaned up immediately. Allowing this condition to exist, even for a short period of time, is dangerous
• Wasterags,trash,etc.,mustnotbepermittedto accumulate. All of it should be properly disposed of as soon as possible
Hou
seke
epin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
194
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
195
• Materialsorequipmentdeliveredtothejobsite shall be kept well away from the working area until needed
• Protrudingnails,straps,orwireshallnotbepermitted to exist in the work place. They shall be removed immediately when found
• Materialwhichistobestacked,shallbecross-tied or otherwise secured so it will not fall over. Rolling stock such as pipe should be secured so it cannot roll onto an employee
• Aislewaysandwalkingsurfacesshallalwaysbekept clear of materials and equipment
• Itiseachworker’sresponsibilitytotakeactionand manage slipping hazards including that of mud, ice and snow build up. Worker’s must use caution in these conditions and apply immediate mitigating hazard controls such as: keeping walkways and stairs clean, spreading de-icer/sand/nutplugtoimprovetractionandorbarricadingoffunsafeareastopreventworkers from entry.
HOT AND ODD BOLTING PRACTICE
1.0 Purpose/Scope
The purpose of this document is to describe the require-ments and limitations for hot bolting and odd bolting in E&PoperationsfortheNorthAmericanGasSPU.
1.1 GeneralTheremovalandreplacementofflangeboltsonliveequip-ment is practiced for several reasons including: • Repairingcorrodedordamagedbolts • Upgradingthematerialspecification/gradesof
bolts • Minimizingtimespentfreeingboltsduringplant
shutdowns
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
196
Standard Safety Practices Manual
197
Note: Hot and Odd bolting can be performed safely if planned, engineered, and executed properly. The risk as-sociated with performing Hot and Odd bolting should be evaluated against the risks associated with the start-up and shut-down of process equipment that would be required to depressuretheflangeinquestionandthelowerriskoptionselected.
1.2 Potential Hazards 1.2.1 Hot Bolting In hot bolting there is a potential risk of leakage caused by: • Reducedgasketcompressionduringbolt
removal • Gasketfailurefromover-tighteningofbolts
on replacement • Failureofboltsduetotheincreasedstress
resulting from adjacent bolt removal 1.2.2 Odd Bolting In odd bolting there is a potential risk of leakage caused by: • Reducedgasketcompressionduringbolt
removal • Inadequatetighteningonboltreplacement • Inadvertentre-pressurizationoftheequipment
during and subsequent to odd bolting. Note:ThescopeofapplicationiscoveredinSection3.0ofthis document.Warning: Removing, replacing or retightening bolts on live piping and equipment is potentially hazardous but canbeperformedsafely.Extremecautionneedstobeexercised when assessing, planning, and carrying out these operations.Duetothepotentialrisk,PerformanceUnitLeadersshouldcarefullyconsiderwhethertoallowHotandOdd Bolting in their operating areas and retain the right to prohibit Hot and Odd Bolting.2.0 Definitions
• AccountablePersonisthepersonintheorganiza-
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
196
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
197
tion that has the ultimate responsibility. This personisusuallytheOperationsCenterManagerortheDecommissioningManager
• CompetentPerson(CP)istheon-siteBPrepresentative that is competent to supervise the Hot/OddBoltingoperation.TheCPshallhavea demonstrated knowledge and understanding of theprocesssystemthatistobeHot/OddBolted.The CP shall be designated by the Accountable Person
• DocumentControlManagementSystemisanestablished means of controlling the issue, use and updating of documents used in the manage-ment of a site
• Hotboltingisthesequentialremoval,cleaning,lubrication and refitting, or replacement of one boltatatimeinaflangedjoint,whenthesystemispressurizedoriftheflangeactsassecondarycontainment
• Oddboltingisthesequentialremovalofalter-nateboltsfromaflangedjointwhenthesystemis shut down, isolated and at low pressure or depressurized but not necessarily gas-free
• Thewordsbolt(s)orboltingincludesbolts,studbolts, studs, nuts and washers, as appropriate
• ResponsiblePersonisasuitablytrainedandexperienced individual who has been formally as-sessedascompetentinHot/OddBoltingandhasbeen given specific actions or areas of responsibil-ity by an Accountable Person
• SubjectMatterExpertisanacknowledgedexpertin mechanical engineering. This person is usually theSPUMechanicalEngineeringTechnicalAuthority
• Technical Reviewer is a facility engineer or subject matter expert competent in the design, maintenance, and operation of mechanical pres-sure systems
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
198
Standard Safety Practices Manual
199
3.0 Applicability
3.1Applicability This procedure applies to hot and odd bolting
activities on piping systems and piping connections at vessels that:
• Arestandardjointtypesonweldneckflangessuchasraisedface(RF)orringtype(RT)joints in accordance to Tables 1 and 2
• HavesteelflangesmeetingtheapplicableANSI or API specifications
• Meetthepipesize,pressurerating,flangetype, and bolt count specified in the Tables 1 and2.Olderflangesmayhavealowerratingthan those in Tables 1 and 2, and for these flangesthelowerratingshallbeused
• Haveanoperatingtemperaturegreaterthan0°F(-18°C)andlessthan140°F(60°C)
• Contain hydrocarbon liquids, sweet natural gas, produced water, glycol, or other non-toxic gases
3.2SpecificExclusions This procedure specifically excludes hot and odd
bolting activities on piping systems and piping con-nections at vessels that:
• Containsteam,toxicoilorgas(sourgas),toxic chemicals, or asphyxiates
• Areincryogenicservice • Involveclampedflanges(e.g.Grayloc,Victau-
lic,etc.) • Arenon-standardflangedjointsand/orall
those found on heat exchanger head, tube sheet or shell joints. These joints shall be subjected to a full engineering assessment
• Areassociatedwithtransmissionpipelinesor
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
198
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
199
regulated gathering lines due to regulatory restrictions and the potential for high external loadings
3.3 Restrictions • Onlyonehotboltingoperationmaytake
place in a facility at a time unless approved by the Accountable Person or his designee. AnapprovedSIMOPSplanandMoCsystemmust be in place
• Iftheflangehasaninsulatingkit,areplace-ment kit must be available onsite prior to the commencement of work, in the event of an insulationwasher/sleevefailure
• Flangesthathavebeensealedorpatchedshallnot be hot or odd bolted
• Nohotboltingshallbedoneatpressureshigher than those listed in Tables 1 and 2
4.0 Control of Work and Exception Process
4.1ControlofHotBoltingWorkthatConformstotheAllowable Guidelines within this Practice
The overall practice of Hot and Odd Bolting is prohibited in a PU until approved by the Perfor-manceUnitLeader(PUL)usingtheManagementofChangeprocess.APULmaydecidetoprohibitHotand Odd Bolting in their area.
TheHot/OddBoltingWorkForminAttachment1 shall be used to verify and approve work in confor-mance with this practice.
4.2ApprovalforHotBoltingOutsideoftheGuidelinesor any Odd Bolting
In circumstances where the Accountable Person believes that hot bolting might be safely performed
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
200
Standard Safety Practices Manual
201
outsideoftheapplicabilitycriteriainSection3.0and/oroutsideoftherequirementsspecifiedwithinSection 5.0 and where there is no other practicable alternative,anMoCisrequiredthatincludes:
• Afullengineeringassessmentoftheflange • ARiskAssessmentoutliningrigorouscontrol
measuresmustbeconducted(i.e.SIMOPSplan, mitigation measures, drains, emergency responseplan,firehosesetc.)
• ArecommendationfromtheSubjectMatterExpertandapprovalfromtheAccountablePerson
5.0 Procedure/Process
Hot Bolting allows for the replacement of one stud at a time until all the studs have been replaced on a weld neck flange.Priortoremovinganystuds,allexistingstudsshallbecheckedfortightnessbytorquingtheflangedjointtothe manufacturer specifications. Bolts should then be removed and replaced one at a time in accordance with aspecifiedcrossboltingsequence/pattern.Allnewstudsand nuts shall be torqued according to the manufacturer specifications. Careful consideration must be given to corroded studs, nuts,andflanges.DegradationduetocorrosionmustbeassessedbytheSubjectMatterExpertbeforetheprocedureis allowed to continue.Hot bolting of corroded nuts and studs is prohibited. Hot boltingandhotworkarenotallowedwithin100ft(30m)of each other. A BP Competent Person shall be present during all hot bolting activities. Working on live piping and equipment should normally only be contemplated when the advantages have been as-sessed against the risk. The risk assessment should include: a) As-builtdesignoftheflangedjointincluding
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
200
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
201
bolting and gasket specifications. b) Contentsofthepipingorequipment(e.g.the
flammabilityand/ortoxicityoftheprocessfluid). c) Designandactualoperatingpressuresand
temperature conditions - check that the pressure inthepiping/equipmentwillbeatthespecifiedreduced value and that the process conditions can be held stable for the duration of the hot bolting operation.
d) Thepossibilityofprocessupsetsoccurring,theconsequences of the upset and control measures thatcanbeputinplacetominimize/eliminateprocess upsets.
e) Thelocationandconditionofthenearestup-stream and downstream isolation valves relative to the joint should be identified, documented and discussed with all involved personnel prior to commencing the work.
f ) Positionandfunctionalityofpipesupportsrelativetotheflangedjoint-Fromamechanicalstandpoint, it must be established that there arenounacceptablyhighexternalloadsand/orbending moments acting on the joint. There should be no significant vibration of the piping at the joint.
g) Positionandtypeofflexibleexpansionjointaffectingtheflangedjoint.
h) Maintenancehistoryofthejoint. i) Personnelaccessandegressaspartofacom-
pletedEmergencyResponsePlanforthisworkactivity.
j) Methodofremovingseizednuts-Hotworkcutting or burning of seized bolts is prohibited onflangesinhydrocarbonserviceduetotheflammabilityhazardand/orthetoxicfumeshazard when cadmium or zinc coated fastenings are burned. Cold cutting is permissible with the
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
202
Standard Safety Practices Manual
203
appropriate permit to work. k) Possibledegradationofthebolts,e.g.corrosion,
stress corrosion cracking, fatigue. l) Possibledegradationofthegasket. m) Hiddenorunseenanomaliesorcorrosion. PotentialHazards–Inhotboltingthereisapotential
risk of leakage caused by: • Reducedgasketcompressionduringbolt
removal • Inadequatetighteningonboltreplacement • Gasketfailurefromover-tighteningofbolts
on replacementThe practice of hot bolting shall only be allowed for those flangesindicatedinTable1(ANSIclassflanges)andTable2(APIclassflanges).NOTE:Someflangesrequireadecreasedpressureratingduringhotbolting(from9%to72%lessthannormalpressurerating)orarenotallowedatall(ANSI150classflanges).UseTable1andTable2inconjunctionwithlocalhot-bolting safety practices to enhance personnel safety and insure code compliance.
5.1 Hot Bolting Procedure Cold cutting of bolts on non-hydrocarbon lines can
be used, but the blowout potential of the gasket and its ability to be retightened should be considered and included in the work plan.
Bolt removal, examination, and replacement shall be as follows:
(1) Beforetheworkstarts,authorizedpersonnelshallcheck that:
a. All necessary materials, equipment, and personnel are onsite
b. All relevant procedural requirements have beenmetincludingallrelevantHSSErequire-ments.
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
202
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
203
c. Appropriate safeguards are in place d. The pressure in the piping and equipment is at
the specified pressure and that process condi-tions are stable.
e. TheworkformforHot/OddBoltingisprepared(seeAttachment1).
(2)Theauthorizedpersonnelshallcheckthat: a. Eachoftheexistingboltsistighttothecorrect
torque to ensure that bolts have not relaxed in service.
b. Any abnormal conditions, such as loose bolts, shall be reported to the Competent Person.
(3) Hotboltingshallbecarriedoutononlyoneboltat a time, in a sequence specified in Figure 1, or by other approved job-specific instructions.
(4) Eachboltcompletewithnutswillberemovedand examined. Nuts and bolts found to be in re-usable condition shall be cleaned and lubricated priortoreuse.Damagedboltsandnutswillbedisposed of and replaced by new items of the correct specification. If there is any doubt as to the integrity of the bolting, it shall be replaced. Exposedflangesurfacesmustbecleanedandthearea under the nuts thoroughly lubricated.
(5) Theboltshallbecorrectlytightenedandtensioned to specified torque figures obtained prior to starting the task. The torque figures shall beconsistentwiththeflangedesign,bolttype,material, and condition. Initial retightening of the bolts shall not introduce additional local compression of the gasket.
(6) Afteralltheboltshavebeenreplaced,afinaltightness check will be carried out in the se-quence specified in Figure 1.
(7) TheCompetentPersonshallinspectthecom-pletedjobandsigntheHot/OddBoltingformand other required permits. Any comments shall
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
204
Standard Safety Practices Manual
205
be attached to the form. (8) Oncompletionofwork,thecompletedHot/
Odd Bolting form should be filed within the DocumentControlManagementSystem.
5.2 Odd Bolting Procedure Bolt removal, examination, and replacement shall be
as follows: (1) Beforetheworkstarts,authorizedpersonnelshall
check that: a. All necessary materials, equipment, and
personnel are onsite b. All relevant procedural requirements have
beenmetincludingallrelevantHSSErequire-ments.
c. Appropriate safeguards are in place (2) Normally,oddboltingisprecededbyhotbolting
(to ensure that bolts to be removed are in good conditionandreasonablyfreetomove).TheCompetentPersonshouldcheckthesignedHot/Odd Bolting form for any comments that could be relevant to the odd bolting activity.
(3)TheCompetentPersonshallensurethat: 3.8.1Thepressureinthepipingandequipment
is at the specified pressure and that process conditions are stable.
3.8.2Eachoftheexistingboltsistighttothecorrect torque to ensure that bolts have not relaxed in service.
3.8.3Anyabnormalconditions,suchasloosebolts, shall be reported to the Competent Person.
(4) Boltremovalshallbecarriedoutaccordingto the methods specified in the approved job procedure.
(5) Thesequenceofboltremovalwillbespecified
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
204
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
205
as in Figure 2 or other job specific instruc-tions.
(6) TheCompetentPersonshallinspectthecompletedjobandsigntheHot/OddBoltingform. Any comments should be attached to theHot/OddBoltingform.
(7) Oncompletionofwork,thecompletedHot/OddBoltingformshouldbefiledwithintheDocumentControlManagementSystem.
Table 1 (ANSI Class Flanges)FlangePressureRatingsDuringHotBolting(1)(TemporaryRemoval(2)ofOnlyOneBoltataTime(3)UnderOperatingPressure)
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Normal Pipe Size
ANSI Class
Flange Type
(4)
Normal Bolt Count
Normal PSI Max
Hot Bolt PSI Max
Hot Bolt
Allowed
Comments
2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2” 2”
150 300 600 600 900 1500 2500
RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ RJ
4 8 8 8 - 8 8
285 740 1480 1480 - 3705 6170
- 740 1480 1480 - 2850 3700
No Yes Yes Yes - Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force Not available. Use 2ANSI 1500 23% pressure reduction 40% pressure reduction
3” 3” 3” 3” 3” 3” 3”
150 300 600 600 900 1500 2500
RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ RJ
4 8 8 8 8 8 8
285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705 6170
- 740 1325 1325 1975 575 3680
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 10% pressure reduction 10% pressure reduction 10% pressure reduction 30% pressure reduction 40% pressure reduction
4” 4” 4” 4” 4” 4”
150 300 600 600 900 1500
RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ
8 8 8 8 8 8
285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705
- 740 1350 1350 2220 3705
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 9% pressure reduction 9% pressure reduction
6” 6” 6” 6” 6” 6”
150 300 600 600 900 1500
RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ
8 12 12 12 12 12
285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705
- 740 1480 1480 2220 3705
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force
8” 8” 8” 8” 8” 8”
150 300 600 600 900 1500
RF RF RF RJ RJ RJ
8 12 12 12 12 12
285 740 1480 1480 2220 3705
- 740 1325 1325 2220 3705
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 10% pressure reduction 10% pressure reduction
10” 10” 10” 10”
150 300 600 600
RF RF RF RJ
12 16 16 16
285 740 1480 1480
- 740 1480 1480
No Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force
12” 12” 12” 12”
150 300 600 600
RF RF RF RJ
12 16 20 20
285 740 1480 1480
- 740 1480 1480
No Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
206
Standard Safety Practices Manual
207
Table 1 (ANSI Class Flanges) -Continued
FlangePressureRatingsDuringHotBolting(1)(TemporaryRemoval(2)ofOnlyOneBoltataTime(3)UnderOperatingPressure)
1.RatingsareforANSIB16.5flangesmadeofAmericanSocietyforTestingMaterials(ASTM)A-105 material at
-20°Fto200°F,andwithA193Grade.B7bolts.CalculationsareinaccordancewithANSIB31.3.
2. Temporary is defined as no more than 10 hours at any one time and no more than 100 hours per year, per ANSI
B31.3codefor“OccasionalVariations”. 3.Onlyasingleflangeboltcanberemovedata
time. 4.RFisraisedfacetypeandRJisringjointtype.
Allflangesareweldneck.
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
gH
ot &
Odd
Bol
ting
Normal Pipe Size
ANSI Class
Flange Type
(4)
Normal Bolt Count
Normal PSI Max
Hot Bolt PSI Max
Hot Bolt
Allowed
Comments
16” 16” 16” 16”
150 300 600 600
RF RF RF RJ
16 20 20 20
285 740 1480 1480
- 740 1350 1480
No Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 9% pressure reduction
18” 18” 18” 18”
150 300 600 600
RF RF RF RJ
16 24 20 20
285 740 1480 1480
- 740 1250 1480
No Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 16% pressure reduction
20” 20” 20” 20”
150 300 600 600
RF RF RF RJ
20 24 24 24
285 740 1480 1480
- 740 1300 1480
No Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 12% pressure reduction
24” 24” 24” 24”
150 300 600 600
RF RF RF RJ
20 24 24 24
285 740 1480 1480
- 740 1300 1480
No Yes Yes Yes
Insufficient gasket-seating force 12% pressure reduction
Standard Safety Practices Manual
206
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
207
Table 2 (API Class Flanges)
FlangePressureRatingsDuringHotBolting(1)(TemporaryRemoval(2)ofOnlyOneBoltataTime(3)UnderOperatingPressure)
1.RatingsareforAPI6B&6BXflangesmadeofAmericanSocietyforTestingMaterials(ASTM)A-105material(forAPI6Bflanges5Kratingorless)orAIS4130(forAPI6BXflanges10K&15Krating)at-20°Fto200°F,andwithA193Grade B7 bolts. Calculations are in accordance withANSIB31.3.
2. Temporary is defined as no more than 10 hours at any one time and no more than 100 hours per year, per ANSI
B31.3codefor“OccasionalVariations”. 3.Onlyasingleflangeboltcanberemovedatatime. 4.RJisringjointtype.Allflangesareweldneck.
6.0 Key Documents, Tools, References
BPGoMSafePracticesManualUKCS-SOP-075,HotandOddBoltingProcedure(April2005,Issue2)D/UTG/054/00,BPAmocoPipingJointshandbook
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
gH
ot &
Odd
Bol
ting
Normal Pipe Size
API Class
Flange Type
(4)
Normal Bolt Count
Normal PSI Max
Hot Bolt PSI Max
Hot Bolt
Allowed
Comments
1-13/16” 1-13/16”
10K 10K
RJ RJ
8 8
10000 15000
4100 5700
Yes Yes
59% pressure reduction 62% pressure reduction
2-1/16” 2-1/16” 2-1/16”
5K 10K 15K
RJ RJ RJ
8 8 8
5000 10000 15000
2900 3350 4650
Yes Yes Yes
42% pressure reduction 67% pressure reduction 69% pressure reduction
2-9/16” 2-9/16” 2-9/16”
5K 10K 15K
RJ RJ RJ
8 8 8
5000 10000 15000
3150 3350 4400
Yes Yes Yes
37% pressure reduction 67% pressure reduction 71% pressure reduction
3-1/8” 3-1/8” 3-1/8”
5K 10K 15K
RJ RJ RJ
8 8 8
5000 10000 15000
2850 3300 4400
Yes Yes Yes
43% pressure reduction 67% pressure reduction 71% pressure reduction
4-1/16” 4-1/16” 4-1/16”
5K 10K 15K
RJ RJ RJ
8 8 8
5000 10000 15000
2750 2800 4400
Yes Yes Yes
45% pressure reduction 72% pressure reduction 71% pressure reduction
5-1/8” 5-1/8”
5K 10K
RJ RJ
8 12
5000 10000
3075 3100
Yes Yes
39% pressure reduction 69% pressure reduction
7-1/16” 7-1/16” 7-1/16”
5K 10K 15K
RJ RJ RJ
12 12 16
5000 10000 15000
3300 3400 4650
Yes Yes Yes
34% pressure reduction 66% pressure reduction 69% pressure reduction
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
208
Standard Safety Practices Manual
209
Figure 1: Hot bolting removal and tightening sequence.
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
208
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
209
Figure 2: Odd bolting removal and tightening sequence.
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
210
Standard Safety Practices Manual
211
Attachment 1
HOT / ODD BOLTING WORK FORM
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
gStandard Safety Practices Manual
212
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
213
Attachment 1
HOT / ODD BOLTING WORK FORM
Hot
& O
dd B
oltin
g
PERSON Signature Date
FINAL INSPECTION: COMPETENT PERSON Signature Date
(1) DESIGN CONDITIONS (from P&ID’s, Piping Specs, Maintenance History, Current Operations)
Line/Vessel Number Line/Vessel Contents Normal Operating Pressure (psig)
Normal Operating Temperature (�C/�F)
Line/Vessel Service/Fluid Flange Standard/Rating Joint Location(s) Piping Specification
Gasket Type/Specification Location Sketch Attached: YES / NO
Number of Joints to be Hot Bolted Grade of Bolt Material Number of Bolts in Flange Torque Loading (max/min Bolt Diameter
(2) SITE INSPECTION (If NO is the correct answer (condition status) of any of the below items, then a full Engineering Assessment shall be completed as per Section 4.1 of the Procedure with the appropriate approvals prior to proceeding. The BU Management of Change Procedure shall befollowed to document the exception process required by Section 4.1.
YES NO YES NO Number of bolts as per Table in Section 5.0
Pipe supports inspected and found satisfactory
Joint inspected and found satisfactory and free from leaks. (No visual damage or signs of bending stress in joint)
Adequate access for safe work
Joint free from vibration Pressure of system at or below specified value as per Section 5.0
Operating Temperature <140�F (60�C) Operating Temperature > 0�F (-18�C) Flange type as per Section 5.0 Ambient Temperature > 0�F (-18�C) Flange rated as per Section 5.0 Risk assessment completed as required by
Section 5.0 Applicability requirements in Section 3.1 are met
Applicability exclusions in Section 3.2 are not violated
3) PREPARATION CHECKLIST (If NO is the correct answer (condition status) of any of the below items, the work shall NOT proceed)
YES NO YES NO Bolt removal sequence issued Provision for bolt cutting (if allowed) – Hot
cutting is NOT permitted on hydrocarbon service.
Bolt removal methods issued Emergency Response Plan prepared
Bolt tightening procedure issued Equipment/materials available at site
All requirements of Procedure met
(4) CONDITION CONFORMANCE TO SPU HOT / ODD BOLTING PROCEDURE
TECHNICAL REVIEW COMPLETE: TECHNICAL REVIEWER
Signature Date
APPROVAL TO PROCEED: RESPONSIBLE
Standard Safety Practices Manual
210
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
211
HYDRATES, IDENTIFICATION AND REMOVAL
PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for the proper identification and safe removal of gas hydrates.
APPLICATION:All BP plant and field facilities.
DEFINITION:Gas hydrates are solid compounds formed by the reaction of a gas with water. Some of the light hydrocarbons that are components of natural gas, form hydrates under pressure at temperatures above 0 degrees Celsius. These hydrates form as crystals and look like snow. In pipelines, they can pack solidlytoformarestrictionresultinginpartialornoflow.This is referred to as “line freezing.”
POTENTIALHAZARDS:Caution must be exercised when a line where hydrates are suspected, is being de-pressured and opened; the hydrates may plug the line and trap pressure as well as dissolve and release hydrocarbons and toxic gases after de-pressuring: • Highpressure • Propelledsolids • Explosiveforces • Flammablefluids • Toxicproducts
NOTE:
1. Hydrates may occur as single or multiple plugs. 2. Hydrated lines should never be totally depres-
sured. Pressure should only be reduced to a point below the hydrate curve.
Hyd
rate
s
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
212
Standard Safety Practices Manual
213
PROCEDURES:Identification:
Static pressure spiking on pipeline systems is the first indi-cationthathydratesarebeginningtoform.Adropinflowshould not be solely attributed to liquid hold-up; hydrates must be considered as the possible cause. The same applies toflowingwells,particularlyifthewellheadtemperatureand pressure are dropping.A pipeline system should not be run when hydrates are forming,unlessmethanolisbeinginjectedortheflowingtemperature is being increased over a short period of time.
Removal:
Prior to removal, a site specific procedure must be devel-oped following the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers guidelines for the safe handling of hydrates.Site specific procedure must include, but not be limited to the following: 1. All hydrates must be considered to be safety
hazards. 2. Supervisor or designate must be notified when a
hydrate is identified. 3. Allpiping/equipmentusedforde-pressuring
will meet BP Process Piping specifications; all threadedpipingistobenomorethan1/2”NPT.Depressuringvalvesmustbeneedleorglobevalves.
4. Whende-pressuring,thehydratemustbede-pressuredfrombothendswiththedifferentialpressure on both sides of the hydrate not to exceed10%.Ifpressureisrelievedononlyoneside of the hydrate, a potential exists for sudden rapid movement of the hydrate which may result in damage to piping or vessels.
Hyd
rate
s
Standard Safety Practices Manual
212
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
213
Hyd
roge
n S
ulfid
eHYDROGEN SULFIDE (H2S) SAFETY
PURPOSE:To set out safe work practices for the safe handling of hydrogensulfide(H2S)gasbyidentifyingthepotentialsources, training of employees, and developing and apply-ing special work procedures.
APPLICATION:All personnel who may be exposed to Hydrogen Sulfide gas.
PROCEDURES:Properties and Toxicity of Hydrogen Sulfide: • AllpersonnelenteringafacilitywhereH2Smay
be present must be aware of the properties and toxicity of hydrogen sulfide gas. They must be able to recognize its presence, and know how to protectthemselvesfromitslethaleffects.Thetwo tables on the following pages show the properties and toxicity of hydrogen sulfide
Identification of Sour Sites: • AteachBPCanadaworklease,allsourcesand
concentrations of H2S must be identified. All areaswhereconcentrationsmayexceed10PPMmust have a sign posted at the lease entrance showing the poisonous gas symbol. A sign stating the legal description of the surface location, name and telephone number of the licensee or operator must also be posted. The lease must be fenced in accordance with the applicable govern-mentregulations.Entranceroadstotheleasemust be considered part of the lease for posting purposes.
• AllleaseswhereH2Sexistsmusthaveaformofwind direction indication.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
214
Standard Safety Practices Manual
215
PROPERTIES: • Color-Colorless • Odor-Veryoffensive,similartorotteneggsin
small quantities • Vapor-Density1.189(air1.0)H2Sisheavier
than air (thus low-lying areas may be more severelycontaminated)
• BoilingPoint-60DegreesC • ExplosiveLimits:4.3–46.0percentbyvolume
in air • AutoIgnitionTemp260DegreesC • WaterSoluble Yes(4volumesgasin1volume
waterat0DegreesC) • Flammability Formsexplosivemixturewithair
or oxygen
TOXICITY
Indoctrination Requirements for Work on Sour Sites:
• AtlocationswhereH2Sispresent,H2SAlivecertification is required.
Hyd
roge
n S
ulfid
e
Standard Safety Practices Manual
214
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
215
EntrytoSourWorkSites: • Beforeanypersonenterstheimmediatearea
where a system contains H2S in sufficient con-centration such that the occupational exposure limits could be exceeded, all of the following conditions must be satisfied:
1. The atmosphere in and around all buildings and equipment located on a worksite must be controlled within the occupational exposure limits. The exposure limits are as follows:
15PPM–ceilingexposurelimit.Thislimitcannot be exceeded at any time without respi-ratory protection
2. All employees who work in operations where they may come in contact with hydrogen sul-fide gas in excess of the occupational exposure limits should be equipped with a personal hydrogen sulfide gas detector that is capable of alarmingat10PPMunlesscontinuousatmo-spheric monitoring is conducted or checked according to a site-specific procedure.
3. Continuousmonitoringequipmentispresentin all buildings to be accessed, or it has been checked according to a site-specific procedure.
4. Anydutiesotherthanroutineshallbeaccord-ing to a site-specific procedure.
5. Communication monitoring, entry and work procedures are in place.
Complete risk assessment to determine if respiratory protection and emergency back-up personnel are required.
[See: Respiratory Protection] [See: Safety Standby]
H2STRAININGDEVIATIONWorkers that are required to perform work in potential
Hyd
roge
n S
ulfid
e
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
216
Standard Safety Practices Manual
217
H2S atmospheres require current H2S Alive training. Workersthatarepartoftours/inspectionsthatwanttoenter potentially low risk conditions for H2S exposures and are not expected to engage in physical work activities may be provided with a temporary deviation to enter the site without having H2S Alive Training.
A completed hazard and risk assessment with deviation form must be filled out in its entirety and signed by the OCMorhis/herdesignatepriortoentry.Theworkerbeing provided with the deviation is required to be ac-companied with a BP representative for the duration of time on lease. The deviation must also be supported with theindividualbeingescorted100%ofthetimeonsitewitha worker with valid H2S training.
RefertoFormMF91001–DeviationfromStandard/Practice Form
INCIDENT/ACCIDENT REPORTING
PURPOSE:Toprovideincident/accidentreportingrequirements.(RefertoBUspecificreportingguidelines)
APPLICATION:All employees involved in, or witness to, an incident resulting in, or having the potential to result in injury or property damage.
PROCEDURES:When an incident occurs, the employees involved in, or witness to the incident, are responsible to: • Preventfurtherinjuryandpropertydamageif
this can be accomplished without endangering their safety
Inci
dent
/Acc
iden
t
Standard Safety Practices Manual
216
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
217
• Reportimmediatelytosupervisorordesignate • Logallpertinentdataforinclusionininci
dent/accidentreport • Secureevidence
If the BP Canada Supervisor or designate in charge of the worksite believes further action is needed to prevent lossoflifeorproperty,he/shewillinitiatetheEmergencyResponse Plan.
Site-Specific Procedure:
• EachPerformanceUnit/ServiceUnitshallhaveawrittenincident/accidentreportingprocedure.
[See:gHSSErMS430]
Note:ContactyourHSSErepresentativeforassistancewithincident investigation and report preparation.
LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDING – PORTABLE
PURPOSE:To outline precautions for the safe usage of portable ladders andscaffolding.
APPLICATION:All plants, field, pipelines facilities or work locations where work is being conducted on behalf of BP Canada.
PROCEDURES:Storage:
• Laddersmustberemovedandproperlystoredaftereachuse.Leavingladdersleaningagainstequipment, vessels, etc., is not acceptable.
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
218
Standard Safety Practices Manual
219
Inspection:
• Laddersandscaffoldingshallbeinspectedpriortoeachuse.Defectiveladdersorscaffoldinginneed of repair must be removed from service, tagged and replaced.
Maintenance:
• Laddersandscaffoldingmustbeproperlymain-tained to allow safe and trouble-free use.
PRECAUTIONS:Portable Ladders:
• Anemployermustensurethataportableladdercomplies with:
o CSAStandardCAN3-Z11-M81(R2001),PortableLadders
o ANSIStandardA14.1-2000,AmericanNa-tionalStandardforLadders–Wood–SafetyRequirements
o ANSIStandardA14.2-2000,AmericanNa-tionalStandardforLadders–PortableMetalSafety Requirements, or
o ANSIStandardA14.5-2000,AmericanNationalStandardforLadders–PortableReinforcedPlastic–SafetyRequirements
o Laddersmustbeequippedwithnon-slipfeetand be secured against movement
o Extensionladdersmustbeequippedwithsuit-able extension locks
o Wooden and fiberglass ladders may be used only when working near or with electrical circuits.Metalladdersmustnotbeusedinthis application
o When in use, the ladder must extend 1 meter past any platform or landing, and be secured from movement. It must be positioned so that
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
218
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
219
it is no more than one quarter of its height away from the well or structure against which it stands, and is secured and placed on a base that is level and stable
o The ladder should be moved as the work progresses
o When on ladder the worker muster ensure three-point contact while climbing or station-ary
o When working from a ladder at a height over 2 meters, the top must be secured, and the worker must have fall protection
o Both hands should be free when climbing up or down ladders. If material must be trans-ported, it should be handled with a rope
o Only one person shall be on a ladder at a time • Forheightsover6.5meters,aladdermustnotbe
used;scaffoldingmustbeinplace • Aworkermaynotworkfromthetop2rungs,
steps or treads of a stepladder unless: (a)Thestepladderhasarailedplatformatthe
top, or (b)Themanufacturer’sspecificationsforthe
stepladder permit • Aconstructedportable/temporaryladderwill
meet all material and construction specifications outlinedintheAlbertaOH&SCodeSection134
Scaffolding:
• StandardsandApplications: o CAN/CSAS269:approvedscaffoldingmust
be used when constructing and erecting scaf-folding structures to work from.
o In applications between 2 and 6.5 meters, scaffoldingisrecommendedasanalternative
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
220
Standard Safety Practices Manual
221
to a ladder. o Scaffoldingmustbeconstructed/installedin
accordance with all applicable regulations and asoutlinedinOH&SCodePart23.
o Scaffoldsmustbeconstructedinaccordancewith the manufacturer’s specifications.
o Scaffoldsmustbetaggedappropriatetothecurrent inspected usable condition, with ap-propriate documentation and time of inspec-tion
o Nopersonshallutilizeascaffoldingunitthatdoes not indicate by tagging safe for use or, tagging has expired, or there is no tagging present.
o Scaffoldmustbeequippedwithacceptableaccess and egress.
o AllWorkconductedfromscaffoldingwillrequire Toe boards, top rails, midrails and ladder well protection specifications prior to work commencing.
o Scaffolderectionandconstructionwillbeconducted by a certifier competent person.
[See: Working from heights] [See: BP Golden Rule ‘Working at Heights]
LADDERS, STAIRS AND PLATFORMS - FIXED
PURPOSE:To provide direction for the design and installation of fixed ladders, stairs and platforms.
APPLICATION:All plant, pipeline, rigs and field facilities.PROCEDURES:
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
220
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
221
The design and usage of fixed ladders, stairs and platforms shall comply with government regulations.andBPEngineeringSpecifications.Priortothedesignofapermanent installation these documents should beconsulted.[See: Canadian Standards Association][Occupational, Health and SafetyRegulations][See:BPEngineeringSpecifications]LeaseSpacingRequirements(Referenceonly)
PURPOSE:To outline the guidelines for working with fixed ladders and platforms on all facilities.
SPECIFICATIONS:Stairways:
o Facilities with Stairways utilized for access must ensure:
a. The width of the treads and the height of the rise of a stairway are uniform throughout its length, and
b. The treads of a stairway are level. c. A stairway with 5 or more risers has the ap-
propriate handrail required by this Code, and d. A stairway with open sides has a handrail and
an intermediate rail or equivalent safeguard to each open side.
o Facilities utilizing stairs with 5 of more risers must ensure the stairway is equipped with a handrail that :
a. Extendstheentirelengthofthestairway b. Is between 800 millimeters and 920 millime-
ters above the front edge of the treads, and c. Is substantial and constructed of material with
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
222
Standard Safety Practices Manual
223
propertiesthesameasorbetteroflumber38millimeters by 89 millimeters
d. Post supporting a railing are spaced not more than3metersapartattheirverticalcenters.Afixed walkway, service stair or stile shall be at least 55 cm in width.
Fixed Ladders:
o Designcriteria: a. Fixed ladder shall meet the requirements of
PIPStandardSTF05501(February2002),FixedLaddersandCages,publishedbytheConstruction Industry Institute.
b. If a fixed ladder is made of a material other than steel, the facilities must ensure that the design is certified by a professional engineer as being as strong as or stronger than that required by PIP Standard STF05501.
c. Facilities shall ensure that a self-closing double barsafetygate,orequallyeffectivemeans,isprovidedatladderwayflooropeningsandplatforms of fixed ladders, this does not apply at landings.
Work Platforms: o Covering Openings : a. When working on a platform with an open-
ing or hole through which a worker can fall personnel shall be protected by:
a. A securely attached cover designed to support an anticipated load, or
b. Guardrails and toes boards. b. If personnel remove a cover, guardrail or toe
board, or part of them, protecting an opening or hole for any reason, then they must ensure a temporary cover or other means of protec-
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
222
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
223
tion replaces it immediately. c. If a temporary cover is used to protect an
opening or hole, an employer must ensure a warning sign or marking clearly indicating the nature of the hazard:
a. Is posted near or fixed on the cover, and b.Isnotremovedunlesseffectivemeansof
protection is immediately provided.
Guardrails:
o Facilities must ensure that a guardrail required by this Code has:
(a)Ahorizontaltopmemberinstalledbetween920 millimeters and 1070 millimeters above the base of the guardrail,
(b)Ahorizontalintermediatememberspacedmid-way between the top member and the base,
(c)Verticalmembersatbothendsofthehori-zontal members with intermediate vertical supportsthatarenotmorethan3metersapartat their centers, and
(d)Despitesubsection(1),atemporaryguardraildoes not require a horizontal intermedi-ate member if it has a substantial barrier positioned within the space bounded by the horizontal top member, toe board and vertical members that prevents a worker’s falling through the space.
(e)Aguardrailissecuredsothatitcannotmovein any direction if it is struck or any point comes into contact with a worker, materials or equipment.
Toe boards:
o An facility must ensure that: (a)AtoeboardrequiredbythisCodeisnotless
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
224
Standard Safety Practices Manual
225
than140millimetersinheightabovethesurface of the work area, and
(b)Thespacebetweenthebottomofthetoeboard and the surface of the work area is not more than 6 meters high.
o An facility must ensure that toe boards are installed at the outer edge above the work area ifaworkermaybeunderapermanentfloor,mezzanine, walkway, ramp, runway or other permanent surface where guardrails are installed, or materials can fall more than 1.8 meters
o A facility must ensure that toe boards are installed at the outer edge above the work area of temporaryscaffoldingoratemporaryworkplat-formifmaterialscanfallmorethan3.5meters
o A facility must ensure that toe boards are installed around the top of a pit containing a machine with exposed rotating parts if workers may be working in the pit
o This section does not apply to the entrance of a loading or unloading area if the employer takes other precautions to ensure that materials do not fall from the permanent surface while loading.
Rest platform exemption: o If each worker working on a drilling rig or
service rig on a fixed double ladder is equipped with and wears a climb assist device that com-plies with the manufacturer’s specifications or specifications certified by a professional engineer, an employer is not required to:
a) Providetheladderwithrestplatforms,or b) Tohavethesiderailsextendnotlessthan
1050 millimeters above the point at which the workersgoonoroff.
Ladd
ers/
Sca
ffold
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
224
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
225
LINE THAWING PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 The purpose of this practice is to establish a safe means to provide a sufficient heat source to thaw frozen liquids inside of steel piping.
1.2 This practice is applicable to all Canada Gas Perfor-mance Unit employees, contractors, sub-contractors and visitors to CGPU work sites.
1.3Thepurposeofthispracticeistoensurethatallrea-sonable precautions will be taken to protect the safety of personnel who are or may be required to participate in these types of activities.
1.4Therequirementsetforthinthispracticewillactastheminimum requirements. Specific contractors, manufac-turers or plants may have more stringent requirements. In event of any discrepancies, the more stringent requirements will prevail.
2.0 Purpose
Thawing of frozen liquids in steel pipe is a high risk task thatshouldneverincludetheuseofanopenflamesuchasa“tiger torch” to transfer direct heat to the steel pipe. Frozen hydrocarbon lines may have reduced pipe wall integrity and when the frozen hydrocarbon is heated and changes state to a gas; may provide a most dangerous fuel source for an openflame.Thispracticeoutlinesthetypesofsaferheatmediums available to assist in thawing lines and the hazards associated with each application. Also included in the prac-tice are considerations to prevent freezing in steel piping as
Line
Tha
win
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
226
Standard Safety Practices Manual
227
well as options to consider during construction to assist in thawing lines once the lines are put into winter service.
3.0 Pre-work required prior to heating of frozen steel lines
• Priortoapplyingaheatmediumtoafrozenline; workers must ensure that the line does nothaveadifferentialpressuregreaterthen2800kpa(g)
• Operationsshouldattempttocarefullydepres-surize both sides of the frozen section of the line
• Usingmethanolcarefullypressurize(manuallyoperatedBakerpump)theupstreamsideoftheiceplugwithoutexceedingtheMOWPofthelineor2800kpa(g)differentialacrosstheiceplug.ConsultthemethanolMSDStoverifyproperPPE
• Considerationmustbemadetoallowforliq-uid and vapor expansion as the ice plug begins to change state. If at all possible the upstream product feed valve should be isolated
• Theworkareamustbeflaggedofftopreventunauthorized workers from entry
• Sensitiveinstrumentationandnonsteelfit-tings must be protected prior to applying heat to a steel line
4.0 Type of heat mediums available for thawing frozen lines
Electrical Heat Trace – Portable generator or purchased power
Agoodoptionistostripinsulationoffofthefrozenline and install electrical heat tracing. The heat trace
Line
Tha
win
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
226
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
227
mustbeinstalledasperbothCSAandtheElectricalCoderequirements.Therearedifferentoptionswiththetypesof electrical heat trace being that it is available in both AC andDCsupplies.Aftertheinstallationoftheelectricalheat trace the line is wrapped with insulation to maintain the heat to the pipe wall. Hazards include electrical energy, sharp or damaged insulation, insulation fibers (glass foam, fiberglassorsilicate),andifusingaportablegeneratormaintaining to the hot work permit and 8 meter rule for potential ignition sources. When utilizing purchased power the electrical connections must be explosion proof for a Class1Division1area. Prior to construction, selective piping should be evaluatedduringtheHAZOPstudytoconsiderinstallingelectrical heat trace lines before to the insulation is installed. If the heat trace is installed it does not have to be put into service and will provide an excellent option for assisting in thawing the line in the event of future freezing. There is minimal cost of doing this at the time of construction ver-sus having to remove the insulation to apply a heat source.
Saturated steam – utility low pressure
With the availability of mobile steamer units (field operations/wellservicing)andonsitelowpressureboilers(drillingrigs/largeservicerigoperations)provideagoodoption to provide heat for the thawing of frozen lines. The frozen line must have the insulation removed prior to applying steam to the bare pipe. Caution must be used if applying steam vapor near insulation as moisture directed inside the insulation may in fact lead to external pipe corrosion. A recommendation rather then applying steam directly to the pipe is to use heat conduction by strapping stainless steel tubing to the suspected section of frozen pipe, re-bundle the coupled lines with quick-wrap insulation, and connect the stainless tubing to the steam supply and then carefully controlling the discharge out of the tubing with a control valve. Caution with regards to hot burner surfaces
Line
Tha
win
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
228
Standard Safety Practices Manual
229
and steam burns must always be controlled in addition to thehazardoftheopenflameignitionsourceoftheboiler(hotworkpermitandadheringtothe8meterrule.) Hot air - supplied by a Herman Nelson type of heater
Another option for heat medium is using hot air directed from a gas fired heater unit. The hot air is directed offofthedischargeoftheheaterwiththeutilizationofaseriesofflexibleheaterducts.Withthisoptionitismorechallenging to direct heat directly to the surface of the pipe without wasting heat. Hazards include: hot surfaces of the heaterandopenflameignitionsourcesaswellasrefuelingrequirements. The heater unit must again be positioned a minimum 10 meters from any process piping or building. OperationsmustmaintainacontinuousLELmonitorupstreamoftheunit(whentheheaterisinoperation.) Hot engine exhaust – Internal combustion engine
Another option that may be available is using the hotexhaustoffofaninternalcombustionenginesuchasafieldtechnician’struck.Aflexiblerubberexhausthoseisconnected to the tailpipe and directed to the frozen line. This type of application is dangerous and can only be used in open spaces and never used inside buildings due to the carbon monoxide concern. An additional hazard is ensur-ing that the vehicle is safely parked outside of the 8 meter minimum.5.0 Hazard Assessments
OH&SRegulationsrequirethatanemployershallensurethat a known hazard which cannot be readily controlled or eliminated and that has the potential for causing serious injury be identified and brought to the attention of workers who may be exposed to the hazard. Step1-Determinewhatspecificjobtasks
Line
Tha
win
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
228
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
229
hazards are present. Step2-Developproceduresthatwill
eliminate or control identified hazards when required to
thaw frozen lines. Step3-Documentandmaintainthehazard
assessment at the work site. 6.0 Key Responsibilities
Operating supervisors are responsible for implementing and enforcing this practice, whereas all personnel are responsible for complying with it. It is the responsibility of the Area Authority to reference this practice while developing and reviewingJobSafetyandEnvironmentalAnalysis.
7.0 Scope of Forms
7.1 gHSSErMF34004Pre-jobRiskAssessment
MANUAL LIFTING AND HANDLING HEAVY OR AWKWARD LOADS
PURPOSE:To establish guidelines for lifting, moving or handling of any item.APPLICATION:This policy applies to all BP employees, contractors and third parties who have a responsibility for ordering or carry-ing out manual handling activities.
DEFINITION:The identification of manual handling activities that pose a risk to health and safety and the development of workplace
Man
ual L
iftin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
230
Standard Safety Practices Manual
231
modifications are achieved through implementation of the procedure‘IdentifyingandAssessingManualHandlingRisk’.
ManualLiftingandmovingforcesshouldnotexceed20kgor4.5kgduringseatedwork.However,thismaximumforce limit standard may be lowered to account for indi-vidual physical characteristics. These weight restrictions only apply to ideal lifting conditions such as smooth lifts, weight held close to the body, unrestricted lifting posture and a good grip.
PREPARATIONS:All work involving manual lifting or moving must be evaluated before work begins. The evaluation should include identifying any manual lift or carrying tasks that have a potential to injure, perform a risk assessment and identify risk control measures that includes considering job redesign,mechanicalliftingequipmentand/ortraining.PPEshouldalsobeconsideredsuchasgloves,protectionfrom chemicals, etc.For help on identification, risk assessments and risk mitiga-tion,refertoGuidanceforAssessorsManualHandlingProgramme:HSSEGroupResourceOccupationalHygieneandEnvironmentalHealthTeam.
PROCEDURES:SOC’sand/orCriticalTaskAnalysisshouldhavebeencom-pleted for common and routine manual lifting and moving tasks.Examplesofcommon,routinetasksare:barrelmoving, small pump lifting, valve replacements, furniture moving, shipping and receiving goods on pallets. Refer to the site specific procedure, if available.
If it is not a routine task and procedures are not available, perform a risk assessment before commencing work and detail risk reduction methods on the Safe Work Permit.
Man
ual L
iftin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
230
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
231
Answer the following questions: • Istheitemtobemovedgreaterthan20kg? • Isitanawkwardshapeorhaveroughorsharp
edges? • Doesithavetobecarriedgreaterthan10me-
ters? • Doesitinvolvetwistingofthebody? • Doyouhavetobenddownorreachforitwhen
picking it up or putting it down?If the answer is yes to any of the questions, consider using the proper moving equipment. If circumstances are such that is not possible to use equipment to lift heavy or awkward loads, then an alternative documented plan using a hazard assessment and site specific procedure must be developed to ensure an adequate level of safety to prevent injuries.
PROPERLIFTINGTECHNIQUES:All workers should use mechanical means to lift objects heavier than 20 kg. Safe manual lifting requires the following steps: 1. Plan the lift. Get help for difficult loads. 2. Check your path is clear to where the object will rest. 3. Bendyourlegshalfway,asiftosit. 4. Keepyourbackstraightbutinclinedforwardfar
enough so that your arms can lift vertically. 5. Keepyourfeetflatand30-40cmapartfora
solid stance. 6. Grasp the object firmly. 7. Take a deep breath. 8. To lift, straighten legs and body, moving arms to
acomfortableposition.Donottwistyourbackwhile lifting the load.
9. Keeptheobjectclosetoyourbody.Knowyourlimits.
Man
ual L
iftin
g
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
232
Standard Safety Practices Manual
233
NOTE:
• Allmanualliftsshouldbeplannedtoelimi-nate any twisting of the back during the lift.
• Whenindoubt,usemechanicalmeanstomake the lift or move.
METER PROVING
PURPOSE:ToprovideguidelinesforsafeMeterProvingoperations.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada Plant and Field locations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • StaticElectricity[See:Electricity] • Combustible/ToxicFluidsPREPARATIONS: • SafeworkPermitsshouldbeissuedforallmeter
proving • Attentionshouldbepaidtoleaselay-outtopro-
vide safe and accessible prover connections.[See: LeaseDesign]
• Undermostconditions,respiratoryprotectionwill not be required. However, the meter prover operator must wear breathing apparatus when crude or products containing poisonous gases are handled, if tests indicate such protection is needed. A safety standby may be required.[See: RespiratoryProtectionEquipment],[See:SafetyStandby]
• Appropriatepersonalprotectiveequipmentmustbeworn.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]
• Provinglinesandconnectionsmustbeproperlyidentified according to government regulations,
Met
er P
rovi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
232
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
233
Man
ual L
iftin
g
i.e.,WHMIS.TDG
PROCEDURES: 1. Eachportablemeterprovermustbeequipped
withaminimumof1–30#LTKB.C.drychemical fire extinguisher. When proving meters, the fire extinguisher should be removed from its holder and placed on the upwind side, and in position for immediate use.
2. A bonding and grounding cable shall be pro-vided for each meter prover. In order to protect against the build-up of static electricity, the bonding and grounding cable shall be properly placed so that the meters and prover are bonded together and grounded. This shall be the first thing hooked up at the beginning of a proving and the last thing disconnected at the end of the proving operation.
3. Whenusingflexiblehosestoconnecttheproverto the meter unit, be sure the hoses are rated to stand the operating pressure. They must be visu-ally inspected prior to use and replaced if their condition indicates a possibility of failure.
4. Itisrecommendedthatthevehicleshouldnotbeleft idling while proving operations are under-way. Also the wheels shall be chalked with park brake set.
5. Always open the proper valves to relieve the pres-sure on dust covers before attempting to remove thesecovers.Extremecareshouldbeusedwhenbreaking connections or purging hoses and pip-ing.[See:DrainingandDepressuring]
6. Connections should not be drained on the ground. Catch all drainings in a suitable con-tainer for proper disposal.
7. In all cases, when using a prover that employs an electronic counter system, all electrical connec-
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
234
Standard Safety Practices Manual
235
tions shall be made before the power is turned on. After the meters have been proved, the power shallbeturnedoffbeforetheelectricalconnec-tions are disconnected.
PRECAUTIONS:When meter prover leveling jacks are used, they should be supported with blocks or firm footing, so that the ad-ditional weight of the liquid will not unbalance the trailer frame, making it a possible hazard to the operator.
RESPONSIBILITY: 1. The BP Canada employee in charge is re-
sponsible for ensuring that safe meter proving operations are conducted.
2. For BP Canada-owned proving units, the prover operator is responsible for the safe operation of the meter proving unit.
3. TheServicecontractorisresponsibleforensur-ing that equipment, personnel, and job proce-dures adhere to all applicable government and BP Canada regulations and practices.
TRAINING:MeterProverUnitoperatorsmustbeproperlytrainedinthe safe operation of their equipment.
MOBILE STEAMERS
PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for safe use of mobile steaming equipment.
APPLICATION:All BP Field facilities and leases.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:
Mob
ile S
team
ers
Standard Safety Practices Manual
234
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
235
• CombustibleFluids • SteamBurns • ChemicalsHazards:Anychemicalsusedwiththe
watermusthavetheapplicableMSDSavailableon-site and the appropriate labeling requirements mustbemet,i.e.,WHMIS.
• StaticElectricity[See:Electrical]
PREPARATIONS:Where steaming could generate a hazard to personnel or equipment, an authorized BP Canada Representative must be on-site. He must conduct and document a pre-job safety meeting, and an appropriate work permit must be obtained.[See: Permits]
PROCEDURES: 1. The steamer must be positioned a minimum of
25 meters from any wellhead, tank, or process vessel, and pointed towards the access road for quick exit. Any operation within 25 meters must be treated as Hot Work.[See: Service Rig Safety]
2. The Steamer should be upwind of any potential source of combustible gas, where possible. Caution must be exercised with respect to the expansionofmetalsandtrappedfluid.
PRECAUTIONS: 1. All protective equipment required by govern-
ment regulations and BP Safety Requirements must be worn during all steaming operations.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]
2. Caution must be exercised to ensure that cata-lytic heaters, gas, fire and H2S detection heads, instrument recorders, instrumentation panels, and electrical or sensitive equipment are not steamed. This equipment should be protected prior to steaming to prevent damage.
Mob
ile S
team
ers
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
236
Standard Safety Practices Manual
237
MOVING HEAVY EQUIPMENT ON BP WORKSITES
PURPOSE:This safety practice provides guidelines for the safe moving of heavy equipment on BP Canada worksites.
APPLICATION:BP Canada Plants, Field Operations, Construction Sites and areas of heavy traffic.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Seriousinjuryordeath[See:PersonalProtective
Equipment] • Contactwithpipingorstationaryequipment
[See:GroundDisturbance] • Contactoverheadpowerlines[See:Electrical
Equipment] • Lackofco-ordinationwithotheroperations[See:
Permit to Work]DEFINITION: 1. HeavyEquipmentincludespumptrucks,rig
trucks,pickers,trackedequipment(i.e.Dozers),graders, etc.
2. Heavy traffic areas include highways and second-ary roads and construction sites.
PREPARATIONS:All routine job procedures and practices must be followed before the heavy equipment is moved on to BP property.
PROCEDURES: 1. Face to face communication with the person in
charge of the site must occur before the pick up or unloading of equipment on the job site. If no one is at the site, the supervisor in charge or
Mov
ing
Hea
vy E
quip
.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
236
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
237
designate must be notified. 2. The pre-job meeting and a safe work permit
must detail the specific instructions of where the equipment is to be loaded or unloaded on the job site and the potential hazards on the job site i.e. power lines, pipelines, wellhead, etc.
3. Therightofwayorleaseboundarymustbewellflaggedorotherwisedefinedsuchthattheequipment operator will not enter into a trespass situation.
4. Ifunloadingorpickingupequipmentindarkness, all lights on the equipment must be operational or there is an alternate light source available.
5. Before operating powered mobile equipment, the equipment operator must complete a visual in-spection of the equipment and the surrounding area to ensure that the powered mobile equip-ment is in safe operating condition and perform inspections periodically in order to ensure the continued safe operation of the equipment.
6. Equipmentoperatorsmustwearprovidedseat-belts in equipment when equipment is in motion or engaged in an operation where the equipment may become unstable.
7. If the equipment operator is using a ground guide, the communication hand signals at the end of this section should be used (See: Heavy EquipmentHandSignalsattheendofthissec-tion.)andthegroundguidemustbevisibleatalltimes.
8. All employees must establish eye contact and have conformation of contact from the equip-ment operator (i.e. nod, hand wave, call on a radio…)priortoenteringthehazardarea
9. EverypieceofmovingequipmentshallhaveonlyONEindividualdirectingitontheworksite.ThispersonwillbewearingdistinguishablePPE
Mov
ing
Hea
vy E
quip
.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
238
Standard Safety Practices Manual
239
PRECAUTIONS: 1. Workersontheworksitemustwearreflective
striping on the FRC that are visible day and night while working around heavy equipment.
2. Heavy equipment operators should be able to prove their competency operating the equip-ment.
3. Equipmentmustmaintain8metersseparationform wellheads and facilities, unless under the direction of a ground guide.
RESPONSIBILITIES:Responsibility lies with the BP supervisor on site to ensure the above procedures are followed.
Heavy Equipment Hand Signals
Note:ThesesignalsareIntendedforAllHeavyEquipmentOther Than Cranes. Standard Riggers’ Signals are to be Used for Cranes.
Mov
ing
Hea
vy E
quip
.
1. Raise Attachment (bowl, blade)
2.Lower Attachment (bowl, blade)
Fingers Curled with Thumb Pointing Up.
Fingers Curled with Thumb Pointing Down.
3. Push 4. Pull
First of One Hand Smacking into the palm of the Other.
Both Fists Clenched Together Initially. Move Fists Apart in a Lateral Motion.
5. Lower the Load 6. Raise the Load
Elbow at 90° Index Finger Pointing Down Making Circular Motion.
Elbow at 90° Index Finger Pointing Up Making Circular Motion.
7. Slow Down 8. Unload
Palms of Hands Turned Down with a slight Up and Down Motion
Quick Motion of the Arm with Fingers Curled and Thumb Extended.
9. Stop 10. Emergency Stop
Raise Hand to Head Heights with the Palm of Hand Towards the Machine.
Hands Spread Sideways.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
238
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
239
NOISE EXPOSURE & HEARING CONSERVATION
PURPOSE:To prevent the occurrence of occupational noise induced hearing loss. All employees whose noise exposures equal or exceed the allowable exposure levels shall be included in the Hearing Conservation Program. Refer to the BP Canadian Gas Hearing Conservation Code of Practice for more details.
APPLICATION: • AllBPoperatingfacilitiesandassociatedpersonnel • Selectedcontractorsmaybeincludedinaudio-
metric testing and noise exposure monitoring • Allothercontractorsareexpectedtocomply
with provincial regulations regarding Hearing Conservations Programs
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Noiselevelsinexcessoftheallowable85dBA
time-weightedaverage(TWA)foran8-hourshift or 82 dBA TWA for a 12-hour shift
• KeyPerformanceIndicators • Thehearinglossratetargetforeachworkgroup
iszeroconfirmedabnormalshiftsand7%con-firmed early warning shifts
PROCEDURES: 1. AreaSoundSurveys:(FormatSection) • Allfacilitieswillhaveaninitialsoundlevel
survey conducted to establish a baseline. The sound level data shall be plotted on a diagram to generate the noise map of the surveyed area which includes buildings and outdoor areas. This noise map must be reviewed with onsite personnel and be posted at a prominent loca-
Noi
se E
xpos
ure
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
240
Standard Safety Practices Manual
241
tion and accessible for worker review. • Areasshallbere-surveyedataminimumof
every five years or shortly after a change in production process, equipment or controls whichmayincrease/decreasethenoiselevels.
2. EmployeeDosimetryMonitoring: • Arepresentativesampleofemployees,whose
work tasks may be exposed regularly to high noise sources, may be monitored to determine thetime-weightedaverage(TWA)noiseexposure of a work shift.
• Iftheemployee’sexposureequalorexceedthe8-hour TWA of 85 dBA or 12-hour TWA of 82 dBA, the employee shall be included in the Hearing Conservation Program.
• Dosimetrymonitoringshallberepeatedwhenever a change in production, process, equipment or controls increases the noise exposures.
3. IdentificationofHighNoiseSources: • Wherenoiselevelinanylocation(buildings,
units,etc.)oroutdoorareasthatexceeds82dBA, must be marked with signs that identify it as a high noise area and requiring the use of appropriate hearing protection.
• Allemployeesorcontractorswhoenterareaswhere the sound levels are 82 dBA or greater shall wear appropriate hearing protection. Areas where sound levels equal or exceed 100 dBA, appropriate double hearing protectiondevices(earmuffsoverearplugs)arerequired.
4. TemporaryWorksites: • ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanadasu-
pervisor in charge, or his designate, to ensure adequatehearing protection is worn on all temporary worksites where noise levels exceed
Noi
se E
xpos
ure
Standard Safety Practices Manual
240
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
241
82 dBA, i.e. rig operations. • NoiseReductionReviews:Aformal,docu-
mented Noise Reduction Review must be conducted for all existing areas where noise levels exceed 100 dBA. A formal review must be completed for all new facilities expected to have noise levels exceed 100 dBA in the facil-ity design phase. This review must include representatives from operations, engineering andHSSE.Anacousticalengineermustalsobe included.
5. HearingProtectionEquipment: • Earplugsand/orearmuffsmustbemade
available at all worksites. Contact Safety Coordinator or Industrial Hygienist to ensure appropriate hearing protectors are selected, fitted and used.
Audiometric Testing:
• Allnewemployeesmusthaveabaselineaudiogram(hearingtest)inconjunctionwiththeir pre-employment medical or, at the latest, within six months of their hiring date.
• AllemployeeswhoareincludedintheHear-ing Conservation Program and are exposed to noise levels equal to or exceed 82 dBA TWA for a 12-hour shift or 85 dBA TWA for an 8-hour shift must have an audiometric testing every two years, or as per jurisdiction regula-tions.
RESPONSIBILITIES: • Itistheresponsibilityofeachsupervisorand
site Safety Coordinator to ensure that noise controls and hearing conservation are imple-mented and enforced
• Contractorsarerequiredtocomplywiththese
Noi
se E
xpos
ure
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
242
Standard Safety Practices Manual
243
noise controls and hearing conservation mea-sures with the exception of the Audiometric testing and noise monitoring. These should be part of their Safety Program
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE:To outline the requirements for the selection, care, and use of personal protective equipment.
APPLICATION:All personnel working on BP Canada worksite.
POTENTIALHAZARD: • Exposuretophysicalandchemicalhazards
can occur through contact of the skin, eyes, inhalation, and ingestion
• AllworkersonBPCanadaworksitemustwearapproved personal protective equipment as identified as needed in the hazard assessment that is appropriate to the work being done, and the nature of the hazards involved. [See: MSDSforhazardousmaterialrequirements.]
PREPARATIONS:TheLocalAreaManagermayexemptcertainoffices,control rooms, vehicles, other non-hazardous areas, field tours, and casual visitors from some provisions of this section. These exemptions must be communicated to all applicable worksites, as required and a deviation from standard completed.
PROCEDURES:
Per
sona
l Pro
tect
ive
Equ
ip.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
242
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
243
Head Protection:
Approved industrial protective headgear must be worn by all personnel on field worksites. For further information see applicable provincial regulations.
NOTE: • Metalhardhatsmustnotbeworn • Ifhairisdeemedtobeofexcessivelengthand
may constitute a safety hazard, a hair net or other means of confinement for the hair must be used
Eye Protection:
• C.S.A.-approvedsafetyglasseswithC.S.Aapproved side shields must be worn by all per-sonnel at BP worksites where required. When the nature of the work might result in an eye or facial injury, additional protection, such as a face shield or goggles, is required. Prescrip-tion glasses must meet C.S.A. specifications. Types of eye protectors are shown in the table at the end of this section
• Employeeswearingcontactlensesmustwear all applicable safety eye protection. An employer must ensure that, if wearing contact lenses poses a hazard to the worker’s eyes dur-ing work, the worker is advised of the hazards and the alternatives to wearing contact lenses. Permeable contact lenses are recommended over non-permeable
Respiratory Protection:
An employer must determine the degree of danger to a worker at a work site and whether the worker needs to wear respiratory protective equipment if:
(a)aworkerisormaybeexposedtoanairbornecontaminant or a mixture of airborne
Per
sona
l Pro
tect
ive
Equ
ip.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
244
Standard Safety Practices Manual
245
contaminants in a centration exceeding their occupation exposure limits, or
(b)theatmospherehasormayhaveanoxygenconcentration of less than 19.5 percent by volume.[See: BP Canada Respiratory Protec-tion Program]
Hearing Protection:
Whenever noise hazards exist at BP Canada worksites, all personnel entering will be pro-vided with and must wear appropriate hearing protection.
[See:NoiseExposureandHearingConservation]
Fire Resistant Clothing:
Fire resistant work wear shall be worn on all BP worksites. See FRW Practice.
Whenever special clothing is required for han-dling dangerous chemicals or for fire-fighting, it will be provided by BP Canada and worn only by trained and competent personnel.
Hand Protection:
See Hand Protection Practice.Chemical Protective Clothing:
• ChemicalProtectiveClothing(CPC)includeschemically resistant gloves, aprons, boots and suits(bothpartiallyandfullyencapsulating).CPC shall be selected specifically to provide protection for the particular chemical or chemicalmaterialinuse.RefertoMaterialSafetyDataSheetforrecommendedCPC
• InsituationswhereCPCisrequired,decon-tamination procedures must be utilized that enhances the removal of the particular chemical
• ProceduresshouldreflectthetypeofCPCneeded • Worksitesshoulddetermine,inconsultation
with the CPC manufacturer, when CPC
Per
sona
l Pro
tect
ive
Equ
ip.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
244
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
245
should be replacedFoot Protection:
• C.S.A.-Grade1(greentriangle)approvedfootwear must be worn by all workers entering field worksites.
• Bootstyleisrecommendedminimum150mm(6”)high,fromthebottomoftheheeltothetop of the boot to provide ankle support.
• Anaggressivetreaddesignedforsnow/iceorthe use of boot grippers are required in winter conditions to reduce the risk of slipping on ice or snow pack. The use of boot grippers is onlyrequiredforOperations.DrillingandCompletionsmoveontoandoffofmetalsurfaces very frequently and are permitted to use sanding.
• Solepunctureprotectionisrequired • Safetyfootwearmustbemaintainedingood
safe working condition. (i.e. no holes in upper materialorsoles,nosteeltoesexposed)
JEWELRY
Wearing exposed jewelry on BP worksites is prohibited with the exception of office buildings. Rings, bracelets, watches, neck chains and exposed body piercing are considered jewelry.MedicAlertdevicesarenotconsideredjewelry.
Personal Floatation Device:
• Allpersonnelworkingfromaboat,barge,orin an area where a fall into water could result indrowningmustwearapersonalfloatationdevice, i.e. life jacket that meets the Canadian GeneralStandardsBoardSpecifications65.7-M88or
• 65.11-M88.Additionalsafetyequipmentsuchas safety harnesses and lifelines should be used when working on ice or near cold, fast moving water
Per
sona
l Pro
tect
ive
Equ
ip.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
246
Standard Safety Practices Manual
247
RESPONSIBILITY:It is the responsibility of all BP Canada employees to ensure potential exposure hazards are identified, and the appropri-ate protective equipments are worn by all (i.e. employees, contractorsandvisitors).
Chemical Protective Glove Selection Chart
Per
sona
l Pro
tect
ive
Equ
ip.
Tas
k C
hem
ical
s G
love
Mat
eria
l T
ype
of G
love
B
rand
Nam
e A
ckla
nds O
rder
Num
ber
Lu
be o
il
Gly
col
C
onde
nsat
e
Gas
olin
e/D
iese
l Fue
l
MID
EA/D
EA
Fr
ac O
il/In
ver M
uds
1.
Vilt
on
2.
Nitr
ile
3.
Vito
n/N
eopr
ene
Thin
glo
ve
(4-5
mil)
Bes
t N
-Dex
G
love
s(N
itrile
) (B
EM 7
23)
A
nsel
l E
dmon
t T
ouch
an
d T
uff
(Nitr
ille
pow
der
free
)(A
NL
92-6
00-1
0)
Fine
wor
k re
quir
ing
light
gl
oves
Engi
ne o
verh
auls
Hea
d ch
ange
s
Pist
on/li
ner r
epla
cem
ent
Se
al
chan
ges/
pum
p re
pairs
Sam
ple
colle
ctio
n
Orif
ice
plat
e ch
ange
s
M
etha
nol
1.
Vilt
on
2.
But
yl
Nat
ural
R
ubbe
r (la
tex)
Thin
Glo
ve
(5 m
ils)
A
nsel
l E
dmon
t D
urat
ouch
Sh
eer
(late
x) (A
NL
34-5
25)
Lu
be o
il
Gly
col
C
onde
nsat
e
Gas
olin
e/D
iese
l Fue
l
MD
EA/D
EA
Fr
ac O
il/In
vert
Mud
s
1.
Vilt
on
2.
Nitr
ile
3.
Vito
n/N
eopr
ene
Sum
mer
W
inte
r
B
est
Ans
wer
Nitr
ile l
amin
ated
(B
EM 2
735)
Bes
t N
itri-P
ro
Nitr
ile
coat
ed
(BEM
716
6)
A
nsel
l E
dmon
t H
ycro
n G
ener
al P
urpo
se g
love
s N
itrile
co
ated
(AN
L 24
-805
-10)
Ans
ell E
dmon
t H
ycro
n N
itrile
co
ated
jer
sey
linin
g –
Win
ter
(AN
L 52
-590
-10)
Rou
gh o
r ab
rasi
ve w
ork
requ
irin
g he
ave
glov
es
M
anua
l m
ater
ial
hand
ling
Pu
lling
or
st
ringi
ng
join
ts
Li
ne p
iggi
ng
V
ac tr
ucki
ng
Fr
ac o
r will
com
plet
ions
M
etha
nol
1.
Vilt
on
2.
But
yl
Nat
ural
R
ubbe
r (la
tex)
Sum
mer
Bes
t N
itty
Gri
tty
natu
ral
rubb
er c
oate
d (B
EM 6
5NFW
)
Standard Safety Practices Manual
246
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
247
Chemical Protective Glove Selection Chart
Per
sona
l Pro
tect
ive
Equ
ip.
Subm
ersi
on o
f ha
nds
into
ch
emic
al
Fi
lter c
hang
es
Pa
rts w
ashi
ng
Pi
ston
/line
r rep
lace
men
t
Lu
be o
il
Gly
col
C
onde
nsat
e
MD
EA/D
EA
Fr
ac O
il/In
vert
Mud
s
Var
sol
G
asol
ine/
Die
sel
V
ilton
Nitr
ile
V
iton/
Neo
pren
e
Flui
d at
ro
om
tem
p Fl
uid
at
hot/c
old
tem
p
A
nsel
l E
dmon
t So
lvex
So
ft Li
ned
Che
mic
al
Res
ista
nt
Glo
ves N
itrile
(AN
L 37
-175
)
MA
PA S
tans
olv
Nitr
ile H
eavy
W
eigh
t Z
Grip
(PI
P 48
0420
) (g
ood
for s
olve
nt w
ash)
MA
PA
Stan
solv
K
nit
Line
d N
itrile
Glo
ves
– co
ld/h
ot t
emp
(PIP
381
410)
M
etha
nol
1.
Vilt
on
2.
But
yl
Nat
ural
R
ubbe
r (la
tex)
Flui
d at
ho
t/col
d te
mp
A
nsel
l Edm
ont
Lin
ed N
atur
al
Lat
ex
Che
mic
al
resi
stan
t G
love
s (A
NL
208-
10)
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
248
Standard Safety Practices Manual
249
PIGGING OF PIPELINES AND FLOWLINES
PURPOSE:To provide safe practices for pigging operations of pipes, pipelines,andflowlinesfortheremovalofwax,othersoliddeposits,andtrappedfluids.
APPLICATION:AllBPCanadaFieldoperationsareaffected.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Combustible/ToxicFluids • MayhaveToxicVapour[See:Benzene,Hydro-
gen Sulphide] • MayhaveNORM,dependingonproductline
[See: Radioactive or Normal Occurring Radioac-tiveMaterials(NORM)]
• HighPressure • StaticElectricity[See:GroundingandBonding] • Hydrates[See:Hydrates]
PROCEDURES: 1. A safe work permit must be issued before pigging
begins. 2. Pigging operations in gas and oilfield operations
represent a serious hazard. 3. Inallareasasite-specificproceduremustbeused
and it must address the following: 4. Characteristicsofthefluidtobepigged. 5. Proper isolation and depressurization. 6. Drainingandventilation. 7. Thehazardofpotentialpluggingofthebleed-off
valves and gauges. 8. Proper receiving and launching techniques,
Pig
ging
of P
ipel
ines
Standard Safety Practices Manual
248
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
249
stressing potential hydraulic shock. 9. Routine inspection of the cap, barrel and seals. 10. Individual marking or identification of pigs and
logging with respect to launching and receiving times.
11.Purging–[See:Purging]
NOTE: Proper disposal methods must be used for pigging waxandfluids.[See:BPEnvironmentalGuidelines]
PRECAUTION: a. Where the receiver is vented to a proper drain
orflaresystem,thebarrelmustbeventedtoatmosphere prior to opening the receiver or launcher.Ensureventvalveisfreeandclearbysome means.
b. No worker shall position themselves in front of the pig launchers or receiver at any time during the pigging operation. All quick opening closures on pig launchers and receivers must be equipped with a pressure interlocking warning device with asafetycatch.[See:ASMECodeVIII,ParagraphUG.35]
POSITIVE AIR SHUT-OFF REQUIREMENTS (PASO)
PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for the requirement of positive air shut-offsondieselpoweredequipment.
APPLICATION: • Alldieselpoweredequipment,ContractororBP
owned, including those used to load or unload flammableliquidsorgasesatallBPCanadasites.
• Alldieselpoweredequipmentincludespickup
Pos
itive
Air
Shu
t-of
f
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
250
Standard Safety Practices Manual
251
trucks, and diesel powered heavy machinery used within 25m of a wellhead OR where there are piping, process vessels or tanks containing combustiblefluidsorgassesthatmayreleasehydrocarbons to atmosphere within 25 m of dieselpoweredequipment.(E.g.theyareopenorbeingworkedonorwith)
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Uncontrolledengineoperationresultinginan
explosion. • Personalinjuryfromexplodingenginesor
exploding hydrocarbon mixtures. • Equipmentdamagebecauseofengineoverspeed.
DEFINITION:Apositiveairshutoff(PASO)isadevicethatcutstheair supply to diesel engines resulting in immediate engine shut down.
PROCEDURES: • Whenloadingorunloadingflammableliquid
or gas products at all BP facilities using diesel-powered equipment, this equipment must be equipped with a PASO.
• Allpositiveairshutoffsmustbeingoodwork-ing condition and tested monthly.
• PASOoperationmaybeeitherautomaticormanual.
• ManualPASO’smusthavethecapabilitytobeoperated from normal workstations around the vehicle, e.g. pump control panels.
• RequirementsforPASO’sshouldbeincludedinpre job meetings.
Pos
itive
Air
Shu
t-of
f
Standard Safety Practices Manual
250
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
251
RESPONSIBILITIES: • Responsibilityforinstallation,maintenanceand
testing of PASO’s lies with the owner of the equipment with a PASO.
• AccountabilityforverificationiswiththeBPsitesupervisor or designate.
PRACTICE FOR WORKING IN A COMBUSTIBLE GAS ENVIRONMENT
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 ThispracticeappliestoallBPCanadaEnergyCanadaGasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)employees,contracted employees, contractors and other visiting personnel doing work on CGPU premises and work sites.
1.2 This practice applies to any work area where person-nel have the potential to be exposed to combustible gas.
1.3 Thepurposeofthispracticeisto: 1.3.1 Toestablishpracticesforprovidingasafework
environment while working with or around combustible gas.
1.3.2 Providerequirementsforthetrainingandqualifications of personnel conducting com-bustible gas tests, as well as regulatory require-ments for the maintenance and calibration of portable gas test equipment.
2.0 Scope of Definitions
2.1 Competent person - one who has completed training, as per manufacturer specifications and site specific procedures.
2.2 Function (Bump) Test - A test conducted by
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
252
Standard Safety Practices Manual
253
introducingaknownconcentrationofgas(Pentane)to the sensor of the combustible gas detector. The detectormustreadwithin+or-20%ofknowncon-centrationandtoensurethatthe10%LELalarmonthe detector is functioning properly.
2.3 LEL-TheLowerExplosiveLimit(LEL)isthelowest concentration of combustible gas in air at which an explosion could occur. The percentage ofLELrepresentstheamountofcombustiblegaspresentbetween0and100,100%beingtheLowerExplosivelimit.WithMethaneapproximately5%inairisequalto100%oftheLEL.
2.4 Atmospheric Release - For the purpose of this Prac-ticeanatmosphericreleaseisdefinedas20%LEL8inches(20cm)fromthesourceaspertheGCBUReportingPracticegHSSErMS430.
3.0 Scope of Responsibility
3.1 Aproperfunctioningapprovedcombustiblegasdetector will be used for every task being performed on a BP CGPU site that has potential exposure to a combustible gas environment.
3.2 Theon-siteBPrepresentativeinchargeordesignatemust ensure that:
• Regulardocumentedsurveys(“sweeps”)areconducted annually of all facilities including wells and pipeline risers to detect excessive LELlevelsandmeetEUBDirective60LDARrequirements.
• Anyexcessiveatmosphericreleasegreaterthanorequalto10%isdetected,ropedoffandwill be repaired as soon as possible following a proper risk assessment
• ForanyLELreadinggreaterthanorequalto20%,theequipmentshouldbeshutdownuntil repaired
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
252
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
253
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir. • AnyLELreadingexceeding20%LELisanincident classified as an Atmospheric Release underCGPUReportingPracticegHSSErMS430andfollowedupwithanincidentinvestigation to prevent re-occurence. Oth-erwise,anygasreleaseexceeding10%LELisreportedasanHSSEopportunity
• Allworkershavereadandfollowasafebuild-ing\leaseentryprocedure.(SeeSampleLeaseentryprocedure)
• Allworkershavereceivedinstructioninthe use of combustible gas detection equipment and understand the hazards associated with combustible gases. (Appendix 2 Training and Exposuresectionsofthisdocument)
4.0 Scope of General Expectations
4.1 Onlypersonnelwhoaretrainedorhavereceivedinstruction may conduct gas tests.
4.2 Thepersonconductingthegastestingforpermitingmust sign or initial the permit and the results must be kept on file for a minimum of 1year (see Permit to WorkPracticegHSSErMS880).
4.3 OnlyCSAapprovedcombustiblegasdetectionequipment(seeappendix1)shallbeused.
4.4 ContinousgastestswillbeconductedwhereeverCGPU employees, contracted personnel, contractors and other visiting personnel will be entering an area that has the potential for the atmosphere to contain combustible gas.
4.5 ThegasdetectiondevicesmusthaveadocumentedFunction(Bump)Testatthebeginningofeachshift.If the detector fails the bump test, the detector must be taken out of service, tagged as defective and sent for calibration. The detector must have a current calibrationstickertobeinuse.Detectorsmustbe
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
254
Standard Safety Practices Manual
255
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir. calibrated as per manufacturers specifications.4.6 CombustibleGasMonitoringmustbeconducted
before any work taking place within 8 meters of any well, process buildings, vessel, tank or related equip-ment, where combustible gas is, or may be present.
4.7 PortableCombustibleGasDetectoralarmsmustbesetat:Lowalarm10%LELandHighAlarm20%LEL.Fixedcombustiblegasdetectorsshouldalarmat10%LELandshutdownatgreaterthanorequalto20%LEL.
4.8 Ifwhileworking,thecombustiblegasdetectoralarms, personnel must leave the area immediately to determine the appropriate action.4.9 Beforeenteringaleasewherecombustiblegasmay
be present, a gas test must be done (see attached lease entryprocedures).Thetestmustalsobedonebeforeand during entry into lease buildings. The detector is to be kept in the work area while personnel are conducting their work to ensure that personnel are notexposedtoover10%
5.0 Scope of Occupational Exposure Limits
LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) Hazards
% of Lower Explosive
Limit Guidelines
LEL 0% Area may be entered. Other toxic contaminates such as benzene or H2S may exist in concentrations above the exposure limits
LEL >0 - <10% Entry into these areas is permitted. A risk assessment must be conducted to determine appropriate action.
LEL>10% Evacuation of personnel, no entry into area permitted.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
254
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
255
• Combustiblegascontaininglighthydrocar-bons may cause symptoms such as dizziness, headaches, and errors in judgment and in some cases loss of consciousness. These symp-tomsknownasa‘narcoticeffect’mayoccurat10%oftheLEL
• Combustiblegasconcentrationsmaycontainother potentially harmful substances such as hydrogen sulfide H2S and benzene. If the streamconcentrationisgreaterthan0.2–0.4%H2SthegreaterhealthriskisH2SastheexposurelimitwillbeexceededbeforetheLELconcentrationsreaches10%.Ifthestreamconcentrationisgreaterthan0.1%benzenethe greater health risk is benzene as the exposurelimitwillbeexceededbeforetheLELconcentrationreaches10%
• LELdetectionequipmentmustnotbeusedtotry to determine H2S or benzene concentra-tions
6.0 Scope of Appendices
APPENDIX1-EquipmentTypeandCare APPENDIX2-Training APPENDIX3-LeaseEntryProcedure
7.0 Scope of References
7.1 AlbertaGeneralSafetyRegulationsAR448/83asamended7.2 B.C. Occupational Health and Safety Regulations and
Guidelines296/97asamended7.3 gHSSErMS880-PermittoWorkPractice
8.0 Forms
• gHSSErMF34004-Pre-jobRiskAssessment • gHSSErMF88001-BPCanadaEnergyCompany-
ColdWorkPermit/HotWorkPermit
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
256
Standard Safety Practices Manual
257
Appendix 1
Equipment Type and Care
Approved Equipment
GasdetectionequipmentmustincludeaLELdetectorandoxygen sensor and should include a carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulfide sensor.All gas detection equipment must be CSA approved.
Equipment Testing and Care
Eachareamustensurethataninspectionandtestingprogram is implemented whereby all combustible gas detection equipment is inspected by a qualified technician on a frequency consistent with manufacturers requirements and with prevailing regulation requirements (minimum everythree(3)months.Atagmustbeattachedtothegasdetectorsshowingthelatestinspection/duedate.Recordsofall calibrations must be maintained.Gas detection devices must be “Bump Tested” before each daily use and documented in a bump test log, and after 12 hours of continuous use. A test would also be required if the detector comes in contact with water is over ranged or sufferstraumaie:droppingthedetector.
Precautions:
The bump test must be conducted by introducing a known concentrationofgas(Pentane)tothesensorofthecombus-tiblegasdetector.Thedetectormustreadwithin+or-20%ofknownconcentrationandtoensurethatthe10%LELalarm on the detector is functioning properly
All gas detection equipment requires a minimum oxygen content in order to perform according to manufacturers specifications. The oxygen reading must be taken prior to anLELreadingtoverifythatthemonitorcanreadproperly
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
256
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
257
Appendix 2
Training
All employees and contractors must be knowledgable on the hazards of combustible gas and the use of detection equipment being used.EachareaintheCGPUisresponsibletoensurethatallBPandFullTimeEquivalenceworkershaveasatifactorycourse available to teach the proper methods in the use of combustible gas detection equipment including: • Operation • Calibration • Storage • Limitations • Alarmsettings • SitespecificproceduresPersonnel training records will be maintained on site. Trainingistobeconductedevery(3)yearsandisexpectedto include passing a documented test to ensure personnel are qualified.
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
258
Standard Safety Practices Manual
259
Appendix 3
LeaseEntryProcedure
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Step
H
azar
d C
ontr
ol
1. V
erify
per
sona
l mon
itorin
g eq
uipm
ent i
s op
erat
iona
l onc
e pe
r sh
ift.
H2S
or h
ydro
carb
on e
xpos
ure.
-
Bum
p te
st p
erso
nal
mon
itorin
g eq
uipm
ent
prio
r to
the
begi
nnin
g of
the
shift
. - C
alib
rate
mul
ti-he
ad g
as m
onito
r as
per
man
ufac
ture
’s in
stru
ctio
ns
2. S
top
at le
ase
entry
and
con
duct
a
visu
al in
spec
tion
of a
rea
Hig
h H
2S o
r LEL
co
ncen
tratio
ns, o
xyge
n de
ficie
ncy,
exp
losi
ons,
fire
or
spills
Bef
ore
ente
ring
leas
e:
1.
Vis
ual i
nspe
ctio
n 2.
C
heck
win
d di
rect
ion
3. C
heck
for
H2S
and
LE
L al
arm
and
fla
shin
g be
acon
3.
Reg
iste
r per
sonn
el e
nter
ing
the
site
thou
gh th
e us
e of
an
auto
mat
ed
syst
em (V
MS
) or b
y no
tifyi
ng th
e co
ntro
l roo
m.
H2S
or h
ydro
carb
on e
xpos
ure
- E
nsur
e th
at s
yste
m a
ccep
ts t
he i
nput
or
that
con
trol
room
sta
ff re
cord
s th
e tim
e of
en
try in
the
log.
S
TOP
-TH
INK
-GO
4. I
f sa
fe f
or v
ehic
le e
ntry
, pr
ocee
d to
the
MC
C /
RTU
(Sca
da) b
uild
ing.
(IF
NO
RTU
OR
MC
C IS
PR
ESEN
T G
O T
O S
TEP
6.)
Hig
h H
2S o
r LEL
co
ncen
tratio
ns, f
ire, e
xplo
sion
s or
spi
lls
Bef
ore
ente
ring
leas
e:
1.
Vis
ual i
nspe
ctio
n 2.
C
heck
win
d di
rect
ion
3.
Che
ck f
or H
2S a
larm
an
d fla
shin
g be
acon
LEA
SE E
NTR
Y PR
OCE
DU
RE
Standard Safety Practices Manual
258
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
259
LeaseEntryProcedure
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Step
H
azar
d C
ontr
ol
5. U
se m
ulti-
head
gas
det
ecto
r to
ch
eck
for
high
LE
L or
H
2S
gas
leve
ls i
n th
e vi
cini
ty o
f M
CC
/RTU
. E
valu
ate
risk
of o
ther
atm
osph
eric
ha
zard
s su
ch
as
benz
ene,
su
lfur
diox
ide
or c
arbo
n m
onox
ide.
H2S
or
LEL
expo
sure
, ox
ygen
de
ficie
ncy,
exp
losi
ons
or fi
re.
H2S
> 1
0 pp
m
LEL
> 10
%
19.5
% >
O2
> 23
%
SO
2 >
2 p
pm
CO
> 2
5 pp
m
Ben
zene
> 1
ppm
- Per
sona
l mon
itor
- Mul
ti-he
ad G
as M
onito
r - C
ontin
uous
Gas
Mon
itor (
if a
pplic
able
) - B
enze
ne, S
O2,
CO
mon
itorin
g eq
uipm
ent
(if a
pplic
able
)
6. If
H2S
or L
EL g
as li
mits
are
with
in
Pra
ctic
es,
vehi
cles
m
ay
now
pr
ocee
d on
to
the
leas
e an
d pa
rk
appr
opria
tely
.
H2S
or L
EL
expo
sure
, oxy
gen
defic
ienc
y, e
xplo
sion
s or
fire
- P
erso
nal m
onito
r - M
ulti-
head
Gas
Mon
itor
- Con
tinuo
us G
as M
onito
r (if
appl
icab
le)
- p
ark
vehi
cle
faci
ng th
e le
ase
exit
for
ease
of
egr
ess
- the
veh
icle
can
be
driv
en d
irect
ly o
ff th
e si
te- c
ompl
y w
ith th
e “8
met
er ru
le” f
rom
pro
cess
eq
uipm
ent a
nd p
ipin
g - C
heck
win
d di
rect
ion
and
park
upw
ind
- C
heck
bea
cons
or a
larm
s
LEA
SE E
NTR
Y PR
OCE
DU
RE
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
260
Standard Safety Practices Manual
261
LeaseEntryProcedure
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Step
H
azar
d C
ontr
ol
7.
Whe
n ex
iting
ve
hicl
e,
stat
ic
elec
trici
ty s
houl
d be
con
side
red
and
pers
on s
houl
d gr
ound
them
selv
es to
m
etal
ob
ject
be
fore
op
enin
g bu
ildin
gs.
Hig
h le
vels
of
H
2S
or
LEL'
s re
sulti
ng in
exp
losi
on
- G
roun
d ba
re h
and
to m
etal
sur
face
to
disc
harg
e st
atic
ele
ctric
ity.
8. O
pen
build
ing
door
whi
le u
sing
m
ulti-
head
mon
itor.
Oxy
gen
defic
ienc
y, L
EL o
r H2S
, ex
posu
re e
xplo
sion
s or
fire
-
App
roac
h bu
ildin
g us
ing
caut
ion
& t
ake
hesi
tatio
n st
ep a
fter o
peni
ng d
oors
-
chec
k en
tranc
e ar
ea
usin
g M
ulti-
head
he
ad m
onito
r to
ensu
re re
quire
d O
2, H
2S &
LE
L lim
its
- Per
sona
l mon
itor
- Con
tinuo
us G
as M
onito
r (if
app
licab
le)
9. If
H2S
or L
EL li
mits
are
exc
eede
d -
D
O N
OT
EN
TER
. H
2S o
r LE
L ex
posu
re,
oxyg
en
defic
ienc
y, e
xplo
sion
s or
fire
- P
erso
nal m
onito
r - M
ulti-
head
Gas
Mon
itor
- Con
tinuo
us G
as M
onito
r (if
app
licab
le)
- ope
n do
ors
and
vent
s us
ing
caut
ion
10.
If le
vels
do
not
clea
r co
ntac
t ba
ck
up
pers
onne
l an
d no
tify
supe
rvis
or.
H2S
or
LEL
expo
sure
, ox
ygen
de
ficie
ncy,
exp
losi
ons
or fi
re
- Per
sona
l mon
itor
- Mul
ti-he
ad G
as M
onito
r - C
ontin
uous
Gas
Mon
itor (
if a
pplic
able
) 11
. O
nce
back
up
has
arriv
ed
on
loca
tion,
ga
s le
ak
can
be
inve
stig
ated
and
/or r
epai
red
H2S
or
LEL
expo
sure
, ox
ygen
de
ficie
ncy,
exp
losi
ons
or fi
re
- bre
athi
ng a
ir eq
uipm
ent
donn
ed
- Per
sona
l mon
itor
- Mul
ti-he
ad G
as M
onito
r - C
ontin
uous
Gas
Mon
itor (
if a
pplic
able
)
LEA
SE E
NTR
Y PR
OCE
DU
RE
Standard Safety Practices Manual
260
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
261
LeaseEntryProcedure
Com
bust
ible
Gas
Env
ir.
Step
H
azar
d C
ontr
ol
12. I
f gas
leve
ls c
an n
ot m
eet
Pra
ctic
e re
quire
men
ts a
fter
inve
stig
atio
n an
d/or
repa
ir,
equi
pmen
t sho
uld
be s
hut-i
n.
H2S
or L
EL
expo
sure
, oxy
gen
defic
ienc
y, e
xplo
sion
s or
fire
- P
erso
nal m
onito
r - M
ulti-
head
Gas
Mon
itor
- Con
tinuo
us G
as M
onito
r (if
app
licab
le)
- shu
t in
usin
g si
te s
peci
fic s
hut d
own
proc
edur
es.
13. I
f no
gas
leve
l pre
sent
pro
ceed
in
to b
uild
ing
usin
g ca
utio
n, w
hile
m
onito
ring
gas
leve
ls w
ith m
ulti-
head
gas
mon
itor.
Pro
ceed
thro
ugh
the
entir
e bu
ildin
g sw
eepi
ng fo
r gas
be
fore
com
men
cing
wor
k.
H2S
or L
EL
expo
sure
, oxy
gen
defic
ienc
y, e
xplo
sion
s or
fire
- P
erso
nal m
onito
r - M
ulti-
head
Gas
Mon
itor
- Con
tinuo
us G
as M
onito
r (if
app
licab
le)
14. W
hen
leav
ing
leas
e no
tify
BP
pe
rson
al a
nd lo
g ou
t of a
utom
ated
or
off v
ms
syst
em. R
egis
ter p
erso
nnel
ex
iting
the
site
thou
gh th
e us
e of
an
auto
mat
ed s
yste
m (V
MS
) or b
y no
tifyi
ng th
e co
ntro
l roo
m.
H2S
or L
EL
expo
sure
, oxy
gen
defic
ienc
y, e
xplo
sion
s or
fire
- e
nsur
e V
MS
or m
anua
l log
in s
yste
m c
lear
s pe
rson
nel f
or s
ite
LEA
SE E
NTR
Y PR
OCE
DU
RE
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
262
Standard Safety Practices Manual
263
PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES
PURPOSE: To provide instructions for adequately protecting all pres-sure systems.
APPLICATION:All pressure systems.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • SystemOverpressure. • Toxic/Combustiblefluids. • Pressureonflaresystem(whereapplicable). • Explosion:Airinflaresystemand/orpiping.
PREPARATIONS: • Site-specificproceduresarerequiredfor
removal and installation of all PSV’s. The pro-cedures must be discussed and documented prior to carrying out the work, and before the applicable work permit is issued. [See: Permits and BP PSV handling and servicing procedure (Partofownerinspectionprogram)]
• Allblockvalvesontheupstreamand/ordownstream side of a PSV must be sealed or padlocked in the open position.
• Allpressuresafetyvalves(PSV’s)mustbemaintained in operable condition, in accor-dancewithProvincialRegulations(Ref:Qual-ity management system for Boilers, Pressure VesselsandpressurepipingSection6).
• AllPSV’swillbecheckedasperprovincialregulations.
Pre
ssur
e S
afet
y va
lves
Standard Safety Practices Manual
262
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
263
PROCEDURES:Pressure safety valve repair shops require certification ap-proval from applicable government agency per CSA B51.All PSV’s are to remain in service while the equipment that they are protecting is in service, except for repair as noted inASMECode.
PRECAUTIONS: Taking a PSV out of Service for Repair on equipment in operation: 1. No PSV may be taken out of service at any time
without approval from the Supervisor responsible for that facility.
2. No PSV may be taken out of service unless adequate protection is maintained by adjacent equipment, or by being continuously manned by a designated Operator to control the working pressureoftheequipmentasperASMESectionVIIIDiv.1AppendixM.
3. AllPSV’sremovedfromservicemustbeim-mediately logged and documented on the PSV handling and servicing procedure tracking sheet.
4. RepairstothePSVmustbemadeasquicklyaspossible with an emergency priority designation.
5. The PSV must be replaced immediately after the repair is complete.
6. When transporting a PSV for service or return-ing it to the facility the PSV must be transported intheverticalposition.[See:EnergyIsolation]
7. Returning a Pressure Safety Valve to Service 8. AfterRepaironOperatingEquipment: 9. All block valves must be opened, sealed or
padlocked. 10. The Supervisor in charge, or his designate, must
witness the installation of the seals or padlocks on the block valves connected to the pressure safety valve.
11. It is then to be logged that the PSV is in service.
Pre
ssur
e S
afet
y va
lves
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
264
Standard Safety Practices Manual
265
RESPONSIBILITY:The BP Canada Representative in charge of the job is responsible for ensuring that safe work procedures are developed and followed.
REFERENCE: • BPQualitymanagementsystemforBoilers
and Pressure Vessels and process piping. • ASMECodeSectionVIII,latestedition. • CSAB51Boiler,PressureVesselandPressure
Piping Code. • BPPSVHandlingandservicingProcedure.
PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTING
PURPOSE:To establish pressure and leak testing safe work practices for vessels, piping, and pipelines.
APPLICATION:New installations, repairs and replacements of vessels, piping, and pipelines.
DEFINITION: There are two types of pressure tests of which hydrostatic is the preferred method. Pneumatic testing isonlypermittedunderspecialconditions,EngineeringAuthority(EA)andRegulatoryApprovalisRequired.
PREPARATIONS:[See:Purging]
POTENTIALHAZARDS:[Seepurging] • Overpressure–operatingabovethesystem
MAWP.
Pre
ssur
e S
afet
y va
lves
Standard Safety Practices Manual
264
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
265
• Leaks–Testmediumleakingduringtest,envi-ronmental, stored energy and combustible issues.
• Explosion–Throughoverpressureorignitionofflammablegas.
Methods:
Hydrostatic:
This is the preferred method because energy release causes minimal concern: • Water/glycol–preferredhydrostatictestmedium
(minimumdanger). • Hydrocarbonbasedfluid–thepotentialfor
explosion, fire, toxicity, environment damage must be assessed and documented.
Pneumatic:
When leaks or ruptures occur energy release can be extremely dangerous and prolonged: • Inertgas–preferredpneumatictestmedium • Air/FlammableGas–mixingthesetwotest
mediums can result in explosion and fire. • PneumatictestingisnotrecommendedLeak Check:
CombustibleGascanbeusedforLeakChecktestonpiping, equipment or vessels only after the system has been properly purged.
PROCEDURES: 1. Allmechanical/integrityworkonthesystem
should be complete before the system pressure test commences.
2. When pressure testing, a low pressure test must be performed before the high pressure test to prevent failure of a component at high pressure and the resultant danger of this situation. The
Pre
ssur
e S
afet
y va
lves
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
266
Standard Safety Practices Manual
267
pressure set points for these tests should be stated intheprocedurealongwiththesystemsMAWP.
3. Site-specificproceduresshouldbedevelopedforall hydrostatic pressure tests.
4. Anapprovedsite-specificproceduremustbedeveloped for all pneumatic pressure tests.
SIGNS:Warning signs must be positioned prohibiting the presence of workers in the immediate area of the vessel or lines while pressure testing.Consideration of the following sections may be required: • WHMIS • Purging • BlindingandBlanking(EnergyIsolation) • DrainingandDepressuring • Pre-jobSafetyMeeting • PermittoWork
PRECAUTIONS: 1. All non essential personnel should be removed
from the area being tested. 2. Pressures intended for hydrostatic test must not
be used for pneumatic tests. When changing from hydrostatic to pneumatic testing, the test pressure must be recalculated.
3. Disposaloftestmediumsshouldbeinaccor-dance with environmental guidelines.
RESPONSIBILITIES:The BP Canada Representative in-charge is responsible for ensuring that safe pressure testing practices are followed.NOTE: For pressure test design, [See: Applicable Govern-ment Regulations:]
• ASMEPressureVesselCode • ProvincialBoilersBranchorequivalent • EUBorequivalent
Pre
ssur
e S
afet
y va
lves
Standard Safety Practices Manual
266
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
267
PURGING
PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for safely removing combustible, chemical, toxic or other hazardous materials from vessels and piping systems.
APPLICATION:Any vessels or piping systems being prepared for inspection, construction, repair, or returning to service.
DEFINITION:Purging is the removal of any undesirable medium from vessels or piping systems.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Leaksfromuncontrolledpoints. • Toxicvapor/Inertgasoxygendeficiency:
simple/chemicalasphyxiation • Combustiblematerial:explosionthesystem
contents could be in the zone between the LELandUEL
Static Electricity:
• Displacedfluids • Explosionduetocombustiblematerialbeing
vented to atmosphere • Operatingthesystemoutsideitsdesigncondi-
tions(Pressure/Temperature/Combustiblegas ininertsystems)
PREPARATIONS: a. Allmechanical/integrityworkshouldbecom-
plete before the purging operation commences. b. Steam, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, or water or
combustible gas may be used as a purging me-dium. If using combustible purge medium, the explosive risk associated with the transition zone
Pur
ging
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
268
Standard Safety Practices Manual
269
of incomplete purge must be recognized, and all potential ignition sources must be eliminated. If combustible gases are used for the purge medium theEngineeringAuthority(EA)mustapprovethe procedure.
c. The worker must know where the displaced fluids(i.e.,combustible,toxic)aregoing,andtheconditionareaissuitabletoreceivethefluids.
d. A site-specific procedure must be developed for each purging operation.
Safety Equipment:
a. The necessary safety equipment must be on hand (e.g.breathingapparatus,fireextinguishers,etc.)
b. Purge warning signs should be posted as required.
Isolating:
a. Vessels or piping must be isolated before purg-ing.[See:EnergyIsolation,GoldenRule]
b. Associated instrumentation must also be isolated. c. Flarepilots/ignitersmighthavetobeisolated.
PROCEDURES: a. Purge gas should be introduced into the system
very slowly. Inert gas should be used where pos-sible. Velocities should be kept very low to sweep the undesirable medium out of the system with as little mixing as possible, and should be done atatmosphericpressure.Lowpointdrainsshouldbe checked periodically for water removal. When purging for start-up, air must be completely displaced from the system to a level that the systemisnolongeroperatingintheflammable/explosive zone, before attempting to pressure up the system.
b. If the hydrocarbon is heavier than the purge medium, purging should be from top to bottom. If it is lighter, from bottom to top.
Pur
ging
Standard Safety Practices Manual
268
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
269
PRECAUTIONS: a. All non-essential personnel should be removed
from the purge area. b. Some combustible gas detectors require oxygen
for analysis of the sample, and therefore will not give a true indication when a vessel or piping is checked for the removal of hydrocarbons, if the detector is inserted in an oxygen-deficient atmosphere.
c. Creating or pulling a vacuum on piping or vessel (i.e.,introducingair),whenusingsteam.
d. Makesuretherearenodeadlegsinthevesselorpiping to be purged.
e. Tests must always be made to determine if purg-ing has eliminated the undesirable medium from thevesselorpipingsystem.SCBA/SABAmustbe worn when performing atmospheric monitor-ingpriorandduringConfinedSpaceEntry.[See:ConfinedSpaceEntry],[See:AtmosphericMonitoring]
f. Vesselsorequipmentmaystillcontaintoxicand/or combustible sludge or scales after purging. Consideration should be given to the removal of this material to maintain and ensure a safe atmosphere.
g. Purge medium temperatures must be considered foraffectonthesystemtobepurged.
RADIOACTIVE OR NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM)
PURPOSE:To establish the requirements for the safe handling of Natu-rallyOccurringRadioactiveMaterials(NORM).Contact your PU Industrial Hygienist.
Rad
ioac
tive
(NO
RM
)
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
270
Standard Safety Practices Manual
271
APPLICATION:AllworksiteswhereNORMcontaminationmayoccur.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:ExposuretoNORM.
PREPARATIONS: a. AnENFORMtrainedandqualifiedNORM
Control Coordinator must be assigned for all worksiteswherethereisorlikelytobeNORMcontamination.
b. All personnel performing work that involves NORMcontaminatedequipmentmustbetrained in personal protection and safe handling. Refer to the Code of Practice and contact your NORMControlCoordinator,SafetyCoordina-tor or Industrial Hygienist for advice on training, specificmonitoringandPPE.
Survey:
AllsitesthatmayhaveNORMcontaminationmusthavecompletedaNORMsurveyoftheapplicableequipment performed before work planning commences to ensure all hazards are identified. Work Planning: • WorkPlanningforNORMcontaminated
equipment must include provisions to ensure the personnel are trained
• thenecessaryequipmentandPPEisavailable • theneedforpersonneldecontaminationfacilities • possiblefacilitiesforequipmentdecontamination • ventilation • filteringexhaustedairorwastewaterand • wastestorage,recordkeeping,analysisand
disposalofNORMmaterialsand/orNORMcontaminatedequipmentandPPE
Rad
ioac
tive
(NO
RM
)
Standard Safety Practices Manual
270
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
271
Pre-Job Safety Meeting:
• Mustbeconductedpriortocommencementofoperation.TheNORMControlCoordina-tor must attend all pre-job safety meetings. [See:SafetyMeetings],[See:TDG-PackagingandSafeTransportofRadioactiveMaterial,[See:CanadianGuidelinesfortheManage-mentofNORM;GuidelinesfortheHandlingofNORMinWesternCanada]
• ContacttheNORMControlCoordinator,Safety Coordinator or Industrial Hygienist for advice before any work proceeds.
PROCEDURES:Safe handling procedures should include:
• Specificjobprocedurestobefollowed • Theexpectedeffluentconcentrationsand
methods of control if applicable • Thepersonincharge,responsibleforthe
operation • Storage,testinganddisposalofNORMwastes • Equipmentandworksitemustbeproperly
prepared (i.e. isolated, depressured, made accessible,etc.)Theworksiteshouldberopedoff.Radiationwarningsignsmustbeposted,and unauthorized entry of personnel banned, intheareaaffectedbythework
• Allwomenwhoarepregnantorarecon-sidering pregnancy must declare this to the Occupational Health Centre prior to work commencing so that an exposure risk assess-ment can be completed. The risk assessment mayincluderestrictedworkwithNORMcontaminated materials.
Rad
ioac
tive
(NO
RM
)
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
272
Standard Safety Practices Manual
273
PRECAUTION: • HighlyenergeticNORMmayaffectsome
LELmonitorsandfiredetectionsystems.Station shutdown could result when using a highly energetic radioactive source in the vicinity of a detector. A risk assessment must be performed to determine the scope and risk fromNORMandradioactivesources.Firedetection systems sensitive to radiation may have to be by-passed when radioactive sources are in use in the immediate area. Care must be taken to reactivate the detection system whentheworkiscompleted.[See:EquipmentShutdown Systems]
• NORMsurveymetersarenotexplosionproof, thus a Hot Work Permit is required.
RESPONSIBILITIES: • TheBPCanadaRepresentativeisresponsible
for ensuring that all procedures are supplied and followed.
• TheBPNORMControlCoordinatorisre-sponsibleforensuringthatallNORMcontrolprocedures meet regulations, the BP Codes of Practice and that all procedures are followed.
• TheContractorperformingworkonNORMcontaminated equipment and waste is responsible for ensuring that safe handling procedures and contingency plans have been developed which comply with all government regulations. He is also responsible for ensur-ing that all applicable protective equipment, instruments, rescue and decontamination facilities are on hand and in operable condi-tion before the job commences.
Rad
ioac
tive
(NO
RM
)
Standard Safety Practices Manual
272
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
273
RAIL CAR LOADING
PURPOSE:To provide procedures for the safe loading of tank cars.
APPLICATION:Tank car loading at plant and field locations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • StaticElectricity • CombustibleFluids • TankCarMovement
PREPARATIONS: a. Loadingracksandloadingracktrackagemustbe
securely and adequately grounded and bonded. All ground and bond connections should be frequentlyinspected.[See:Electrical]
b. Before loading tank cars, the loader shall check the derail, ensure that it is in a closed position, and erect the required warning signs.
PROCEDURES: a. Tank car loading encompasses similar concerns
andproblemsastransferringfluidsbytruck.However, a site-specific procedure is required, and the following general guidelines apply. [See: TankTruckLoading/Unloading]
b. Car wheels must be chocked to prevent the car from accidentally rolling.
c. The loader must attach the ground cable to each car before connecting the loading hoses.
d. Tank cars must be inspected prior to loading.Tank cars found in bad order must be reported to the supervisor immediately, and must not be loaded
Rai
l Car
Loa
ding
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
274
Standard Safety Practices Manual
275
until repairs have been made. e. The loader must label loaded cars with the
proper placards designated for this purpose and required by regulations. Proper documentation isalsorequired.[See:TDG]
f. Leakingvalvesorloadinghosesmustberepairedor replaced immediately.
g. The loading rack must never be left unattended while loading or offloading a tank car.
h. When using a top loading spout, the spout must be chained to the tank car during loading.
i. Tank cars must be filled to the proper level as instructed, and the loader should stand by to shut offtheloadingvalveswhenthislevelisapproached.
j. When loading is complete, the block valve on loading hose and tank car must be closed, and liquid petroleum gas vented to the vent stack before loading hoses are disconnected.
k. The loading hoses must be hooked back to the loading rack when loading has been completed.
PRECAUTIONS: a. No part of the body shall be positioned over the
slip tube gauge. b. Walkways and platforms must be inspected
frequently and kept in good condition. c. Workmen must refrain from jumping from the
loading rack to the tank car or from car to car. d. Company employees must stay away from tank
cars when the train crew is coupling, switching, and spotting cars.
e. All loaders must be familiar with the location of fire-fighting equipment and must be trained in its use.
f. Extensioncordswithlightsattachedmustnotbe used at the loading rack. Only approved flashlightsforhazardouslocationsarepermitted.
Rai
l Car
Loa
ding
Standard Safety Practices Manual
274
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
275
RESPONSIBILITIES: • ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanada
employee in-charge of the operation; to ensure that safe loading procedures are followed.
• Thetraincrewisresponsibleforensuringthatsafe tank car coupling, switching and spot-ting procedures meet applicable government regulations.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
PURPOSE:To provide safe work practices for workers in areas where there is a respiratory hazard.
APPLICATION:All personnel who are required to or may use respiratory protection to mitigate inhalation risks. This also applies to visitors to field locations who may use respiratory protec-tion. POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Toxicatmospheres • Oxygendeficientatmosphere
DEFINITION:*IDLH–Immediatelydangeroustolifeorhealth.Anyatmospherewheretheconcentrationofoxygen,flammableor toxic air contaminants would cause a person without respiratory protection to be fatally injured, or cause irrevers-ibleandincapacitatingeffectstothatperson’shealth.
PROCEDURES:[See:BPCanadaRespiratoryProtectionProgram]
Equipment for IDLH* Environment:
Res
pira
tory
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
276
Standard Safety Practices Manual
277
Self-contained or supplied-air breathing apparatus (SCBA/SABA)mustbeworn. where danger exists from reduced oxygen content oftheair(lessthan19.5%oxygen),ortoxiccontaminantsexceed the allowable exposure limits, The limitation and use ofSCBA/SABAareoutlinedintheBPCanadaRespiratoryProtection Program and the Canadian Standards Associa-tionCSAZ94.4-02(Selection,Use,andCareofRespira-tors),andCSAZ180.1-00(CompressedBreathingAirandSystems).
Equipment for Non-IDLH Environment:
Air-purifying respirators filter and remove specific contaminants from the air. These respirators are never to be usedinoxygen-deficientIDLHatmospheres.
There are two main types of air-purifying respirators:
1. Particulatesfilters(P100orHEPA–HighEf-ficiencyParticulateAirfilters)
2. Chemical cartridge These respirators are limited to the uses outlined in the BP Canada Respiratory Protection Program and the CanadianStandardsAssociationCSAZ94.4-02(Selec-tion,Use,andCareofRespirators),andCSAZ180.1-00(CompressedBreathingAirandSystems).TheBPCanadaRespiratory Protection Program also includes a selection chart for the type of respiratory equipment required for specific hazards.
Fitness to Wear Respirators:
All personnel required to wear respirators must be evaluated by a Health Professional to ensure pre-existing healthconditionsarenotaffectedbyrespiratoruse.BPOc-cupational Health Centre will perform the assessment on BP employees and full time contactors. Contract companies must provide documentation that demonstrates contract employees are fit to wear respira-tors.
Res
pira
tory
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
276
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
277
Fit Testing:
All BP Canada employees, contracted employees, contractors, and visitors doing work on BP premises or operating sites who are required to wear appropriate respira-tory protective equipment must have quantitative or quali-tative fit testing records available for review. A quantitative or qualitative fit test shall be performed on new employees and long-term contractors within the first three months of commencing work. Repeat testing is recommended annu-ally thereafter, or not to exceed 2 years.
Individuals who are required to wear respiratory equipment must be clean-shaven where the face piece of the respirator seals with the skin of the face. Conditions such as unusual face contours, scars, skin eruptions, eyeglasses, facial surgery, injury or missing dentures might interfere with the seal. For this reason, the seal must be positive and negative tested and a satisfactory fit obtained prior to each use.Mostmanufacturersprovideinstructionsforfittesting;if these are unavailable, refer to BP’s Respiratory Protection Program or contact your Safety Advisor or Industrial Hy-gienist for guidance on how these tests should be performed and documented.
Maintenance, Cleaning, and Storage of Respiratory Protection Equipment:
Immediately after use, the equipment must be cleaned, the face piece sanitized, and the equipment stored in the proper location. The maintenance, cleaning, and storage of respiratory protection must be consistent with the BP Canada Respiratory Protection Program. The user of the equipment should perform this task.
Inspection:
A competent worker must inspect respiratory protec-tive equipment that is not used routinely, but is kept ready for emergency use, at least monthly. The inspection must
Res
pira
tory
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
278
Standard Safety Practices Manual
279
ensure that the equipment is in satisfactory working condi-tion, clean, and in its proper location. Written documenta-tion of this inspection must be retained at the worksite and must include the name of the inspector and the date the inspection was performed. The supervisor in charge of the work location must designate a trained worker to complete the monthly inspection. The inspection must follow those established in the BP Canada Respiratory Protection Program. Contractors using their own respiratory equipment on BP sites must have documentation available regarding the testing, inspection and maintenance of respirators.
PRECAUTIONS: • Compressedbreathingairmustmeetquality
specifications for breathing air specified by CSAStandardZ180.1-00.
• Airfromrespiratoryaircompressorsmustbe tested annually by a qualified person to ensure analysis includes particulate and oil mists. This analysis must be performed on site. Taking an air sample in a bomb and the sending the sample to a laboratory for analysis is prohibited.
TRAINING: All workers entering a BP Canada field worksite where a respiratory hazard may exist must be: 1 Educatedonthehazardspresent. 2 Educatedonthereasonaparticularpieceof
respiratory equipment was chosen, and its capa-bilities and limitations.
3 Trainedintheproperuse,care,maintenance,and fitting of the respirators they will be using.
The frequency of training will be determined by the par-ticular job requirement. Repeat training is recommended annually,ornottoexceed3years(seeBPRespiratoryPro-tectionGuidelines).Documentationoftrainingfrequency,
Res
pira
tory
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
278
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
279
type, and session attendance must be retained on file at each area office.
For each confined-space entry, training in the use of self-contained, supplied-air respiratory protective equipment will be a requirement of each site-specific pre-entry safety meeting.
Task Hazard Assessment:
All tasks requiring respiratory equipment must be identified and assessed to ensure all hazards have been identified and mitigated. The mitigation measures should be documented in Work Orders and Safe Work Permits.RESPONSIBILITY: The Supervisor in charge of the work location must ensure that: • EmployeesandfulltimeContractorshave
been deemed fit to wear respirators by the Occupational Health Centre;
• Contractorshaveperformedfittestingandfitness to wear respirators medical assessment has taken place;
• Alltaskswhichhaverespiratoryhazardsare identified, evaluated, documented and included in work orders or Safe Work Permits;
• personnelaretrainedintheuse,maintenanceand inspection of the respiratory equipment,
ADDITIONALINFORMATION: 1. IndustrialHygieneManual 2. Respiratory Protection Program 3. Sitespecificcodeofpractice
Res
pira
tory
Pro
tect
ion
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
280
Standard Safety Practices Manual
281
HSSE MEETINGS
PURPOSE:To describe the composition, responsibilities, and meetings oftheJointWorksiteSafety,HealthandEnvironmentCommittee; describe meetings; and identify the require-ments of the pre-job meetings, to be attended by both contractor and BP Canada personnel before any potentially hazardous activity is started.
APPLICATION:WorksitesandworkerswithinaDepartment/Areaasdesig-natedbytheDepartment/AreaManager.
PROCEDURES:Joint Worksite Health, Safety, Security and Environment Committee:
1. AJointWorksiteSafety,HealthandEnviron-ment Committee is a group of worker employee representatives working together to identify and solve safety, occupational health, and environ-mental problems at the worksite. The Operating CentreManagerisresponsiblefortheformationof the committee at each worksite. The commit-tees will hold regular meetings.
2. The committee shall consist of an adequate num-ber of members to provide representation for all workers, and shall include at least one supervisor or equal numbers of workers and supervisors. The term of a committee member will usually be a minimum of one year.
3. Thecommitteewilladdressthesafety,occupa-tional health and environmental concerns of both management and workers. The committee members will either address these concerns immediately or bring them to the attention of thecommitteeatameeting.Membersofthe
HS
SE
Mee
tings
Standard Safety Practices Manual
280
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
281
committee will inspect the worksites regularly and report their findings to the committee.
4. Committeeconcernsandrecommendationsmust be documented and filed.
Committee Meetings:
The committee will hold meetings on a regular basis, at least once a month. A suggested meeting format is included at the end of this section.
General Meetings:
The BP Canada Supervisor in-charge of the work area is responsible for ensuring safety, health and environ-ment meetings are held. In most areas, there will be one meetingpermonth.Employeesshouldattendallhealth,safety, security and environment meetings but must attend a minimum of four meetings a year. An attendance record must be signed by the attendants and retained at the work-site with the minutes of the meeting.
The agenda will follow that of a regular business meeting:
1. Discussionofallincidentsandnearmisseswithin the area.
2. Discussionofincidents,andnearmissesthroughout company and industry.
3. Health,Safety,SecurityandEnvironmentcom-mittee concerns and recommendations.
4. Discussionofallbulletinsandsafetyinformation.
Education programs such as: • Reviewofregulations • Reviewofsafetypracticesandsite-specific
procedures • Seminarsonnewequipment • Hazardidentificationandtraining.
(e.g.WHMIS)
HS
SE
Mee
tings
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
282
Standard Safety Practices Manual
283
The minutes of the meetings must be recorded and distributed, as follows:
• Acopypostedatthefacility • Acopysenttoappropriatepersonnel • CopypostedonthegHSSErwebsite
Pre-Job risk assessment:
1. Where any personnel are to undertake an activity deemed to be potentially hazardous, a pre-job risk assessment shall be held.
2. The BP Canada representative in charge of the pre-job risk assessment must review gen-eralHSSErequirementsemphasizingchecks,procedures and hazards. These include the requirements for personnel protective equip-ment, site hazards, emergency procedures and job-specific safety requirements. Where the job is complex or involves hot work, a detailed site-specific procedure must be prepared prior to, and reviewed at this meeting. The minutes of the pre-job risk assessment must be recorded. All personnel involved in the work task must sign the minutes of the meeting. This documentation must be retained on file at the worksite office for a minimum of one year.
3. Wherethepre-jobriskassessmentisbeingheldas part of ongoing rig operations, the pre-job safety meeting will involve all personnel on the lease and be noted in the morning report, and tower report.
HSSE Opportunity/Near Miss Reporting:When a worker has reason to believe that an unsafe condi-tionorpracticemayexist,he/sheshalltakeimmediatecorrectiveactionwherepractical,andreportthecondition/practice to his supervisor.HSSEOpportunity/NearMissreportswillbefilledoutandreturnedtotheonsiteHSSErepresentative.
HS
SE
Mee
tings
Standard Safety Practices Manual
282
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
283
Suggested format for recording the minutes of joint worksite Health, Safety, Security and Environment com-mittee meetings:
1. Date,time,andlocationofmeeting. 2. ChairpersonofMeeting. 3. Listofattendees. 4. ConsecutivedayssincelastLostTimeAccident. 5. Consecutive days since last Preventable Vehicle
Accident. 6. Old safety concerns reported but not corrected
(includingspecificdetails). 7. Old safety concerns reported and corrected. 8. New safety concerns and recommendations. 9. Safety concerns corrected but not reported. 10.Discussionofaccidents,incidentsandnear
accidents (in area, throughout the company and theindustry).
11.Safetytopicsdiscussedand/oreducation program.
12.Distributionlistforminutes. 13.Mustcompleteafullworkplacelevelone
inspection per year. 14.Thiscanbesplitintosmallermonthlyones.
SAFETY STANDBY
PURPOSE:To provide procedures for a safety standby person to be used as an observer and back-up during specific work procedures.
APPLICATION:Confined-space entry, and other work tasks as specified by site-specific procedures.
Saf
ety
Sta
ndby
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
284
Standard Safety Practices Manual
285
DEFINITION:A “safety standby” person is an employee or designate used as an observer and back-up, whenever the above work applications are being carried out. This person is not part of the work crew, and is only concerned with the safety of the workers. Safety standby personal will be identified by some type of measure as identified in the pre-job risk assessment.
PROCEDURES:Qualifications:
The safety standby person must have up-to-date knowledge of the following: • Site-specificjobprocedures • Operatingproceduresforthesafetyequip-
ment required for the job in progress • ThelocationoftheOperatorandSupervisor
in charge and be able to communicate with eitherPotentialhazards.–Training
• FirstAid • CPR • H2S,ifapplicable • Fireextinguisheruse,ifapplicable • Rescueprocedures • ApplicableGoldenRuleofSafety • BPIndoctrination • ConfinedSpaceifapplicablePre-entryorrescue • Atmosphericmonitoringifapplicable
Duties of the Safety Standby:
1. A safety standby is a person who observes a work task for the purpose of: Fire suppression
2. Monitoringatmosphericconditionsfromoutsidetheconfinedspace–Ensuringtheairsupplytosupplied-air units that are being used. [See Sec-tion:AtmosphericMonitoring]
Saf
ety
Sta
ndby
Standard Safety Practices Manual
284
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
285
3. Providingcommunicationbetweenworkersandother operation or rescue personnel in the event of an emergency
4. Executionofemergencyrescueplanandactivationof rescue team
5. Maintainingentrylogandtoollogtoensureallpersonnel and tools are accounted for.
6. Ensuringunsupervisedentrypointsareflaggedoffindicating“DONOTENTER”ormadeinaccessible by other means.
7. Ensuringthatallworkersinvolvedinthetaskhave the proper training certification in place.
8. Other duties as identified in the pre-job safety meeting.
Note: Safety standby personnel can not leave their assigned post unless personal safety is jeopardized.
Equipment Required:
The safety standby equipment must be designated in the site-specific job procedure.
Emergency Actions:
In the event of any emergency, the safety standby must perform the following: (a) Communicatetheemergencytotheappropriate
back-up support. The call shall give the lease location,shallbeconciseandspecific:e.g.,ManDown,Fire,Explosion.
(b) Ifthereisnoimmediateresponse,repeatthemessage, and proceed with appropriate action.
Example:Inthecaseofa“Mandown”: • Callforhelpfromasafeareaandconfirmcall
Saf
ety
Sta
ndby
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
286
Standard Safety Practices Manual
287
has been acknowledged • Assessthehazard • Puton(don)respiratoryprotectiveequipment
(SCBA)asperprovincialrequirements • Removethevictimtoasafearea • Performemergencyfirstaidasappropriate • Reportallincidentsimmediatelyandarrange
for the victim to be transported to the nearest medical support
Entry to Sour Worksites:
[See: Hydrogen Sulfide Safety] [See: Respiratory Protection]
RESPONSIBILITIES:ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanadaEmployeeinchargeand/orcontractortoaddresstheneedforaSafetyStandby during specific work procedures, and to ensure that a properly trained person is used where required.
SAND BLASTING / ABRASIVE BLASTING
PURPOSE:Provide general guidelines for safe sand blasting operations.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada Plant and Field sites.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Dustcreatedbyblastingoperations(i.e.,silica
sand,walnutshells) • Dustfrommaterialremoved
(i.e.,leadbasepaints) • Sparkscausedbytheblastingoperation
San
d B
last
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
286
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
287
• Staticelectricitybuild-up • Possibilityofphysicalinjuryfromtheblasting
operation • Noiseexposure • Heatstress
PREPARATIONS: • Workareashouldbecheckedforcombustible
gas prior to commencing operation and as required throughout.
[See: Working in a Combustible Atmosphere Standard] • ASafeWorkPermitandPre-JobSafety
Meetingmayberequired,dependingontheproximity to the production facilities and the complexity of the job.
[See: Safe Work Permits][See:HSSEMeetings][See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment][See:ConfinedSpaceEntry][See: Noise and Hearing Conservation]PROCEDURES:The compressor, hose, nozzle and operator must be properly grounded to prevent build-up of static electricity. Ventilation requirements for the work area must be considered.Theequipmentoperatormustbeabletostoptheflowofmaterialimmediately,i.e.,shut-offdevicelocatedatnozzle.
PRECAUTIONS: • Ifconductingabrasiveblastingensurethat
crystalline silica is replaced with a less harmful substance.
• Minimizeanyreleaseofdust(nuisanceparticu-lates,silica,lead,etc.).
• Approvedrespiratoryprotectionmustbeusedto
San
d B
last
ing
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
288
Standard Safety Practices Manual
289
guard against inhalation of air borne contaminants.[See: Respiratory Protection] • Safehandlingrequirementsforsandblasting
material, or material removed from surfaces must be addressed.
[See:MSDS] • ConsultSafetyCoordinatororIndustrialHy-
gienist for advice on working with silica, lead or other toxic fumes, vapors or particulates.
• Approvedpersonalprotectiveequipmentmustbeused to guard against injury to the operator.
[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]
RESPONSIBILITIES:The BP Canada Representative, or his designate, is responsible for ensuring that safe sand blasting procedures are followed.The Contractor is responsible for ensuring:
• Thatallpersonnelareproperlytrainedinthesafeuse of the equipment
• Thatthematerialhazardsareidentified • Thatapprovedrespiratoryprotectionandper-
sonal protective equipment are used.
SECURITY
PURPOSE:To protect the public, BP Canada, and contractor person-nel, property and assets from injury, loss or damage.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada locations, including plants, compressor sta-tions, offices, warehouses, batteries, wellsites, pipelines etc.
Sec
urity
Standard Safety Practices Manual
288
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
289
DEFINITION:Security included:
• Manned–24hr.dailyoperation • Unmanned–8hr.dailyoperation
Assets included:
• Product • Equipment • LegalLiability
PROCEDURES:Physical Security:
1. Properly maintained public protection security systems contribute to visitor safety, and minimize exposure to possible litigation resulting from incidents/accidentsinvolvingnon-employeesonlocations.
2. Where the possibility exists for theft, vandalism or unauthorized entry, facilities shall be evaluated andsecuredasrequired.Livestockentryshallbea consideration.
The following are general physical security practices:
Perimeter Protection:
1. Control access to company facilities. Post appropriatesignsatALLentrancesto“guide”legitimatevisitorsand“warn-off”potentialtres-passers. Utilize gates and barriers to prevent the casualand/orcuriousfromwanderingordrivinginto facilities.
[Forappropriatesigns,See:LeaseDesign] 2. Wherelocksarerequired,approvedheavy-duty/
industrialshacklepadlocks(7/16inchdiameter)and chains will be used. (For approved padlocks,
Sec
urity
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
290
Standard Safety Practices Manual
291
contactCorporateSecurity.) 3. Fencing,forsecuritypurposes,BPstandardsare
2.4metershigh,chainlinkedandtoppedwiththree strands of barbed wire angled outward.
4. Fencingrequirementsforsourfacilitiesorfacili-ties near populated areas can be found in Alberta Oil&GasRegulations-8.170,8.180&EUBIL90-19.
(If other than Alberta, see applicable government regula-tions.)
Building Protection:
1. Install approved heavy-duty, deadbolt locks on thedoorsandheavysecurityscreening(mesh)orbars over the windows of buildings containing vital controls and sensitive or valuable equip-ment. Overhead doors may require additional protection.
2. Buildings, offices, etc. containing vital controls, largequantitiesofvaluableequipmentand/orsupplies may, in addition, require electronic fire and intrusion detection systems. Corporate Secu-rity can provide recommendations and assistance as required.
Lighting:
Areas should have sufficient illumination for security purposes, and be in accordance with BP Canada General Specifications and applicable government regulations.
Identification:
Valuable equipment and other theft-prone items should be engraved or stamped with a company-issued, computer-registered, identification number. (Corporate Security shall issuenumbersspecifictoeachoperatingfacility/areaduring
Sec
urity
Standard Safety Practices Manual
290
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
291
securitysurveysand/oronmanagementrequest.)
RESPONSIBILITIES:All employees must report incidents involving criminal ac-tionorlosstoCorporateSecurity,LocalManagementandPolice(ifrequired).
EMERGENCYPLANS:RefertoEmergencyResponsePlanGuide.
Forms:
• 48-220SecurityIncidentReport • C1121BombThreat/AnonymousTelephone Call Record
SERVICE RIG SAFETY
PURPOSE:To review the major areas of concern in regard to service rig safety to ensure compliance of service rigs with all appli-cable government and BP Canada regulations and practices.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated service rig operations.
PREPARATIONS:Pre-employment Meeting:
A Pre-employment meeting should be held with the service rig contractor to ensure compliance with Service Rig Safety requirements.[See: Contractor Safety Program]
Controlled Areas:
Where service rig operations are required in a controlled
Ser
vice
Rig
Saf
ety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
292
Standard Safety Practices Manual
293
area, that is, adjacent to airports or populated areas, ad-ditionalequipmentand/orproceduresmayberequiredtomeet government regulations.[See:ApplicableGovernmentAgency,E.U.B.inAlberta]
Notification:
The applicable government agency should be notified of all rig moves.
Signs:
Post appropriate signs at the lease entrance advising H2S, hard-hat area, overhead power lines, restricted access, etc.
PROCEDURES:Detailed Rig Inspection Report:
FormC-79(88-08)Mustbefilledoutandsenttotheappropriatesupervisoraccording to the following schedule: • Whenusingaservicerigthathasnotworkedfor
BP Canada before, or • WhenaservicerighasnotworkedforBP
Canada for a significant length of time (several jobs),or
• Onceeverythreemonthsduringcontinuousoperation for BP Canada, or
• WhenitisdeemednecessarybyBPCanadaWellsiteLeader
Note:
• Thisinspectionmustbereportedonthedailyreport and service rig tour sheets
• Forcriticalwells,thisinspectionshouldbecompletedwithinthe24hourperiodpriortoinitiating operations
Weekly Rig Inspection Report:
Ser
vice
Rig
Saf
ety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
292
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
293
FormC-125(88-08)In addition to the detailed Rig Inspection, service rig inspections must be carried out each week, or once per well, whichever is more frequent. The report must be filled out and sent to the appropriate supervisor, and must be reported on the daily report and service rig tour sheets.
Daily Inspections:
A walk around inspection must be done on a daily basis with the contractor representative. This should be done first thing in the morning and reported on the daily report and service rig tour sheets. Ideally this inspection could be carried out in conjunction with the daily mechanical testing of the BOP equipment.Service Rig Blow-Out Prevention Drill Report:
FormC-125(88-08)Blow-out drills must be performed by each rig crew every 7 days, or once per well, whichever is more frequent. Performance and certification of the rig crew and supervi-sorsmustberecordedontheform.Drillsshouldbedoneat various stages of activity (i.e. tripping, drilling, out of hole,etc.)
Blow-out Preventers:
1. When BOP’s require winterizing, the heat source must be suitable for the electrical area classifica-tion in which it is used.
[See:ElectricalProtectionRegulations] 2. Wheneverboltsareloosenedorflangesbroken,
that section of the BOP system must be pressure-tested as if it had just been hooked up.
Accumulator:
Linesshallbetestedtothemaximumoperatingpressureofthe accumulator for 5 minutes prior to commencing opera-tions. Hose couplers within 7.0 meters of the wellbore must
Ser
vice
Rig
Saf
ety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
294
Standard Safety Practices Manual
295
be “lock-type” or “Hammer Union type”.
BOP Remote:
Mustbeshieldedfromthewellheadandmaybelocatedatthe accumulator.
Kill and Bleed Off System:
Wellhead casing valves must not be used as part of this system. These valves are reserved for emergency use only. Threaded BOP ports are not acceptable because of potential thread damage.If fire sheathed hoses are used, they shall be shop serviced in three year cycles and service reports made available.Rig Savers/Shut-Offs:
All diesel engines within 25 meters of a wellhead or a tank mustbeequippedwithapositiveairshut-offvalve(PASO),either automatically or manually operated. This valve must be function tested prior to commencing operations and at least once a week thereafter. Tests shall be recorded on daily reports.Vehicles,withoutairintakeshut-offs,essentialtooperationsmay operate within this distance, provided the BP Canada Representative in-charge or his designate assesses the on-site safety, i.e. Gas detection. This does not apply to where a vehicle is performing an operation on the well.
Lighting:
All rig lights must be enclosed in vapor-proof glass covers and should be controlled by an explosion-proof switch within reach of the driller while at the brake.
Rig Cleaning:
The rig should be kept clean using rigwash chemicals and water. Gasoline must not be used.
Ser
vice
Rig
Saf
ety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
294
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
295
Hydrogen Sulfide and Combustible Gas (L.E.L.)
Monitors:
EnsureDragerorGastecH2Ssamplingdevicesareavailablewith an adequate range of dated sampling tubes. H2S elec-tronic monitors, complete with audible and visual alarms, are required on critical sour wells. The monitor must be capableofdetectingH2Sat10PPM.Themonitorshouldprovide alarms as follows: • LowAlarm–10PPMH2S • HighAlarm–20PPMH2SMonitorsmustberoutinelycalibratedandtestedbyaqualified person. A minimum of two detectors are required; onelocatedasclosetothereturnlineintherig/mudtankaspossible,andtheotherplacedundertherigfloor.[See:StandardforWorkinginaCombustibleGasEnviron-ment]
Equipment Placement:
On initial set-up, the rig should be upwind of the wellhead, based on the prevailing wind direction. The line from the tank to the wellhead should run at 90 degrees to the wind, and the pump must be upwind of the tank.[See:E.U.B.EquipmentSpacingDiagramincludedattheend of this section.]
NOTE: If the lease is too small to position equipment according to the applicable regulations, approval for exemp-tion must be obtained from the appropriate regulatory agenciespriortoperformingthework.(e.g.EUBand/orOH&S).
Power Line Spacing:
Guy lines must not cross under or over any existing power line. For minimum clearances from overhead power lines, [See:Electricity].
Ser
vice
Rig
Saf
ety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
296
Standard Safety Practices Manual
297
Wind Direction:
A method of determining wind direction shall be used. This should be supplemented by streamers in the derrick, guy wires and rig tank to ensure that a correct wind direction is always available.
Access and Parking:
The parking area should be as far away from the wellhead as possible, but in no case closer than 25 meters. Access to and from this area should be outside the 25 meter radius.
Sump, Swab Tank and Flare Stack:
Thesump,swabtankandflarestackmustbelocated50meters downwind of the rig based on the prevailing wind direction.Onsourwells,theflarestackmustbeequippedwith a continuous Pilot. For critical sour wells, continuous ignition is suggested as a back-up to the continuous pilot.
Anchors:
All underground piping, cable and cathodic protection beds must be located prior to driving in anchors.[See:GroundDisturbancePractice]Anchors must be properly spaced and pull tested according to the rig manufacturer’s specifications.[See:BP’sCompletionOperationsManualforfurtherdetails]
Safety Trailer Requirements:
Safety trailers are required where the H2S concentration in the vapor phase is equal to or greater than 1 percent. A safety trailer and safety supervisor is required on all wells where the H2S concentration in the vapor phase is equal to or greater than 5 percent.For wells where the H2S concentration is low and risk to personnel associated with an H2S release is minimal, the non-requirement for a safety trailer can be addressed in the work plan.
Ser
vice
Rig
Saf
ety
Standard Safety Practices Manual
296
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
297
Electrical Grounding/Bonding:
All electrical systems must be properly grounded. Ground electrodes must have a resistance of no more than 10 ohms.Ground the service rig, pumps, pump trucks and rig tanks, etc. The electrode resistance should not exceed 7 ohms.Cathodicprotectionmustbeshutoffandthepipelineproperly bonded to the wellhead and service rig before it is disconnected.[See:Electricity]When ground electrodes are to be used, these will be driven rods or pipes.RESPONSIBILITIES:The BP Canada representative in-charge is responsible for ensuring that all personnel on-site fully understand the safety considerations and service rig safety requirements. He is also responsible for ensuring that service rig inspec-tions are performed, and that all service rigs that work for BP meet the applicable requirements.The service contractor is responsible for ensuring that his equipment and personnel comply with the applicable governmentregulationsandBPHSSEPolicies.
SIGNS AND BARRICADES
PURPOSE:To provide safe work practices to reduce hazards by the use of signs or barricades.
APPLICATION:All BP plant and field roads and facilities.
PROCEDURES:Road Hazards:
Where a hazard exists on a road, e.g., closure, bridge out, or culvert out, proper signs and barricades must be
Sig
ns &
Bar
ricad
es
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
298
Standard Safety Practices Manual
299
used to ensure public safety. Road signs addressing dust hazards, ice, curves, hills, speed limits, etc. should also be considered.Localmanagementshouldassesstheneedonallcompany roads.
Road Maintenance:
Whenever road maintenance (i.e., sanding, grading, gravel-ling,etc.)isbeingconductedonBPCanadaroads,allsignsrequired by Provincial Transportation must be used. BP Canada roads are open to public use and must be treated as such.Temporary Hazards:
Wherever a temporary hazard exists during maintenance oroperatingactivities,(i.e.openditches,spills,wetfloors,etc.)thenecessarysignsorbarricadesmustbeinplacetoensure the safety of uninvolved personnel.
RESPONSIBILITIES:All employees and contractors are responsible to identify hazards and ensure that proper and adequate signs and barricadesareusedasrequired.Useofreflectivevestsarerequired for people involved in setting, manning signs and barricades on roadways.
SIMULTANEOUS OPERATING PROCEDURE
1.0 Purpose/Scope
1.1 The intent of this document is to provide procedures to facilitate safe operations during simultaneous Well, Operations, and Construction activities. The Canada Gas BU team is committed to maintaining a safe and environmentally sound workplace.
1.2 Pre-job planning, cooperation and communica-tion between all groups and departments during
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
298
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
299
simultaneous operations are crucial to ensuring safe operations.Simultaneousoperations(SIMOPS)referenced herein apply to interactions between Op-erations, Wells, and Construction activities. Federal, provincial, and local regulations are to be followed during all operations and activities.
2.0 Key Responsibilities
2.1 The following is a list of the key Canada Gas PU Field based positions and their roles with respect to Simultaneous Operations planning. As the project develops, roles and responsibilities will change. These changes will be clearly identified and com-municated at the daily coordination meetings.
2.2 OperatingCentreManager(ordesigneesuchasPlantorFieldForemanforasitewithintheOC)isresponsible for the overall safety of personnel on site. On a continuous basis they will communicate with the operating groups to learn of the day’s activities. They will decide which activities take precedence af-ter assessing the priorities associated with each opera-tion.TheOCM(ordesignee)hastheobligationandauthority to shutdown any or all activities necessary to ensure the safety of personnel and the facility. He is responsible for organizing communications meet-ings with the respective Person in Charge from Wells, ConstructionandOperationsforSIMOPSactivities.
2.3 PersoninCharge(PIC)willbeadesignatedContractor, Alliance partner, or BP employee who is singularly accountable for compliance with this SIMOPSProcedureatagivenworklocation.Theiraccountabilities under this procedure will include notification/trainingoftheworklocationdepart-mentstaffoutlinedinthisprocedure,develop-
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
300
Standard Safety Practices Manual
301
ment of any location specific notification lists, and ongoingreportingofanyHSSEincidentsor“nearmiss” incidents. There shall be a PIC identified for each major work group on the site (e.g. Construc-tion,Wells,andOperations)whereversimultaneousoperations can occur. As the project progresses, the PICrolemaybetransferredtodifferentpersonnel.As these roles change, it is important that the PIC’s are clearly identified to all personnel onsite through training/orientationsandpostingontheSIMOPSNotice Board.
2.4 WellsRepresentativeistheBPWellsiteLeaderandisaccountable for all drilling and rig related activities andoperations.He/sheistheWellsPICandreportstotheWellsTeamLeaderinCalgary.
2.5 SpecialProjects/ConstructionForeman-thiscanbeany person who has responsibilities for construction or special project activities including WARTHOG. He/sheisaccountableforallproject-associatedcontractorstoprovideaSIMOPSWorkPlanforallconstructionprojectsthatinvolveSIMOPS(concur-rentactivityamongProjects,Wells,andOperations).
2.6 OperationsLead/orAreaAuthorityisaccountablefor facility operations and all non-drilling remedial well operations as well as all activities on the site outside of the drilling rig after Production Opera-tionsbegin.He/sheistheOperationsPICandisaccountableforOperationsSIMOPSWorkPlansthat involve activities that impact drilling operations orproject/constructionactivities.DependingontheparticularOC/SiteorganizationthismaybeaFore-man,SeniorOperatororPlant/FieldOperator.
2.7 Issuing Authority is accountable for the overall
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
300
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
301
controlofworkontheworksite.He/shewillissueWork Permits. In cases where the Issuing Authority has been transferred from existing operations the Issuing Authority must ensure the requirements for handing over a lease and changing Issuing authority have been met. On larger sites it may be appropriate to designate more than one Issuing Authority. In that case the designated areas for each Issuing Authority must be clearly defined with a marked up plot plan andonsite(e.g.snowfencing).Noteinmanycasesthe Issuing Authority will also be a PIC.
2.8 SiteHSSECoordinatorwillberesponsibleforsitesafetyprograms.TheSiteHSSECoordinatorwillassistthePICinthefacilitationofSIMOPScommunication meetings and provide support to all departmentsinthepreparationofSIMOPSPlansand hazards analysis reviews.
3.0 Definitions
3.1 Simultaneousoperationsreferencedhereinapplyto interactions between Operations, Wells, and Construction activities. Federal, provincial, and local regulations are to be followed during all operations and activities. These activities as well as other termi-nology are defined as follows:
• Operations:facilitiesoperationandmaintenance,well production and maintenance, pipeline operation and maintenance
• Wells:drillingrig,workoverrig,and/orcomple-tion rig operations including abandonment’s, and rig maintenance
• Construction:civil/gravelwork,facilitiesinstalla-tion and construction, pipeline construction, site decommissioning and abandonment and general construction
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
302
Standard Safety Practices Manual
303
• SimultaneousOperations(SIMOPS):concurrentactivities of producing, processing, or injection ofhydrocarbons(andassociatedwater);drilling;completion; remedial operations; well mainte-nance/service;oranyconstructionactivity
• SiteControl:Ultimatecontrolandaccount-ability for a development work site by one of the three departments shall be established for each phase of the individual program development
4.0 Procedure
4.1 Communications CommunicationsisthekeytoexcellentHSSEper-
formanceandsafeSimultaneousOperations.Everygroup must be keenly aware of what the other groups aredoingtoavoidconflicts.Coordinationmeetingswill be held daily through the various phases of con-struction, drilling, and operations activities. A rep-resentative from each major work group will attend these meetings and exchange information about their respective group’s activities for the day. Potential workconflictswillberesolvedbetweenthevariousgroupsbeforeanyworkwillcommence.SIMOPSactivities planned for the next day will be discussed indetailandthevariousPIC’swillpassonSIMOPSinformationtoaffectedsupervisors,foremanandworkersatthefollowingday’sHSSEmeetings.Atthis meeting, information relative to future work will also be shared to allow adequate planning for all affecteddepartments.
ASIMOPSNoticeBoardshallbeestablishedatadesignated location on the work site. It is critically important during Simultaneous Operations that all personnel involved know how to communicate an emergency situation.
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
302
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
303
This SIMOPS Notice Board will display, as a minimum:
• SitespecificEmergencyNotificationNumber(s) • SitespecificEmergencyNotificationProcedure • AuthorityorDepartmentinchargeoftheloca-
tion(Sitecontrol),nameofIssuingAuthority(IA),andcontactinformationforWorkPermits
• SIMOPSWorkPlans • EmergencyResponsePlan(ERP) • Nameandcontactinformationforthesite
specificPersoninCharge(PIC)forConstruc-tion, Wells, and Operations
• DateoflastNoticeBoardinformationchangeor review
The location of the notice board and the minimum information above shall be part of the initial site specificHSSEorientation.Aspartofthesiteorien-tation, the site specific emergency notification proce-dureandthemusterlocation(s)willbereviewed.
Crew supervisors are accountable for reviewing theSIMOPSNoticeBoardandensuringthatanyoperationwhichaffectsanothergroup’sactivitybediscussed at the next appropriate tour or shift change tool box safety meeting, pre-tour safety meeting, or pre-job safety meeting.
TheSIMOPSNoticeBoardshallbeupdatedascon-ditions or development phases change. It must be reviewed weekly for accuracy. The Issuing Authority in charge of the site shall be accountable for review-ingandupdatingtheSIMOPSNoticeBoard.
4.2 WorkPermits TheCanadaGasPUPermittoWork(PTW)Practice
(MS880)willbeused.WorkPermitswillbeissuedbytheIssuingAuthorityandpostedontheSIMOPSNotice Board.
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
304
Standard Safety Practices Manual
305
4.3 SimultaneousOperations(SIMOPS)WorkPlans SIMOPSWorkPlansshallbedevelopedforany
workgroup’sactivitythatdirectlyorindirectlyaffectsthe safe performance of another work group’s activity oroperation.(i.e.,aSIMOPSWorkPlanisrequiredof all activities that may impact wells, production operationsorconstructionoperations.)Responsibil-ityforSIMOPSWorkPlanpreparationlieswiththeworkgroupinitiatingtheactivity.TheSiteHSSECoordinator will assist each department in the devel-opmentofSIMOPSPlansandhazardsanalysisandwillfacilitateSIMOPSinterfacemeetingsbetweendepartments.
TheworkactivityrequiringtheSIMOPSPlanshouldbeclearlyidentifiedontheSIMOPSPlanform,gHSSErMF36201.
The plan must include but is not limited to the follow-ing key points:
• Adescriptionofthejob,project,operation,oractivity to be conducted including the number of personnel involved, equipment involved, site resources required, etc.
• DesignatedPICforthejobandthecommunica-tionplanforcontactingthePICbyradioand/orphone
• Expecteddurationofthework • HazardAnalysisprofileforthejob • WorkPermitPlanforthatgivenjob • Clarityonwhichactivitiescannotoccursimul-
taneously or what special controls are required if the activities are to take place simultaneously
EverySIMOPSWorkPlanmustbeapprovedandsignedbythePICfortheoperation(s)impacted.
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
304
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
305
For example, when a construction activity impacts a Wells operation by proximity to the wells opera-tion, the PIC for Construction is accountable for communication with the Wells PIC, reviewing the SIMOPSWorkPlan,andobtainingtheWellsPIC’sapproval before the work begins. However work can only begin when a Permit to Work has been issued by the Issuing Authority who has also reviewed the SIMOPSWorkPlan.
Examples of work requiring SIMOPS Work Plans include but are not limited to the following:
• Onawellsite,Constructionworkadjacenttoadrilling or well service rig
• Onaplantsite,Constructionworkadjacenttolive operating plant
TheIssuingAuthorityorPICcanrequireaSIMOPSWork Plan before the new job, project, operation, or activity can begin.
AcopyofeveryapprovedSIMOPSWorkPlanshallbepostedontheSIMOPSNoticeBoard.UponcompletionoftheSIMOPSactivity,thePlanmayberemovedfromtheSIMOPSNoticeBoard.
5.0 Reference Documents
• ProjectManagementPlan–gHSSErMS363 • gHSSErMS880-PermittoWorkandHazard
Assessment Practice • NAGSPUControlofWorkPolicyhttp://docs.
bpweb.bp.com/NAG:/content/hse/onshore/documents/K0000002586
6.0 Forms
• HSSErMF36201–SIMOPSWorkPlanForm
Sim
ulta
neou
s O
pera
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
306
Standard Safety Practices Manual
307
STRESS RELIEVING PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for safe stress relieving practices.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada Facilities.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:Fire,Explosion,ElectricalShock,Burns
PREPARATIONS:The stress relieving unit and associated equipment are both potential ignition sources, and therefore necessitates the need for extreme caution and proper procedures to elimi-nate the safety hazards.[See:Permittowork][See:HSSEMeetings]
PROCEDURES:Whenever stress relieving is performed on piping or vessels in place, site-specific procedures must be developed.[See: Welding Practices - General]RefertoBP’sWeldingQualityControlManualforstressrelieving requirements and techniques.
Signs:
Appropriate signs should be erected around the work area to warn of the hazard and to keep out non-essential personnel.
RESPONSIBILITIES: • TheBPCanadaRepresentativeinchargeofthe
operation is responsible for ensuring that safe stress relieving procedures are followed
• Itistheresponsibilityofthequalifiedengineer
Str
ess
Rel
ievi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
306
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
307
in charge to ensure that the appropriate stress relieving requirements and techniques are met
• Thecontractorisresponsibleforthesafeopera-tion and use of his equipment while on an BP Canada worksite
SWABBING
PURPOSE:To provide a general guide for safe swabbing operations.
APPLICATION:All swabbing operations conducted by service rigs, swab-bing units and wireline units.
DEFINITION:Routine Work:
Frequently performed swabbing operations on wells of similarset-up.Doesnotincludeswabbingoperationsonsour wells.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:Combustible Fluids:
As excessive gas becomes evident, production must be switchedthroughtestersandgasflared.Windindicatorsmust be present at all locations.
Toxic return fluids:
[See:WHMISforFluidHandlingRequirements][See: H2S Safety][See:StaticElectricity]Swabbing Unit, wireline unit, service rig and associated pip-ing and equipment must be properly bonded to wellhead and grounded.
Sw
abbi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
308
Standard Safety Practices Manual
309
[See: Bonding and grounding]PREPARATIONS:Non-Routine Work:
A Work Permit must be issued and a pre-job safety meeting conducted, prior to commencing operation. If swabbing is part of service rig operations, only a pre-job safety meeting needs to be conducted.[See: Permits To Work][See:HSSEMeetings]
Routine Work:
Swabbing procedures must be developed for all routine swabbing operations where a work permit and pre-job safety meeting are not issued or conducted.The procedure must cover all pertinent safety and opera-tion considerations and emergency plans. This procedure must be reviewed with all pertinent contract personnel. Procedures reviewed and individuals trained must be documented.
PROCEDURES:Company Representative:
A properly trained BP Canada Representative, or his designate, must be on-site for all swabbing operations. An BP Canada Representative must be on-site when swabbing operations involve sour wells.
Cathodic Protection:
Ifflowlineistobedisconnected,orswabreturnlineistobeconnectedtoflowline,cathodicprotectionmustbeshutoff.Thewellhead,swabbingunitandswabreturnlinemustthenbeelectricallybondedtotheflowlinetoeliminateanyelectrical potential before disconnecting.Fluids should be swabbed through a poorboy degasser into a rig tank, only if the Hydrogen Sulfide concentrations are less than the occupational exposure limit.
Sw
abbi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
308
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
309
[See: H2S Safety] If the H2S concentrations exceed the occupational exposure limit,allfluidshouldbeswabbedthroughpropertestingequipment,whichmayincludeaseparator,flarestack,continuousflarepit,gasboot,andventedtanks.Twoquali-fied personnel should supervise the equipment, configured appropriately for the specific well.[See:BP’sCompletionOperationsManual]
Swab Return Vent Lines:
Mustbeequippedwithblockvalves,whichareclosedwhenrunning in the hole with the swab mandrel.
Swabbing Unit:
Mustbesecurelyanchoredaccordingtomanufacturer’sspecifications.
Swab Tank:
Mustbespacedasperrigtankspacingrequirements.Swabbing with service rig or swabbing unit must not be done after dark. A wireline truck equipped with adequate lighting and a meterage wheel may be used with the ap-proval of the supervisor, or his designate and the appropri-ate government agency.
Diesel Engine Shut-Offs:
[See: PASO]
Oil Savers:
Lubricatoroilsaversmustbeequippedwithcontrolswhichcan be readily operated.
Tank Trucks:
Ifswabbingtoatanktruck,theenginemustbeshutoff,and the driver must not be in the cab.Swab Cable:
Sw
abbi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
310
Standard Safety Practices Manual
311
Shouldbeflaggedandwellmaintained.PRECAUTIONS:Swab tank should be externally gauged. If external gauging is not possible, suspend swabbing operations and ensure that the swab return line block valve is closed prior to any personnel going up on the tanks. Fluid must not be unloaded from the swab tank while a swab is being pulled.[See: Tank Gauging]
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Representative in charge of the operation to ensure that safe swabbing procedures are followed.The service contractor is responsible for the safe operation of his equipment, and for the adherence to all applicable government and BP Canada regulations and practices.
TRAINING:[See: Training]
TANK GAUGING
PURPOSE:To provide a guide for safe gauging of tanks.
APPLICATION:All plant and field operations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS:Gauging operations present a hazard to the worker due tothepresenceoftoxicorflammablegasesandthetankheight.PRECAUTIONS: • Tanksinstalledonapermanentbasisshouldhave
gauge boards or an external gauging mechanism.
Tank
Gau
ging
Standard Safety Practices Manual
310
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
311
• Alltankladdersshallconformtoapplicablegovernment regulations and BP Specifications.
[See:Ladders–Fixed] • Nopersonshouldstandonatankroof. • Wheretanksarehandlingtoxicfluids,the
worker may require breathing apparatus and a safety standby person.
[See: Respiratory Protection] [See:TankTruckLoading/Unloading] • ConsultSafetyCoordinatororIndustrial
Hygienist for advice on specific respiratory protection.
• Whengaugingatankfromaladderataheightgreater than 2.0 meters, where a hoop, guardrail, platform or cage has not been supplied, a fall arresting device must be worn.
[See: Working at Heights Standard and Golden Rule]
TANK TRUCK LOADING /UNLOADING
PURPOSE:To provide guidelines for loading and unloading products andfluidssafely.
APPLICATION:Movementoffluidsatplantandfieldoperationsviabulktruck transport.POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Combustible/ToxicFluids[See:WHMIS][See:MSDS][See: Hydrogen Sulphur Safety][See:AtmosphericMonitoring][See: Respiratory Protection]
Tank
Tru
ck L
oadi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
312
Standard Safety Practices Manual
313
• StaticElectricity[See:ElectricalBondingandGrounding] • ElevatedWorksite–TopofTank[See: Working at Heights] • Fluidtemperature,i.e.,Sulfur,LPG.
PREPARATIONS:Where caustic, acids, or extremely volatile, corrosive, or sourfluidsarebeingtransported,site-specificproceduresmust be followed. These will address the unique hazards and safeguards required.
PROCEDURES:Before loading or unloading, all trucks must be suitably grounded. The grounding cable connection should be made at the Tank Truck to eliminate any possible spark at the ignitable source.All trucks must be parked at least 25 meters from any combustiblesource,andpointedofftheleaseforquickexit.All diesel engine vehicles working within 25 meters must be equippedwithapositiveinletairshut-off.While loading or unloading, the truck must be located a minimum of 8 meters from the production tanks and outside of any tank dykes. In areas where spacing relaxation has been approved by the necessary government agencies, the distances so approved shall be maintained.[See:ServiceRigSafetyforSpacingDiagrams]All trucks must be equipped to allow determination of levels in the tank without the driver being on top of the tanks.When loading has started the driver must walk around the unit to ensure that the product is not leaking from hoses, connections, valves, or pump seals. If a leak is spotted, the driver will immediately stop the activity, and if safe to do so, correct the problem. Unless specific safety related considerations require otherwise, the driver will remain outside the vehicle at all times during loading and unload-
Tank
Tru
ck L
oadi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
312
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
313
ing operations to continuously monitor tank levels and connections. No truck maintenance shall take place during these operations. Prior to loading and unloading a vehicle, the wheels must be chocked.The appropriate personal protection must be worn.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]Tanktrucksmustbeequippedwithatleast1-30#LTKFire extinguisher, placed ready to use, during loading and unloading operations.
Special Precautions for Handling Sour Fluids:
WhenhandlingfluidscontainingH2S,wherethepotentialexists for H2S to exceed the occupational exposure limits, truck operators must wear breathing equipment while connecting or disconnecting load lines, gauging tanks, and checking truck compartments during loading or unload-ing operations. This equipment must be supplied and maintained by the contractor. A safety standby should also beconsidered.InsystemswithlowH2Scontentand/ortherisk to worker exposure is minimal, the non-requirement for a safety standby can be addressed by a site-specific procedure.[See: Hydrogen Sulfide Safety][See: Respiratory Protection][See: Safety Standby]
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada employee in-charge to ensure that safe loading and unloading procedures are conveyed and followed.The service contractor is responsible for ensuring that safe loading/unloadingproceduresarefollowedWhile loading or unloading, the truck must be located a minimum of 8 meters from the production tanks and outside of any tank dykes. In areas where spacing relaxation has been approved by the necessary government agencies,
Tank
Tru
ck L
oadi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
314
Standard Safety Practices Manual
315
the distances so approved shall be maintained.[See:ServiceRigSafetyforSpacingDiagrams]All trucks must be equipped to allow determination of lev-els in the tank without the driver being on top of the tanks.When loading has started the driver must walk around the unit to ensure that the product is not leaking from hoses, connections, valves, or pump seals. If a leak is spotted, the driver will immediately stop the activity, and if safe to do so, correct the problem. Unless specific safety related considerations require otherwise, the driver will remain outside the vehicle at all times during loading and unload-ing operations to continuously monitor tank levels. No truck maintenance shall take place during these operations. Prior to loading and unloading a vehicle, the wheels must be chocked.The appropriate personal protection must be worn.[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment]Tanktrucksmustbeequippedwithatleast1-30#LTKFire extinguisher, placed ready to use, during loading and unloading operations.
Special Precautions for Handling Sour Fluids:
WhenhandlingfluidscontainingH2S,wherethepotentialexists for H2S to exceed the occupational exposure limits, truck operators must wear breathing equipment while connecting or disconnecting load lines, gauging tanks, and checking truck compartments during loading or unload-ing operations. This equipment must be supplied and maintained by the contractor. A safety standby should also beconsidered.InsystemswithlowH2Scontentand/ortherisk to personnel associated with an H2S release is minimal, the non-requirement for a safety standby can be addressed by a site-specific procedure.[See: Hydrogen Sulfide Safety][See: Respiratory Protection][See: Safety Standby]
Sw
abbi
ng
Standard Safety Practices Manual
314
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
315
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the Canada employee in-charge to ensure that safe loading and unloading procedures are conveyed and followed.The service contractor is responsible for ensuring that safe loading/unloadingproceduresarefollowed.
TOOLS
All tools must be inspected prior to use and only used if in safe working condition. Tools must be used as per manufac-turer’s recommendation. This means all guards must be in place and no modifications made to the tool.
Studs and nuts must be tightened as per manufac-turer’s recommendation (i.e. torque wrenches to be used vs. impactwrenches).
Inspection of Hand Tools prior to use:
• Performacompleteinspectionofallequipmentand job related tools prior to starting any job. All tools and equipment used must be clean and in good working condition prior and during use.
• Ensurewoodenorfiberglasshandlesusedonhammers and similar tools are not damaged or have been modified (i.e. taped wooden handles mayhidedamagetothehandle.)Damagedhandles on hammers, axes and similar equipment shall be immediately taken out of service and replaced promptly.
• Ensurehandtoolssuchashammers,chiselsandpunches, which develop mushroomed heads during use, are reconditioned or replaced as necessary.
• Checktoensurethattoolhandlesarewedgedtightly in the head of all tools. Check for tight-
Tool
s
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
316
Standard Safety Practices Manual
317
nessathead/handleconnectionpoint. • Replacewornorbentwrenches,pliers,etc.
regularly. • Storetoolsindrysecurelocationswheretheywill
not be tampered with. • Neverattempttorepairdamagedormodified
tools. • Utilizeappropriateeyefaceandhandprotection
while using hand tools or equipment which mightproduceflyingmaterialsorbesubjecttobreakage?(SeePersonalProtectionEquipmentforfurtherinformation)
• Preferenceistoselectatoolthatwillkeepyourwrist in neutral position.
TRAINING
PURPOSE:To describe the safety training courses and certification required by employees and contractors to ensure safe and productive on-site operations.
APPLICATION:EmployeesandContractorsasrequiredbyjobfunctionand/ordesignatedbytheDepartment/AreaManager.
PREPARATIONS:Pre-Job risk assessment Meeting:
Should provide details of the job and all safety consider-ations related to the job could include but not limited to; required training and certification. This on-site commu-nication will provide informal training and open channels forencouragingawarenessandinformationflowastheoperation progresses.[See:SafetyMeetings]
Trai
ning
Standard Safety Practices Manual
316
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
317
Contractor Safety:
All contractors should have a Safety Program in place which meets the training requirements of the applicable govern-ment regulations and BP Canada requirements. This should be reviewed prior to awarding work.
PROCEDURES:Safety is a function of every job task, however, in several special safety training areas, certification is a requirement. Safety training will be instituted to comply with mandatory requirements and other safety training as deemed necessary byManagement.
Training Courses:
Employeeswillbetrainedtoacompetentlevelonjobtasks,operating procedures, and mandatory safety training.
Safety Training Records:
A complete record of all safety training must be maintained bytheLocalVTAAdministrationsectionintheDepart-ment/Area,andshouldberetainedintheVTAdatabase.The Safety and Industrial Hygiene section provides for the required safety training in-house or through recommended outside agencies. It also promotes the compliance of all employees with safety training requirements, by monitoring changesinregulationsandadvisingtheOperatingManage-ment of the requirements.
Wellsite Training:
The On-Site BP Representative in charge of any rig opera-tion must have the following qualifications: • SecondLineB.O.P.certification(forDrilling
Operations) • WellServiceB.O.P.certification(forServiceRig
Operations) • H2SAlivecertification(asapplicable)
Trai
ning
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
318
Standard Safety Practices Manual
319
• RespiratoryProtectionTrainingcertification(asapplicable)
• FirstAid&C.P.R.(inaccordancewithappli- cablegovernmentregulations) • WorksiteHazardousMaterialsInformation
System(WHMIS) • TransportationofDangerousGoods(TDG) • ConfinedSpace(asapplicable) • SpecificTraininginthetypeofOperationsbeing
performed. • TheServiceRig/DrillingContractor/Service
Company personnel must have the following qualifications:
• FirstLineB.O.P.certificationforDrillers(fordrillingoperations)
• SecondLineB.O.P.certificationforToolpush/RigManager(fordrillingoperations)
• WellServiceB.O.P.certificationforToolpushandDriller(forservicerigoperations)
• BoilerTicketscertification(asapplicable) • Basicspecifictrainingintheoperationorservice
they are to perform.
RESPONSIBILITIES:TheBPCanadaSupervisor/Representativeinchargeisresponsible for verifying that the required training and certificationrequirementsaremetaspertheCGPUHSSERequiredTrainingMatrix.Thismatrixmustprovidefor,ata minimum, all legislated training requirements. The Field Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all workers are properly trained or under the direct supervision of a worker who is, in accordance with the applicable government regulations and BP Canada requirements.BPandFTEEmployeeswithinOperationsrefertotheCGPUFieldRequiredTrainingMatrixfortrainingrequire-mentsandrenewalfrequencieslocatedonthegHSSEr
Trai
ning
Standard Safety Practices Manual
318
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
319
website-http://gasiso14001.bpweb.bp.com/index.aspCONTRACTORREQUIREDSAFETYTRAINING:Contractors working on behalf of BP Canada are required to have the minimum training requirements listed below. The Contractor shall be able to provide valid training certificates to the BP Representative on site prior to work commencing: • H2SAliveifworkinginpotentialH2Satmospheres • WHMIS • StandardFirstAidtomeettheminimumfirst aider requirements in provincial regulations • TDGiftransportingdangerousgoods • LevelOneIndoctrination
References:
• SkillsDevelopmentWebLinks: -NAGSPU:https://wss2.bp.com/EP3/Skills_
Development/default.aspx -CANADA:https://wss2.bp.com/EP3/Skills_
Development/Canada/Forms/AllItems.aspx • NAGControlofWorkPracticeWebLink:
http://docs.bpweb.bp.com/NAG:/content/hse/onshore/documents/K0000002586?docbase=NAG&ticket=vlinkpass&username=bp_vlink&rootpaths=%2Fcontent%2Fhse%2Fonshore%2Fdocuments%0A%0D.
WELDING PRACTICES – GENERAL
PURPOSE:To provide safe procedures for welding.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada Facilities and pipelines.DEFINITION:
Wel
ding
Pra
ctic
es
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
320
Standard Safety Practices Manual
321
Welding includes:
• ArcWelding • MIG • TIG • Hotcutting • CADWelding • Stoppling • ExplosionweldingandcuttingA pressure piping system includes the pipe, tubes, conduits, fittings, gaskets, bolting, and other components making up a system. The sole purpose of this system is the conveyance ofafluidunderpressure,andthecontroloftheflowofafluidunderpressurebetweentwoormoreApipelineisagasline,oilline,fluidline,multiphaseline,solidsline,secondaryline,distributionlineorflowline.Other jurisdictions may have definitions that vary. The appropriate regulations should be checked for their defini-tions.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Weldingwithinaproductionareaisanactivity
which requires extreme caution and proper procedures
• Weldingand“hotwork”arenottobeconsideredroutine operations, particularly when the work involves cutting into, or welding onto, produc-tion lines
• FireandExplosion • WeldingBurns,Radiationandelectricshock • Toxicweldingfumes,andgases • Compressedfuelcylinders • Noise • Vibration
PREPARATIONS:
Wel
ding
Pra
ctic
es
Standard Safety Practices Manual
320
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
321
All welding and “hot work” must be done with the permis-sion of the BP Canada Representative in-charge. Welding in any production facility requires a Hot Work Permit and shall require a pre-job safety meeting depending on the complexity and hazard associated with work.[See: Permit to work][See:HSSEMeetings][See:MSDS]
NOTE:Designatedweldingshopsareexempt.Complete risk assessment to determine if respiratory protection and emergency back-up personnel are required, prior to commencing any welding operation.[See: Safety Standby][See: Respiratory Protection]The needs for warning signs, to isolate or restrict entry to the work area to authorized personnel wearing suitable protection should take into consideration.
Government Regulations:
Before any additions or changes are made to pressure piping that are classified under the provincial inspection jurisdictions, proper notification must be made and ap-proval secured. The BP Canada welding quality manual and specification must be consulted. PROCEDURES:Site-specific procedure must be developed. This may include, but is not limited, to the following: • Blinding • Purging • Depressuring • Excavations • X-Ray • StressRelieving • Non-DestructiveTesting
Wel
ding
Pra
ctic
es
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
322
Standard Safety Practices Manual
323
Site-Specific Procedure:
A detailed work plan for any procedure that involves the use of a cutting torch, welding, or tie-in to existing operat-ing equipment must be prepared. The procedure must list all the activities in sequence required to complete the job. For each activity, the following areas must be covered: 1. Activity:Describewhathastobedoneandhow
the activity will be carried out. 2. Hazards:Describethesafetyhazardspresent
and how each hazard will be eliminated or minimized.
3. Personnel:Describewhoisresponsiblefortheactivity and who will carry it out.
4. FireProtectionEquipment:Mustbelocatedatthe work site, ready to use.
[See:FireProtectionEquipment]
PRECAUTIONS:Ventilation:
Adequate mechanical ventilation, local fume extraction equipment or respiratory protection must be used where: • Naturalventilationisobstructed • Toxicmetalsorfluxesareused • Toxicfumes,gasesandozonearegenerated.[See:ConfinedSpaceEntry][See:RespiratoryEquipment]
Note: Consult Industrial Hygienist for advice on appropri-ate worker exposure controls and respiratory protection.
Respiratory:
Exposuretohazardousfumes,dusts,gasesandvaporsmay occur in the welding process. To reduce exposure to hexavalent chromium, beryllium and other metal fumes or dusts the following respiratory protection guidelines must be followed:
Wel
ding
Pra
ctic
es
Standard Safety Practices Manual
322
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
323
Protective Equipment:
Welder and Welder’s helpers must wear approved protective equipment.
Welding helmet and safety glasses must be worn when welding, grinding and buffing. If a welder is performing non-welding related tasks, the PracticePPErequirementsshallbefollowed.
[See:PersonalProtectiveEquipment,FRWPracticeandHand Protection Practice]Flash protection screens should be used to protect the uninvolved workers.
Gas Monitoring:
Work area, equipment and lines shall be checked for com-bustibleand/ortoxicgaspriortostartingjob.Workareamay require continuous monitoring throughout the job. Re-entry to work area must be accompanied by re-check for combustibleand/ortoxicgas.
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada supervisor in charge, or his designate, to ensure that safe welding proce-dures are in place and followed.Welders are responsible for the proper maintenance and safe operation of their equipment.
TRAINING:Only welders ticketed for the applicable weld procedure shall be used.
Wel
ding
Pra
ctic
es
Task Respiratory Protection Welding, cutting, gouging & grinding on stainless steel inside a vessel or in a shop
Half Mask respirator with P100 filters
Welding on carbon steel with chromium or beryllium containing rods (in shop or outside)
Half Mask respirator with P100 filters
Welding & grinding on stainless steel using Inconel rod inside vessels
Powered air-purifying or full-face respirator with P100 filters
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
324
Standard Safety Practices Manual
325
All workers must be properly trained and competent to carry out their required task.
For welding rules and regulations consult the provincial occupational health and safety references listed below: • AlbertaOH&SManual–Part10Section
171.1(1)–174(1) • BritishColumbiaOH&SManual–Section
12.112–12.124
WELL SERVICING WORK PLAN
PURPOSE:To provide a guide for developing work plans for well servicing work.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated wells.
DEFINITION:A site-specific procedure of the well servicing operations to be undertaken.
PROCEDURES:Eachwellservicingjobshouldhaveaworkplan.Analysisof the operation and safety conditions will dictate the detail required.All well workovers must have an approved work plan.The following outlines the information and procedures that should be included in any approved work plan.
PertinentWellData: • Wellnameandlocation
Wel
l Ser
vici
ng W
ork
Pla
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
324
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
325
• Perforations • Zone • Elevations:KB,GroundorCF • TD • PBTD • Casingdetails:Surface,intermediateandproduc-
tion size, weight, grade, setting depth, cement type, cement volume
• Productiontubingdetails,listedfromtoptobottom,includingalldimensions(ID’s,OD’s),weights, grades, thread size, and accessories (packers,tubinganchors,etc.)
• Bottomholepressure • Bottomholetemperature • H2Sconcentration(Isasafetycompanyre-
quired? Is this a “critical sour well” as defined by theEUB?)
[See: H2S Safety] • Holecapacities • Wellheaddescriptionincludingdetailsofsize,
pressureratings,flanges,hangers,andmanufac-turer’s name
• Suckerrodandbottomholepumpdetailsinclud-ing polish rod dimensions
• Pumpingunitdetails.
Well History:
An outline of the initial completion and a summary of all previous workovers should be included. Any problems previously encountered should be referenced and detailed, particularly those which could lead to further trouble, e.g., lost circulation, cementing difficulties, pressure test failures, collapsed casing, etc.
Job Procedure:
Wel
l Ser
vici
ng W
ork
Pla
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
326
Standard Safety Practices Manual
327
A detailed, step-by step procedure must be written. It can-not be assumed that the wellsite supervisor will perform any operation, therefore, every job to be done must be included in the procedure.It should begin with the statement of notification, which details the various regulatory bodies, and the BP Canada personnel that must be notified before any equipment is moved on a location.ApplicableEmergencyResponsePlanshouldbereferencedand included in work plan package as required.[See:EmergencyResponsePlan]Allequipmenttobeused(packers,profiles,etc.),shouldbefullyidentifiedbymanufacturer’sname,partnumber,ID,OD,andthreadconnection.Allfluidstobeusedmustbefullydetailed,includingallsafehandlingprecautions(IncludeMSDS),wherethefluidis to be obtained and how it is to be disposed of.[See:TDGRegulations]
Service Companies:
If specific companies are to be used, they should be named, and a copy of their program attached. The service to be provided and the contact must be listed. If it is necessary to substitute service companies during the course of the job, the program must be discussed with a representative of the substitute company before they arrive at the lease.
Contact List:
This should include BP Canada personnel as well as es-sential contract personnel contacts.
Approvals:
All well workover work plans or programs must be ap-provedaccordingtotheDepartment/Areapolicy.EUBapproval is required for critical sour wells.Down-holeSchematic-LogSections:
Wel
l Ser
vici
ng W
ork
Pla
n
Standard Safety Practices Manual
326
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
327
Down-holedrawingswhichshow“present”and“proposed”down-holedetailsmustbeattached.UseFormC-238.Pertinent open hole and cased hole log sections must be attached and referenced in the main body of the program, noting which log is to be used for correlating purposes.MaterialRequirements:Any materials that are not readily available, or must be specially manufactured, must be listed and the supplier identified. All special handling tools must be listed.
Other Requirements:
Copies of the following documents or permits must be at-tached to the program package where appropriate: 1. Flaring Permit 2. MineralSurfaceLeaseorLandownerContact
Sheet
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Representative on-site to ensure that a work plan is developed and provided.
WELL TESTING
PURPOSE:To provide a general guide to safe well testing operations.
APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated well testing operations.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • Explosion:ImproperPurgingprocedures,i.e.
entrained air • HighPressure • Toxicand/orCombustiblefluids
Wel
l Tes
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
328
Standard Safety Practices Manual
329
[See:WHMIS,H2SSafety] • StaticElectricity:Allequipmentriggedinmust
be electrically bonded and grounded.[See:Electricity] • HighNoise:[See:NoiseExposure&HearingConservation]
PREPARATIONS:
Well Test Program:
A work plan must be developed which meets the applicable regulatory requirements. Procedures may be part of the well servicing work plan, or may stand alone.[See: Work Plan]
A work plan should address the following:
• SafetyHazardsandConsiderations • Purposeofthetest • Typeofreservoir • TestEquipmentrequired • Potentialoperatingdifficultiesandpreventative
measures.
When testing wells containing H2S in excess of 5 percent, priorapprovalfromtheEUB,ifinAlberta,mustbeobtained.[See:EUBIL91-2]TherequirementsunderIL91-2mustalsobeaddressedwhenflaringwellscontaining1-5%H2Sandshouldbefollowedforwellscontaininglessthan1%H2S.AnEmergencyResponsePlanmustbeinplacewhentest-ingwellscontainingH2Sinexcessof1%.WherethewellispartofanapprovedEmergencyResponsePlanforanexisting sour facility, no additional response plan is required fortesting.Otherwiseasite-specificEmergencyResponse
Wel
l Tes
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
328
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
329
Plan is required.[See:EmergencyResponsePlan]
Pre-Job Safety Meeting:
Mustbeheldbeforecommencingoperationstodiscusstesting procedures and potential hazards.[See:HSSEMeetings]
Signs:
Warning of the presence of H2S must be posted at the lease entrance when testing wells with H2S content exceeding 10PPM.
PROCEDURES:The BP Canada representative in charge must be aware of the regulatory requirements as laid out in the following: “WellTesting–MinimumGuidelinesforSafetyEnhancedField Operations”, available from most testing companies in Alberta, or Alberta Occupational Health and Safety.Equipment Spacing:
[See: Service Rig Safety]NOTE:InBritishColumbia,theflarestackmustbe50meters from the separator.All testing lines must be staked or secured
First Aid Equipment:
Mustbeavailableon-sitealongwithmeansfortransporta-tionoff-site.[See:FirstAidEquipment]
Testing Personnel:
Aminimumoftwo(working)qualifiedtestpersonnelarerequiredon-siteatalltimes.Three(working)qualifiedtest personnel are required on-site at all times when the H2Scontentofthewellisknowntobegreaterthan1%
Wel
l Tes
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
330
Standard Safety Practices Manual
331
(10,000PPM).ItistheresponsibilityoftheBPCanadarepresentative in charge, to assess the need for additional personnel and ensure that fully trained and competent contractor employees are used.Well site illumination must be adequate to safely perform any job, and must be approved for use in the hazardous locations.[See:ElectricalProtectionRegulations]
Communications:
OffleasecommunicationsandanEmergencyContactListmust be on location at all times.
Breathing:
A minimum of two self-contained breathing apparatus must be on location at all times. If working on a sour well, adequate breathing apparatus must be supplied for the full crew.
Fire Protection:
Aminimumof2–30#LTKBCfireextinguishersmustbeon location in accessible areas ready to use.
Purging:
System must be purged of all air with pilot out prior to commencing operations. The use of a non-combustible purge medium is desirable. If using a combustible purge medium, ignition sources must be eliminated, and specifi-callytheflaremustnotbelit.[See: Purging]
Pressure Testing:
All equipment upstream of the choke should be pressure tested to 1.2 times the maximum working pressure, or to the wellhead pressure rating, whichever is the lesser. Once
Wel
l Tes
ting
Standard Safety Practices Manual
330
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
331
theflowtesthasstarted,checktheentiresystemforleaks.
PRECAUTIONS:Safety standby must be utilized for tank gauging when workingwithtoxicfluids,orwhenworkingwithfiredequipment.[See: H2S Safety][See: Respiratory Protection][See: Safety Standby]Sourand/orCriticalWells:Additional safety procedures are required.[See:OH&S“WellTesting”guide][See:BP’sCompletionOperationsManual]
RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Canada Representative in-charge to ensure that safe well testing operations are carried out.The contractor is responsible for ensuring that all equip-ment and personnel meet the applicable Government regulations, BP Canada requirements, and possess sufficient experience to perform the work with minimal supervision.
TRAINING:All personnel must possess valid First Aid, CPR and WH-MISandshouldhaveanH2Scertificate.WhereH2Sisexpected, all personnel must possess a H2S certificate.[See: Training]
WIRELINE OPERATIONS
PURPOSE:To provide a general guideline for safe wireline operations.
Wire
line
Ope
ratio
ns
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
332
Standard Safety Practices Manual
333
APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated wells where wireline is run for remedialand/ormaintenancerequirements(i.e.dewaxing,pressuresurvey,fishing,runningorpullingplugs/chokes,andopeningorclosingslidingsleeves).
DEFINITION:Routine Work:
Frequentlyperformedwirelineoperations(i.e.dewaxing)onwellsofsimilarset-up.Doesnotincludewirelineopera-tions on sour wells.
POTENTIALHAZARDS: • HighPressure:Wellpressuremustbecheckedto
ensure that wireline equipment is rated for the working pressure.
• StaticElectricity:TheWirelineandPicker/Mastunit must be properly bonded and grounded to therigand/orwellhead.
[See:Electricity] • Combustible/ToxicFluids:[See: H2S Safety][See: Respiratory Protection]
PROCEDURES:All equipment attached to the wellhead must be adequately supported to prevent lateral movement.Climbing on the lubricator is not allowed.[See:SafetyHarnesses,LanyardsandLifelines]WirelineUnitandPicker/MastUnitmusthavewheelschocked.
Lubricator & B.O.P.’s:
At least one line-B.O.P. located between the lubricator and wellhead must be used. B.O.P.s for sweet wells can be either
Wire
line
Ope
ratio
ns
Standard Safety Practices Manual
332
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
333
manually or hydraulically operated.LubricatorandB.O.P.’smustbepressuretestedtothelesser of 1.2 times the maximum working pressure or the wellhead pressure rating, prior to use.
Stuffing Box:
Rubber/Packingmustbemaintainedingoodcondition.Atleast2–30#LTKfireextinguishersmustbeon-siteandready to use.
PRECAUTIONS:Critical Wells:
Additional safety procedures are required.[See:AlbertaRecommendedPractices–Volume2][See:BPCompletionOperationsManual]Equipmentapprovedforuseinsourservicemustbeused(i.e.line,lubricator,B.O.P.’s,runningtools).RESPONSIBILITIES:It is the responsibility of the BP Representative in-charge to ensure that safe wireline procedures are followed.The contractor is responsible for ensuring that all equip-ment meets all applicable government regulations and BP requirements, and all personnel are properly trained in safe wireline procedures.
TRAINING:(See:Training)
WELL WORK - HAND OVER BETWEEN
OPERATIONS AND WELLS TEAMS
PURPOSE:To provide standards of safe well turnover between Opera-tions and the Wells group.
Wel
l Wor
k
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
334
Standard Safety Practices Manual
335
APPLICATION:All BP Canada operated wells.
PROCEDURE: 1) Therewillbeaminimumof36hrnotice(longer
if required by either Operations or the Wells teams)betweenthetimetheprogramforthewellwork is received in the field and the well work operation begins. This is required to give the ap-propriate time to plan for the required resources, and properly co-ordinate activities between Wells and Operations teams in the field.
2) Anydeviationfromtheagreedupontimeperiodrequires joint written approval by both Opera-tions and Wells teams.
3) Priortostartingworkonthewellbore,theWellsteam will take steps to ensure seal integrity; e.g. no leaking of the master valves.
4) Operationswilltakeresponsibilityfortheturnover of the well bore to the Wells team. The surface facilities downstream of the master valves shall be fully de pressured with all process con-nections; e.g. chemical lines; removed.
5) Thewellborewillbelockedandtaggedbythe Operator until such time as it is ready to turn over to the Wells team as per BP Canada’s “EnergyIsolation”GoldenRulePractice.
6) Steps2and3willbedocumentedaspartofBP Canada’s “Permit to Work” Golden Rule Practice.
WORKING ALONE PRACTICE
1.0 Scope and Applicability
1.1 The purpose of this practice is to provide safe work
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
334
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
335
requirements for employees, contracted employees and contractors working or traveling alone on Canada GasPerformanceUnit(CGPU)business,premisesand work sites.
1.2 This practice applies to all CGPU employees, contracted employees and contractors performing potentially hazardous work alone or traveling alone.
2.0 Definitions
2.1WorkingAlone–To“workalone”meanstoworkor travel alone at a site in circumstances when they cannot be seen or heard by another worker, they cannot expect a visit from another worker for some time and when assistance is not readily available in the event of an injury, illness or emergency.
2.2ReadilyAvailable–Threeassessmentfactorsmustbeconsidered when determining if assistance is readily available:
• Awareness–Willotherworkerscapableofpro-viding assistance be aware of the worker’s needs?
• Willingness–Isitreasonabletoexpectthoseother workers will provide helpful assistance?
• Timeliness–Willassistancebeprovidedwithinareasonable period of time?
This assessment must consider the level of risk associated with the circumstances of the work; for example, type of work, location and hazards. If the hazards the worker faces poses a high risk of injury, “readily available” may mean “immediately avail-able”. The availability of assistance increases as the level of risk associated with the work increases.
2.3 EffectiveMeansofCommunication–Radio,tele-phone or other electronic communication device.
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
336
Standard Safety Practices Manual
337
2.4 EffectiveContactSystem–Analternativetoan“ef-fective means of communication” that is appropriate tothehazard.Examplesofacontactsystemincludevisiting the worker, scheduling check-ins with other workers or designated persons, reporting to an office or particular person upon completion of a task, and visual or audible contact with other persons who can offerassistancewhenneeded.Thefrequencyofthecontact is based on a hazard assessment.
2.5 A worker is not working alone if all the following conditions are met:
• Awareness–Theworkercangettheattentionofsomeone capable of providing helpful assistance when the worker requires it; for example, by maintaining visual contact, staying within hear-ing range of others, being continuously moni-tored by a remote surveillance camera, sounding an alarm, making frequent contact with other workers or persons throughout the work period
• Willingness–Personsexpectedtoprovideassistance must be capable and willing to do so when required. There should be a reasonable expectation that the persons being relied on to provide assistance can and actually will provide thatassistance.Dependingoncircumstances,those persons may need access to communica-tion devices to trigger emergency response plans ortelephonetocallEmergencyServices(9-1-1)
• Timeliness–Therequiredassistancewillbeprovided in a reasonable period of time. What is reasonable depends on factors such as the nature of the illness, injury or emergency, the physical location of the work and workers and the type and level of risk of the work being performed
3.0 Scope of Responsibility
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
336
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
337
3.1 Eachfunctionalareamanager(OperatingCentreManager,WellsManagerorHSSEManager)isac-countable for:
• Conductingahazardassessmenttoidentifyexist-ing or potential safety hazards in the work place associated with working alone
• Developingandimplementingawrittenpro-cedure for checking the well-being of a worker assigned to work alone
• Implementingsafetymeasurestoreducetheriskto workers from the identified hazards
• Ensuringworkershaveaneffectivemeansofcommunicating with their immediate supervisor or other designated person in case of an emer-gency
• Ensuringworkershaveaneffectivecontactsystem for checking the well-being of a worker in the event the worker may not be able to signal for assistance in the event of an injury or illness while working alone; and
• Ensuringworkersaretrainedandeducatedsothey can perform their work safely
3.2 Thefunctionalteamlead(AreaForeman,Construc-tionForeman,WellsSupervisor)isresponsiblefor:
• Developingandimplementingthesitespecificworking alone requirements; and
• Providingtherequiredtrainingtoallowworkersto perform work safely
3.3 Allworkersandcontractorsareresponsibleforfol-lowing the working alone procedures developed for a specific area.
4.0 Requirements for Working Alone while Performing Potentially Hazardous Work
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
338
Standard Safety Practices Manual
339
4.1 Highriskactivitiessuchasworkingatheights,ener-gy isolation, confined space entry, working in hazard-ous atmosphere where a safety stand-by is required (e.g.H2S),orworkingwithhazardousequipmentsuch as chainsaws must never be conducted alone.
4.2 Priortocommencingwork,aworksitehazardas-sessment to identify existing hazards for employees working alone is required.
4.3 Implementanddevelopaworkingalonesafeworkprocedure that contains:
• An“effectivemeansofcommunication”toprovide workers with a method of signaling theirneedforassistance.The“effectivemeansof communication” is not limited to verbal communication. Common devices that meet the intent include: telephones, cellular telephones, satellite telephones, portable two-way radios, personal alarms and computer-based systems that achieve the same results. The key point is that the communication system must permit the worker requiring assistance to send a message or signal to someone capable of providing assistance to them
• Asanalternativetoan“effectivemeansofcom-munication”,aneffective“contactsystem”thatisappropriate to the hazard can be developed. The contact system will:
o Definethetimeintervalbetweenscheduledchecks and procedures to follow in case the worker cannot be contacted, including provi-sions for emergency rescue. The frequency of contact for checking the worker’s well-being must be based on a hazard assessment and developed in consultation with the worker assigned to work alone
o Determinethetypeofcontactrequired–visualorverbal(e.g.call-in)
o Identify a designated person to establish
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
338
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
339
contact with the worker at pre-determined in-tervals and the results of this contact recorded by that person; and
o Ensureaworkerchecks-inattheendofthework shift
• Examplesofcontactsystemsinclude: o Visiting the work at pre-determined intervals o Scheduling check-ins with other workers or
designated persons o Reporting to an office or particular person
upon completion of a task; and o Visual or audible contact with other persons
whocanofferassistancewhenrequired
4.4 Aworkerrequiredtoworkaloneandanypersonassigned to check on the well-being of a worker must be trained in the written site-specific working alone procedure.
4.5 Theprocedureandsystemforcheckingaworker’swell-being must be reviewed at least annually. The procedure and system must be reviewed more frequently if there is a change in work arrangements whichcouldadverselyaffectaworker’swell-beingorareportthatthesystemisnotworkingeffectively.
5.0 Requirements for Traveling Alone
5.1 People traveling alone require a traveling alone plan that contains the following:
• Destinationandscheduleforarrivingatthedestination
• Modeoftransportationtodestination • Contactpersonforcommunicatingtravelplans;
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
340
Standard Safety Practices Manual
341
and • Establishscheduledcheck-intimeswithcontact
to indicate: o When starting the journey o Arrival at pre-determined check points if
deemed necessary o Arrival at destination o Changes to travel plans; and o Procedures and response plan in case the
person traveling does not check-in at pre-determined times or cannot be contacted
5.2 AllaspectsofthejourneywillcomplywithgHSSErMS860–VehicleStandardincludingtraining,vehicle fit for purpose and adequate emergencies supplies for the trip.
Wor
king
Alo
ne
Standard Safety Practices Manual
340
Standard Safety Practices Manual
Everyone has an obligation to stop work that is unsafe.
341
Rev
isio
ns
Dat
eR
evis
ion
Type
/Com
men
t R
evis
ed B
y:R
evis
ion
Aut
horit
y:D
etai
ls:
Dec
10,
200
7M
inor
- N
ew V
ersi
on
•N
umbe
r 1.1
Onl
ine
Con
trolle
d •
Cop
y R
evis
ed a
nd
Boo
ks P
rinte
d A
fter
Oct
ober
1, 2
007
Joan
ne D
ezal
lgH
SS
Er F
orum
Mov
ed J
ewer
ly s
ectio
n •
unde
r PP
E, A
dded
to
tabl
e of
con
tent
s.
Rep
lace
d W
orki
ng a
t •
Hei
ghts
Pra
ctic
e to
in
clud
e th
e bo
om li
ft se
ctio
n.A
dded
the
Eye
Haz
ard
•A
sses
smen
t Cha
rt un
der P
PE
.U
pdat
es to
Gro
und
•D
istu
rban
ce a
nd
Pra
ctic
e fo
r Wor
king
in
a C
ombu
stib
le G
as
envi
ronm
ent.